Philips LC03U AA Schematic

Colour Television Chassis

LC03U

AA

Contents Page Contents Page

1 Technical Specifications, Connections,

and Chassis Overview 2 2 Safety Instructions, Warnings, and Notes 5 3 Directions for Use 6 4 Mechanical Instructions 39 5 Service Modes, Error Messages,

and Repair Tips. 44 6 Block Diagrams

Block Diagram (Tuner-IF-Video) 51

Block Diagram (TV Control and Inverter Panel) 52

Block Diagram (Scaler Board) 53

I2C-IC’s and Error Codes Overview 54

Powerlines Overview 55

Testpoint Overview TV Board (15”/17”) 56

Mapping and Waveforms TV/Scaler 57

Testpoint Overview Scaler Board 58

Testpoint Overview TV Board (23”) 59

Wiring Diagram (15 & 17 Inch) 60

Wiring Diagram 23 Inch Wide Screen 61 7 Electrical Diagrams and PWB lay-outs Diagram PWB

TV Board: U_Cont (Diagram A1) 62 73-92

TV Board: Tuner Function (Diagram A3) 63 73-92

TV Board: IF Video Sync Chr. (Diagram A4) 64 73-92

TV Board: SAW Filter (Diagram A5) 65 73-92

TV Board: 3 Line Comb Filter (Diagram A6) 66 73-92

TV Board: Audio Delay Line (Diagram A7) 67 73-92

TV Board: Audio Processing (Diagram A8) 68 73-92

TV Board: Audio Ampl. (15”/17”)(Diagram A9a) 69 73-92

TV Board: Audio Amplifier (23”) (Diagram A9b) 70 73-92

TV Board: Local Supply (Diagram A10) 71 73-92

TV Board: CINCH I/O (Diagram A11) 72 73-92

3D Comb Filter (Diagram B) 93 94

Scaler Panel: Power (Diagram C1) 95

Scaler Panel: I/O & Interface (Diagram C2) 96

©

Copyright 2003 Philips Consumer Electronics B.V. Eindhoven, The Netherlands. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, or otherwise without the prior permission of Philips.

105-114 105-114

Scaler Panel: Video Decoder (Diagram C3) 97 Scaler Panel: Scaler (Diagram C4) 98 Scaler Panel: Output (LVDS) (Diagram C5) 99 Scaler Panel: SDRAM (Scaler) (Diagram C6) 100 Scaler Panel: PC-In (Diagram C7) 101 Scaler Panel: uP (Diagram C8) 102 Scaler Panel: Video Converter (Diagram C9) 103 Scaler Panel: HDTV Decoder (Diagram C10) 104 Side I/O Panel (Diagram D) 115 116 Top Control (Diagram E) 115 117 Inverter Panel (TN) (Diagram IN) 118 119 Inverter Panel (IPS) (Diagram IN1) 120 122 Inverter Panel (IPS) (Diagram IN2) 121 122

Front LED Panel (Diagram J) 123 123 8 Alignments 125 9 Circuit Descriptions 129

Abbreviation List 141

IC Data Sheets 143 10 Spare Parts List 146 11 Revision List 154

105-114 105-114 105-114 105-114 105-114 105-114 105-114 105-114

Published by RB 0370 Service PaCE Printed in the Netherlands Subject to modification EN 3122 785 13611

EN 2 LC03U1.

Technical Specifications, Connections, and Chassis Overview

1. Technical Specifications, Connections, and Chassis Overview

1.1 Technical Specifications

1.1.1 Reception

Tuning system : PLL Color systems : 480p, 720p, 1080i

: NTSC 3.58, NTSC

4.43

: NTSC M (3.58 - 4.5) Sound system : BTSC DBX Surround Sound : Dolby Virtual

: Incredible Surround Built-in radio type : FM Speakers 15”/17” model : Full range

: 2 x 3 W_rms Speakers 23” model : Full range

: 2 x 5 W_rms Frequency bands : Full Cable, UHF IF Freq. : 45.75 MHz Channel selections : 181 channels

: Full cable, UVSH Aerial input : 75 ohm, coax

: F-type Pixel format : 15”: 1024 x 768 (XGA)

: 17”: 1280 x 768

(WXGA)

: 23”: 1280 x 768

(WXGA)

Viewing angle (HxV) : 15” (TN): 120x90 deg.

: 15" (IPS): 176x176

deg.

: 17” (TN): 160x160

deg.

: 17" (IPS): 176x176

deg.

: 23” (IPS): 176x176

deg.

1.1.2 Miscellaneous

Mains voltage 15”/17” : External power

Supply

: Input: 100-240 V_ac,

1.5 A

: Output: 12 V_dc,

: +/- 0.6 V, 60 W

Mains voltage 23” model : External power

Supply

: Input: 100-240 V_ac,

2.5 A

: Output: 24 V_dc,

+/- 1.2 V, 5A Mains frequency : 50/60 Hz Operating temperature : + 5 to + 35 deg. C Storage temp. : -20 to + 60 deg. C. Maximum humidity : 90 % R.H. max Power dissipation : 15”: 47 W

: 17”: 51 W : 23”: 55 W

Standby Power dissipation : 1 W Weight : 15”: 6.2 kg

: 17”: 6.4 kg : 23”: 11.5 kg

Dim. 15” model (W x H x D) : 517 x 307 x 65 mm Dim. 17” model (W x H x D) : 480 x 302 x 65 mm Dim. 23” model (W x H x D) : 705 x 375 x 80 mm

1.2 Connections

1.2.1 Front + Top Controls

TOP CONTROLS

MENU

P

Light sensor

(23" only)

IR

Red

VOLUME

Figure 1-1 Front + Top Controls.

1.2.2 Rear Connections Part 1

SUBWOOFER

HEADPHONE

MONITOR OUT

AUDIO L OUT

AUDIO R OUT

Figure 1-2 Rear Connections Part 1

Audio

1 - Sub woofer out Var. level 1x kq 2 - Headphone,

stereo 32 - 600 ohm o

Audio Video Out

1 - Monitor out kq 2 - Audio - L 0.5 V_rms/10 kohm kq 3 - Audio - R 0.5 V_rms/10 kohm kq

Audio Video In

1 - SVBS In 1 V_pp/75 ohm jq 2 - Audio - L 0.5 V_rms/10 kohm jq 3 -Audio - R 0.5 V_rms/10 kohm jq

PROGRAM

VIDEO IN AUDIO L IN AUDIO R IN

S-VIDEO IN

CL 36532037_001.eps

170403

CL 36532023_065.eps

100403

Technical Specifications, Connections, and Chassis Overview

EN 3LC03U 1.

1.2.3 Rear Connections Part 2

S-Video

Video In

L Audio R

CL 36532037_005.eps

170403

Figure 1-3 Rear Connections Part 2

S-VID - In Hosiden

1 - Y Ground H 2 - C Ground H 3 - Y 1 V_pp/75 ohm j 4 - C 0.3 V_pp/75 ohm j

Video - In (Cinch)

1 - CVBS 1 V_pp/75 ohm jq

13- H-sync j 14- V-sync j 15- Data clock

Audio - PC/HD In

1 - Audio - R 0.5 V_rms/10 kohm jq 2 - Audio - L 0.5 V_rms/10 kohm jq

HD Video Input

1 - Y 1 V_pp/75 ohm jq 2 - Pb 0.7 V_pp/75 ohm jq 3 - Pr 0.7 V_pp/75 ohm jq

Aerial - In (IEC)

1 - IEC type 75 ohm, coax D

FM Ant (IEC)

1 - IEC type 75 ohm, coax D

Comp. Video In

1 - Y 1 V_pp/75 ohm jq 1 - Pb 0.7 V_pp/75 ohm jq 1 - Pr 0.7 V_pp/75 ohm jq

AV1- in

1 - Video CVBS-In 1 V_pp/75 ohm jq 2 - Audio - R 0.5 V_rms/10 kohm jq 3 - Audio - L 0.5 V_rms/10 kohm jq

Audio - In (Cinch)

1 - Audio - L 0.5 V_rms/10 kohm jq 2 - Audio - R 0.5 V_rms/10 kohm jq

1.2.4 Rear Connections Part 3

Pb YPr

LR

Audio In

DC In

PC Input

(VGA)

L

R

Audio In (PC/HD)

PbY

HD Input

Pr

FM ANT

Figure 1-4 Rear Connections Part 3

DC - In

1 - 12 V_dc/5 A/60 W jr

VGA- in (Sub-D)

1

6

11

5

10

15

CL 16532023_043.eps

210901

Video In

Comp. Video Input

AV1 In

CL 36532054_023.eps

310703

Figure 1-5 VGA Connector

1 - Red 0.7 V_pp/75 ohm j 2 - Green 0.7 V_pp/75 ohm j 3 - Blue 0.7 V_pp/75 ohm j 4 - Sense Ground H 5 - Ground H 6 - Red Ground H 7 - Green Ground H 8 - Blue Ground H 9- +5V 10- Sync Ground H 11- Sense Ground H 12- Bi-direct. data

EN 4 LC03U1.

1.3 Chassis Overview

1.3.1 15”/17” model

TOP CONTROL PANEL

E

Technical Specifications, Connections, and Chassis Overview

LCD PANEL

TO LCD PANEL

INVERTER PANEL

IN

SIDE I/O PANEL

D

FRONT LED

J

PANEL

SCALER BOARD

C

1.3.2 23” model

Right

Speaker

Figure 1-6 Chassis Overview 15”/17” model

ComPair

Left

Speaker

TV BOARD

CL 36532023_067.eps

140403

A

TOP CONTROL PANEL

E

SCALER BOARD

C

FRONT LED PANEL

J

Speaker assy R

LCD PANEL

T o LCD

T o In v erter

ComPair

Figure 1-7 Chassis Overview 23” model

Speaker assy L

CL 36532044_022.eps

011003

SIDE I/O PANEL

TV BOARD

D

A

Safety Instructions, Warnings, and Notes

2. Safety Instructions, Warnings, and Notes

EN 5LC03U 2.

2.1 Safety Instructions

Safety regulations require that during a repair:

• Always connect the set to the mains via an isolation transformer (≥ 800 VA).

• Replace safety components, indicated by the symbol h, only by components identical to the original ones.

Safety regulations require that after a repair, the set must be returned in its original condition. Pay, in particular, attention to the following points:

• Route the wire trees and HT cables correctly and fix them with the mounted cable clamps.

• Check the insulation of the mains lead for external damage.

• Check the cabinet for defects, to avoid touching of any inner parts by the customer.

2.2 Warnings

• All ICs and many other semiconductors are susceptible to electrostatic discharges (ESD w). Careless handling during repair can reduce life drastically. Make sure that, during repair, you are connected with the same potential as the mass of the set by a wristband with resistance. Keep components and tools also at this same potential. Available ESD protection equipment: – Complete kit ESD3 (small tablemat, wristband,

connection box, extension cable and earth cable) 4822 310 10671.

– Wristband tester 4822 344 13999.

• Be careful during measurements in the high voltage

section (on the inverter panel).

• Never replace modules or other components while the unit is switched 'on'.

• When you align the set, use plastic rather than metal tools. This will prevent any short circuits and the danger of a circuit becoming unstable.

2.3 Notes

2.3.1 General

• Clean the LCD display with a slightly humid cloth.

• Measure the direct voltages and oscillograms with regard

to the chassis ground (H), or hot ground (I) as this is called.

• The direct voltages and oscillograms shown in the diagrams are indicative. Measure them in the Service Default Mode (see section “Service Modes”).

• Where necessary, measure the voltages in the power supply section both in normal operation (G) and in standby (F). These values are indicated by means of the appropriate symbols.

• The semiconductors indicated in the circuit diagram and in the parts lists, are interchangeable per position with the semiconductors in the unit, irrespective of the type indication on these semiconductors.

2.3.2 Schematic Notes

• All resistor values are in ohms and the value multiplier is often used to indicate the decimal point location (e.g. 2K2 indicates 2.2 kohm).

• Resistor values with no multiplier may be indicated with either an 'E' or an 'R' (e.g. 220E or 220R indicates 220 ohm).

• All Capacitor values are expressed in Micro-Farads (µ=

-6

), Nano-Farads (n= x10-9), or Pico-Farads (p= x10

x10

-12

• Capacitor values may also use the value multiplier as the decimal point indication (e.g. 2p2 indicates 2.2 pF).

• An 'asterisk' (*) indicates component usage varies. Refer to the diversity tables for the correct values.

• The correct component values are listed in the Electrical Replacement Parts List. Therefore, always check this list when there is any doubt.

2.3.3 Rework on BGA ICs

General

Although (LF)BGA assembly yields are very high, there may still be a requirement for component rework. By rework, we mean the process of removing the component from the PWB and replacing it with a new component. If an (LF)BGA is removed from a PWB, the solder balls of the component are deformed drastically so the removed (LF) BGA has to be discarded.

Device Removal

As is the case with any component, it is essential when removing an (LF) BGA that the board, tracks, solder lands, or surrounding components are not damaged. To remove an (LF)BGA, the board must be uniformly heated to a temperature close to the reflow soldering temperature. A uniform temperature reduces the chance of warping the PWB. To do this, we recommend that the board is heated until it is certain that all the joints are molten. Then carefully pull the component off the board with a vacuum nozzle. For the appropriate temperature profiles, see the IC data sheet.

Area Preparation

When the component has been removed, the vacant IC area must be cleaned before replacing the (LF)BGA. Removing an IC often leaves varying amounts of solder on the mounting lands. This excessive solder can be removed with either a solder sucker or solder wick. The remaining flux can be removed with a brush and cleaning agent. After the board is properly cleaned and inspected, apply flux on the solder lands and on the connection balls of the (LF) BGA. Note: Do not apply solder paste, as this has shown to result in problems during re-soldering.

Device Replacement

The last step in the repair process is to solder the new component on the board. Ideally, the (LF)BGA should be aligned under a microscope or magnifying glass. If this is not possible, try to align the (LF)BGA with any board markers. To reflow the solder, apply a temperature profile according to the IC data sheet. So as not to damage neighbouring components, it may be necessary to reduce some temperatures and times

2.3.4 Practical Service Precautions

• It makes sense to avoid exposure to electrical shock. While some sources are expected to have a possible dangerous impact, others of quite high potential are of limited current and are sometimes held in less regard.

• Always respect voltages. While some may not be dangerous in themselves, they can cause unexpected reactions - reactions that are best avoided. Before reaching into a powered TV set, it is best to test the high voltage insulation. It is easy to do, and is a good service precaution.

).

EN 6 LC03U3.

2

HOOKING UP THE TELEVISION

A

combination antenna receives normal broadcast chan-

nels (VHF 2–13 and UHF 14–69). Your connection is

easy because there is only one 751 (ohm) antenna plug on

the back of your TV, and that’s where the antenna goes.

1

If your antenna has a round cable (75 ohm) on the end,

then you're ready to connect it to the TV.

If your antenna has flat, twin-lead wire (300 ohm), you

first need to attach the antenna wires to the screws on a

300- to 75-ohm adapter.

2

Push the round end of the adapter (or antenna) onto the

751 (ohm) plug on the bottom of the TV. If the round end

of the antenna wire is threaded, screw it down finger tight.

ANTENNA TV

COMP

VIDEO

INPUT

Audio in (PC/HD)

HD input

751

FM ANT

DCin(24V) PCinput(VGA)

L

R

YPbPr

AVI

in

Pr

Pb Y

RL

Audio in Video in

Antenna Connection:

Jack Panel

Bottom of TV

Round 751

Coaxial Cable

from Antenna

Twin

Lead Wire

300 to 75-ohm

Adapter

Outdoor or Indoor Antenna

(Combination VHF/UHF)

The combination antenna receives normal

broadcast channels 2-13 (VHF) and 14-69 (UHF).

COMP

VIDEO

INPUT

Audio in (PC/HD)

HD input

751

FM ANT

DCin(24V) PCinput(VGA)

L

R

YPbPr

AVI

in

Pr

Pb Y

RL

Audio in Video in

Y

our Cable TV input into your home may be a single (75 ohm)

cable or use a cable box decoder. In either case the connec-

tion is very simple. Follow the steps below to connect your cable

signal to your new television.

Direct Cable Connections:

This connection will supply Stereo sound to the TV.

1

Connect the open end of the round Cable Company sup-

plied cable to the 751 input on the bottom of the TV. Screw

it down finger tight.

Cable Box (w/RF In/Outputs):

This connection will NOT supply Stereo sound to the TV. The sound

from the cable box will be mono.

1

Connect the open end of the round Cable Company sup-

plied cable to

the cable signal IN(put) plug on the back of

the Cable Box.

2

Using a separate round coaxial cable, connect one end to the

OUT(put) (TO TV) plug on the back of the Cable Box.

3

Connect the other end of the round coaxial cable to the

751 input on the bottom of the television. Screw it down fin-

ger tight.

NOTE: Be sure to set the OUTPUT CHANNEL SWITCH on the

back of the cable box to CH 3 or 4, then tune the cable box on the

TV to the corresponding channel. Once tuned, change channels at

the cable box, not the television.

Cable Box (w/Audio/Video Outputs):

This connection will supply Stereo sound to the TV.

1

Connect the open end of the round Cable Company sup-

plied cable to

the cable signal IN(put) plug on the back of

the Cable Box.

2

Using a RCA type Video Cable, connect one end of the

cable to the Video (yellow) (or ANT, your cable box may be

labeled differently) Out jack on the cable box and the other

end to the Video Input on the bottom of the TV.

3

Using a RCA type Audio Left and Right Cable,connect one

end to the left and right Audio Out L& R jacks (red &

white) on the cable box. Connect the other end to the Audio

L & R Input jacks on the bottom of the TV.

NOTE: Use the SOURCE button on the TV remote control to tune to

the AV1 channel for the cable box signal. Once tuned, change chan-

nels at the cable box, not the television. Pressing the SOURCE button

repeatedly will scroll all the AV Input channels, including the present-

ly tuned channel.

CABLE/CABLE BOX TV

COMP

VIDEO

INPUT

Audio in (PC/HD)

HD input

751

FM ANT

DCin(24V) PCinput(VGA)

L

R

YPbPr

AVI

in

Pr

Pb Y

RL

Audio in Video in

COMP

VIDEO

INPUT

Audio in (PC/HD)

HD input

751

FM ANT

DCin(24V) PCinput(VGA)

L

R

YPbPr

AVI

in

Pr

Pb Y

RL

Audio in Video in

Direct Cable Connection:

Cable Box with RF Inputs and Outputs Connection:

Cable signal

coming from

Cable Company

(Round 751

coaxial cable)

Jack Panel Bottom of TV

Jack Panel Back

of Cable Box

Cable Signal

IN from the

Cable

Company

Round 751

Coaxial Cable

Jack Panel Bottom of TV

Cable Box with Audio/Video Outputs Connection:

Cable Signal IN

from the Cable

Company

Jack Panel Back

of Cable Box with A/VOutputs

Jack Panel Bottom of TV

Audio Cables

L & R (Red, White)

Video Cable (Yellow)

Output Channel Switch

3139 125 31571

Quick Use and Hookup Guide

Important Notice/Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

Basic TV Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

Remote Battery Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

Remote Control Button Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . .1

Hooking up the Television

Basic Cable/Cable Box TV Connections . . . . . . . . .2

Basic Antenna TV Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2

AV1 Input Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3

Component Video Input Connections . . . . . . . . . . .3

High Definition Input Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . .3

Headphone/Sub-woofer/Data Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . .3

PC (Monitor) Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4

AV2 Input Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4

AV3 Input Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4

Monitor Output Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4

IMPORTANT

NOTE: This owner's manual is used with several

different television models. Not all features (and

drawings) discussed in this manual will necessarily

match those found with your television set. This is

normal and does not require that you contact your

dealer or request service.

WARNING: TO PREVENTFIRE OR SHOCK

HAZARD DO NOT EXPOSE THIS UNIT TO

RAIN OR EXCESSIVE MOISTURE.

LCD TV

CONTENTS

BASIC LCD TV

AND REMOTE OPERATION

T

his LCD television has a set of controls located on the top of

the cabinet for use when the remote control is not needed.

1

Press the POWER button on the front of the TV cabinet to

turn the TV ON.

Note: With AutoChron ON, the TVwill search for a PBS chan-

nel to set the clock before powering itself on. This can take a

few seconds.

2

Press the VOLUME + button to increase the sound level or

the VOLUME – button to lower the sound level.

Pressing both buttons at the same time will display the

onscreen menu. After you are in the menu, use these buttons to

make adjustments or selections.

3

Press the CHANNEL + or– button to select TV channels.

Use these buttons to make adjustments or selections in the

onscreen menu.

There is also a set of Audio and Video Input jacks located on both sides

and the bottom of the television cabinet. Refer to the Audio/Video

Hookup sections within this Guide.

LCD TELEVISION

Remote Sensor Window

Volume and Channel buttons are located

on the top of the television cabinet.

T

o load the supplied batteries into the remote:

1

Remove the battery compartment door on the back of the

remote.

2

Place the batteries (2-AA) in the remote. Be sure the (+) and

(–) ends of the batteries line up correctly (the inside of the case

is marked).

3

Reattach the battery compartment door.

REMOTE CONTROL BATTERIES

Remote Control

(shown from the bottom)

Battery Compartment Door

2 “AA” Batteries

Battery Compartment

REMOTE CONTROL BUTTONS

Be sure to point the remote at the

Remote Sensor window on the

front of the television when using

the remote control to operate the

television.

PIP Button -

When in the PC Mode, pressing the PIP button will bring up a

smaller second screen window to view programming while using the TV as a com-

puter monitor.

Accessory Device 䊴䊴, ■, 䊳, 䊳䊳, II Buttons -

Press to rewind, stop, play,

fastforward, or pause/freeze a videotape, or DVD.

TV/DVD/ACC Mode Switch -

Slide to the TV position to control TV func-

tions, to the DVD position to control DVD Player functions, or to the ACC position

to control the functions of accessory devices (a cable converter, DBS, or VCR, for

example).

Program List Button -

Press to display a list of channel numbers and their

names. Each channel will appear as a selectable menu item. Refer to the Program

List section within the Directions for Use manual supplied with the TV for detailed

instructions.

Sleep Button -

Press to set the TV to automatically turn itself OFF at a given

amount of time.

TV/VCR (A/CH) Button -

TV/VCR – Press while in the VCR mode (the VCR

indicator on the front of the VCR will light) to view the playback of a tape. Press

again to place in the TV position (the VCR indicator light will go off) to view one

program while recording another program. A/CH – Press to toggle between the cur-

rently viewed channel and the previously viewed channel.

Auto Sound Button -

Press to select an AutoSound™ control. Choose from

three factory-set controls (VOICE, MUSIC, and THEATRE) and a PERSONALto

tailor the TV sound to enhance the particular type of program you are watching.

Menu (Select) Button -

Press for the onscreen menu to appear. Pressing the

menu button after menu selections are made will eliminate the menu from the dis-

play.

Active Control Button -

Press repeatedly to toggle the Active Control to ON or

OFF. When ON, the sharpness and noise reduction will be continuously monitored.

Cursor Buttons (Left, Right, Up, Down) -

Press these buttons to highlight,

select, and adjust items on the TV's onscreen menu.

Volume (+) or(–) Buttons -

Press to adjust the TV sound level.

Mute Button -

Press to turn the TV sound OFF. Press again to return the sound to

its previous level.

Status/Exit Button -

Press to see the current channel number on the TV screen.

Also press to clear the TV screen after control adjustments.

Power Button -

Press to turn the TV ON and OFF.

Position Button -

When using the PC Mode and the PIP window is present

on the screen, press the Position button to move the PIP window to any of the

four corners.

CC Button -

Press to select Closed Captioning options within the menu.

(See the Directions for Use manual for details.)

Clock Button -

Press the CLOCK button to access the onscreen Clock

menu.

Format Button -

Press to toggle the different screen format options.

Source Button -

Press to toggle between the different A/VInput jack con-

nections and the currently tuned channel.

Auto Picture Button -

Press to select an AutoPicture™ control. Choose

from four factory-set controls (MOVIES, SPORTS, WEAK SIGNAL, and

MULTI MEDIA) and a PERSONALcontrol that you set according to your

own preferences through the onscreen PICTURE menu. The four factory-set

controls will tailor the TV picture so as to enhance the particular type of pro-

gram you are watching, or to improve the picture of a program that has a weak

signal.

Surr. Sound button -

Press to set various factory Incredible Surround

Sound listening modes. (Refer to the Incredible Surround section within the

Directions for Use for detailed instructions.)

Channel (+) or (–) Buttons -

Press to change the tuned channel.

Mode buttons -

Press to directly enter a specific mode, use the PC button to

place the TV in the PC (computer monitor) mode, press the HD button to

place the TV in the HD (high definition) mode, press the Radio button to place

the TV in the FM Radio mode, or the TV button to place the TVback to its

normal TV mode.

Number Buttons -

Press the number buttons to select TV channels. When

selecting single-digit channels, press the number of the desired channel. The

TV will pause for a few seconds and then tune to the selected channel. (Note:

You can press 0, then the number also.) For channels 100and above, first

press 1 then the next two numbers of the desired channel.

Surf Button -

Press to select previously viewed channels. You can place up

to 10 channels in memory. Then by pressing the SURF button you can quickly

view the select channels. (See the “Using the Channel Surf Control” section in

your Instructions for Use manual to see how to select a series of channels

using the Surf button.)

DC Input located on the

bottom jack panel of the TV

Power Cord and Adapter

3. Directions for Use

Directions for Use

DCin(24V) PCinput(VGA)

3

CHANNEL

1 2

MENU

VOLUME

PIP

CC

SURR.

PICTURE

CLOCK

POSITION

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

PROG. LIST

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

TV

MENU SOUND

DVD

ACC

CH

RADIO

MUTE

VOL

SURF

0

23

TV HD

789

456

1

PC

STATUS/EXIT

Directions for Use

STATUS/EXIT

SURF

EN 7LC03U 3.

Pb Y

Audio in Video in

RL

Pr

in

AVI

COMP

VIDEO

INPUT

FM ANT

BOTTOM OF TV

751

2

YPbPr

Audio in (PC/HD)

HD input

L

R

DCin(24V) PCinput(VGA)

1

PC

HOOKING UP THE TELEVISION

PC (MONITOR) INPUTS

Connect one end of the VGA Video cable to the Monitor

his TV can be used as a PC Monitor. Your computer will have

to be equipped with a VGA type video output and VGA cable.

T

PC with VIDEOVGA OUT

3

Out

VGA/RGB

AUDIO

Out

ADAPTER

Audio

CC

SURR.

PICTURE

CLOCK

POSITION

PIP

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

PROG. LIST

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

TV

DVD

ACC

(video) output on the computer to the PC Input (VGA) jack

on the bottom of the TV.2Although audio connections are not required, the TV can

reproduce the computers audio out by an AUDIO

ADAPTER to the Audio output jack on the computer (if

available) while connecting the other ends of the Audio

cables to the Audio In left and right (PC/HD) Input Jacks

on the bottom of the TV.3Turn the TVand the Computer ON.4Press the PC Mode button to set the TV into the HD

1

3

5

ACCESSORYDEVICE

(Camera., DVD, VCR, etc.)

VGA CABLE

4

CH

RADIO

MUTE

TV HD

PC

MENU SOUND

VOL

Mode and tune to the computer’s signal.

Note: Please contact your dealer or Philips at 800-531-0039 for

Data

JACK PANEL

BACK LEFT OFTV

CC

CLOCK

POSITION

23

PIP

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

PROG. LIST

1

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

TV

DVD

ACC

AV2 INPUTS

Connect the VIDEO (yellow) cable to the VIDEO AV2 in

here are Audio/Video Input Jacks located on both sides of the TV

located under removable panels. These jack allow for extra acces-

information about purchasing the needed cables.

sory device connections for items such as cameras or gaming stations.

T

1

in

VIDEO

out

Sub

out

woofer

VIDEO

4

SURR.

PICTURE

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

jack on the left rear of the TV. Connect the otherend of the

VIDEO (yellow) cable to the VIDEO OUT jack on the back of

the accessory device being used. Note: An S-Video cable can

be used in place of the yellow Video cable if your device is

equiped with an S-Video Output. S-Video provides better video

1

2

L

R

in

AV2

out

Monitor

L

R

CH

RADIO

23

MUTE

TV HD

456

1

PC

VOL

playback.2Connect the AUDIO (red and white) cables to the AUDIO

(left and right) AV2 injacks on the left rear of the TV. Connect

the other ends of the AUDIO (red and white) cablesto the

AUDIO (left and right) OUT jacks on the rear of the accessory

S-VIDEO

VIDEO CABLE

VIDEOAUDIO

JACK PANEL

RIGHT LEFT

ACCESSORYDEVICE

(Left and Right)

AUDIO CABLES

S-VIDEO

DESIRED.

USED IN PLACE OF THE

YELLOW VIDEO CABLE IF

AN S-VIDEO CABLE CAN BE

SURF

0

789

STATUS/EXIT

device being used.

Turn the accessory device and the TVON.4Press the SOURCE button on the remote control repeatedly

to select the AV2 channel for the accessory device. AV2 will

appear in the upper left corner on the TV screen when tuned

properly.5With the accessory device ON, press the PLAYbutton to acti-

vate the playback on the television.

3

2

5

ACCESSORYDEVICE

(Camera., DVD, VCR, etc.)

AV3 INPUTS

1

JACK PANEL

BACK RIGHT OFTV

4

CC

SURR.

PICTURE

CLOCK

POSITION

PIP

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

PROG. LIST

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

TV

DVD

ACC

used in place of the yellow Video cable if your device is equiped

Connect the VIDEO (yellow) cable to the VIDEO AV3 in jack

on the right rear of the TV. Connect the otherend of the

VIDEO (yellow) cable to the VIDEO OUT jack on the back of

the accessory device being used. Note: An S-Video cable can be

uch like the AV2 jacks, the AV3jacks allow for extra accessory

device connections for items such as cameras or gaming stations.

The AV3 Input Jacks are located on the right rear of the TV.

1

M

VIDEO CABLE

AUDIO

L

R

VIDEO

AUDIO

S-VIDEO

CH

RADIO

SURF

0

23

MUTE

TV HD

789

456

1

PC

STATUS/EXIT

VOL

with an S-Video Output. S-Video provides better video playback.

Connect the AUDIO (red and white) cables to the AUDIO

(left and right) AV2 injacks on the right rear of the TV. Connect

the other ends of the AUDIO (red and white) cablesto the

AUDIO (left and right) OUT jacks on the rear of the accessory

device being used.

Turn the accessory device and the TVON.4Press the SOURCE button on the remote control repeatedly to

2

Right)

(Left and

CABLES

select the AV3 channel for the accessory device. AV3 will appear

3

in the upper left corner on the TV screen when tuned properly.5With the accessory device ON, press the PLAYbutton to acti-

S-VIDEO

VIDEOAUDIO

RIGHT LEFT

ACCESSORYDEVICE

USED IN PLACE OF THE

YELLOW VIDEO CABLE IF

AN S-VIDEO CABLE CAN BE

vate the accessory device (DVD, VCR, CAMERA, etc.) and

AUDIO SYSTEM

with AUDIO INPUTS

L

R

AUX/TV INPUT

PHONO INPUT

(Red & White)

AUDIO CABLES

JACK PANEL

2

1

Monitor OUT

VIDEO &AUDIO

L

VIDEO

out

Sub

Data

woofer

VIDEO

Connection:

R

in

AV2

S-VIDEO

out

Monitor

L

R

3

AVOUT

AUDIO L(eft) and R(ight)

Second VCR

DESIRED.

Audio System

MONITOR OUTPUTS

Connect one end of the R(ight) and L(eft) AUDIO (Monitor

Out) jacks located on the right rear of the TV to the R and L

audio input jacks on your sound system. Refer to the AUDIO

OUT control within the Directions for Use for FIXED or VARI-

ABLE settings.2Turn the TVand audio system ON. TV sound can be heard

1

through the audio system

For Second VCR Connection/Recorder:

view the playback on the television.

he Monitor (Audio/Video) out jacks are great for recording with a

VCR or used to connect an external audio system for better audio.

For Audio System Connection:

T

TV

JACK PANEL

Located on the back left of the

L

R

in

AV2

VIDEO

out

Sub

out

Data

woofer

VIDEO

Monitor

L

R

L(eft) and R(ight)

RL

IN

AUDIO

IN

OUT OUT

VIDEO

IN

OUT

ANTENNA

(Yellow)

VIDEO CABLE

5

Connection/Recorder:

Connect one end of the yellow Video Cable to the Monitor

out VIDEO OUT plug on the left rear of the TV. Connect the

other end to the VIDEO IN plug on the second VCR.4Connect one end of the red and white Audio cable from the

Monitor out L and R plugs on the left rear of the TV to the

The following steps allow you to connect a VCR to record the pro-

gram while your watching it.

3

S-VIDEO

4

AUDIO CABLES (Red & White)

SECOND VCR

AUDIO IN plugs on the VCR.5Turn the VCR ON,insert a black VHS tape and it’s ready to

record what’s being viewed on the TVscreen.

4

Audio in Video in

RL

in

AVI

YPbPr

R

DCin(24V) PCinput(VGA)

AUDIO IN

(RED/WHITE)

TUNE TOAV1 CHANNEL

CC

POSITION

PIP

VIDEO IN (YELLOW)

CLOCK

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

PROG. LIST

TV

DVD

ACC

Pb Y

Pr

COMP

VIDEO

INPUT

FM ANT

751

BOTTOM OF TV

Audio in (PC/HD)

HD input

L

HOOKING UP THE TELEVISION

AV1 INPUTS

Connect the VIDEO (yellow) cable to the VIDEO AV1 in

jack on the bottom of the TV.2Connect the AUDIO (red and white) cables to the

AUDIO (left and right) AV1 injacks on the bottom of the

he audio/video input jacks on the bottom panel of the TV are

for direct picture and sound connections between the TV and

T

TV.3Connect the VIDEO (yellow) cable to the VIDEO OUT

a VCR (or similar device) that has audio/video output jacks.

1

BACK OF VCR

(or Accessory device)

VCR (or accessory device)

CH

RADIO

SURR.

PICTURE

23

MUTE

TV HD

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

1

SOUND CONTROL

PC

MENU SOUND

VOL

jack on the back of the VCR or accessory device being

used.4Connect the AUDIO (red and white) cables to the

AUDIO (left and right) OUT jacks on the rear of the VCR

or accessory device being used.

Turn the VCR oraccessory device and the TV ON.6Press the SOURCE button on the remote control to select

The CVI connection

will be dominate over

the AV1 in Video Input.

AUDIO OUTPUT JACKS)

(EQUIPPED WITH VIDEO AND

INT

H

ELPFUL

H

SURF

0

789

456

STATUS/EXIT

Note: The Audio/Video cables needed for this connection are not supplied with your TV. Please contact

Pb Y

Pr

COMP

VIDEO

INPUT

FM ANT

1

751

Audio in (PC/HD)

HD input

L

BOTTOM OF TV

your dealer or Philips at 800-531-0039 for information about purchasing the needed cables.

COMPONENT (CVI) INPUTS

the AV1 channel for the accessory device. AV1 will appear

in the upper left corner on the TV screen when tuned prop-

erly.7With the VCR (or accessory device) ON and a prerecorded

tape (CD, DVD, etc.) inserted, press the PLAYbutton to

view the tape on the television.

omponent Video inputs provide the highest possible color and

picture resolution in the playback of digital signal source

material, such as with DVD players.

5

C

When a Component

Video Device is con-

nected as described, it is

best not to have a video

signal connected to the

AV1 in Video Input

jack.

ACCESSORYDEVICE

COMPONENT

Audio in Video in

VIDEO CABLES

(Green, Blue, Red)

in

Pr

2

DCin(24V) PCinput(VGA)

from the DVD player (or similar device) to the

COMP(onent) VIDEO Input (Y green, Pb blue, Pr red)

Pb

COMP VIDEO

Y

L

R

OUT

AUDIO

OUT

VIDEO

OUT

(RED/WHITE)

S-VIDEO

AUDIO CABLES

CC

POSITION

PIP

jacks on the bottom of the TV. When using the Component

Video Inputs, it is best not to connect a signal to the AV1 in

Video Jack.2Connect the red and white AUDIO CABLES to the

3

4

CH

SURR.

PICTURE

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV

MUTE

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

VOL

DVD

ACC

Audio (left and right) output jacks on the rear of the acces-

sory device to the Audio (L and R) AV1 in Input Jacks on

the TV.3Turn the TVand the DVD (or digital accessory device)

ON.4Press the SOURCE button to scroll the available chan-

Connect the Component (Y, Pb, Pr) Video OUTjacks

RL

AVI

YPbPr

R

1

NENTVIDEO OUTPUTS.

EQUIPPED WITH COMPO-

5

INT

H

ELPFUL

H

Pb Y

Pr

BOTTOM OF TV

COMP

VIDEO

INPUT

FM ANT

751

1

Audio in (PC/HD)

HD input L

2

RADIO

TV HD

PC

nels until CVI appears in the upper left corner of the TV

23

456

1

screen.5Insert a DVD disc into the DVD player and press the

HD 1

SURF

0

789

STATUS/EXIT

The description for the component video connectors may differ depending on the DVD player or accessory

digital source equipment used (for example, Y, Pb, Pr; Y, B-Y, R-Y; Y, Cr, Cb). Refer to your DVD or dig-

ital accessory owner’s manual for definitions and connection details.

button on the DVD Player.

䊳

PLAY

HD (HIGH DEFINITION) INPUTS

f your using a High Definition receiver that can transmit high

from

Lead-in

Satellite

Dish Antenna

Coaxial Cable

Audio in Video in

RL

in

AVI

COMPONENT

VIDEO CABLES

(Green, Blue, Red)

YPbPr

R

AUDIO

CABLES

DCin(24V) PCinput(VGA)

Connect the Component (Y, Pb, Pr) Video OUTjacks

from the HD Receiver (or similar device) to the HD (Y, Pb,

Pr) input jacks on the bottom of the TV. 2Connect the red and white AUDIO CABLES to the

definition programming, the TV can except those signals

through the HD Inputs located on the bottom of the TV.

1

I

HD RECEIVER

VIDEO OUTPUTS.

PR

SURR.

IN FROM ANT SATELLITE IN

S-VIDEO

in 2

VIDEO

in 1

VIDEO

REMOTEPHONE JACK

MENU SOUND

Coaxial Cable Lead-in

Rear of HD Receiver

EQUIPPED WITH COMPONENT

from Cable Outlet,

or VHF/UHF Antenna

Cable Converter Box,

3

(Illustration is for reference only.

Your HD Receiver's jack panel will

look and be labelled different.)

4

CH

RADIO

23

MUTE

TV HD

456

1

PC

VOL

TVVIEWED FROM THE BACK

3

Sub

Data

789

OUT TOTV

CH 3

CH 4

DIGITAL

AUDIO OUT

VCR

CONTROL

L

R

AUDIO

Y

PB

AUDIO

L

R

RF

CC

PICTURE

CLOCK

POSITION

PIP

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

PROG. LIST

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

TV

DVD

ACC

2

/DATA JACKS

Audio (left and right) output jacks on the rear of the HD

Receiver to the Audio In (PC/HD) Input Jacks on the bot-

tom of the TV.3Turn the TVand the HD Receiver ON.4Press the HD Mode button to set the TV into the HD

Mode and tune to the HD signal.

Note: The Audio/Video cables needed for this connection are not

HEADPHONE/SUB-WOOFER

supplied with your TV. Please contact your dealer or Philips at

800-531-0039 for information about purchasing the needed

cables.

he left side Jack Panel contains three jacks that can be used

1

ON THE LEFT

JACKS LOCATED

REAR OF THE TV

L

R

in

AV2

VIDEO

out

woofer

VIDEO

L

R

HEAD PHONE JACK - Used for headphone listening in

any of the available modes. When headphones are connect-

ed to this jack the TV speakers will be muted.

SUB-WOOFER JACK - An external Sub-woofer speaker

for your convenience. They include a Headphone Jack, a Sub-

Woofer Jack, and a Data Jack.

1

T

3

S-VIDEO

out

Monitor

can be connected to the TV at this jack. This would pro-

vide for a deeper bass sound.

DATAJACK - This jack is used in service applications

and should not be used by the customer.

2

3

EN 8 LC03U3.

4

P

RECAUTIONS

Additional Safety Precautions:

• Do not shift or move the LCD TV around when it is powered on.

• Do not connect any AC/DC adapter to your LCD TV that does not originally come with the television. Only use

the recommended part or parts that are approved by Philips Consumer Electronics.

• Caution: Do not use any cover or enclose the AC/DC adapter with any objects like a cloth or box which might

shorten the life of the equipment.

• Do not touch, push or rub the surface of the LCD screen with any sharp or hard objects.

• When the surface of the LCD screen becomes dusty, wipe it gently with an absorbent cotton cloth or other soft

material like chamois. DO NOT use acetone, toluene or alcohol to clean the surface of the screen. These chemi-

cals will cause damage.

• Wipe off water, or saliva as soon as possible. Long exposer time to liquids can cause deformation and color fad-

ing of the LCD screen.

• Be careful of condensation when temperature changes occur. Condensation can cause damage to the LCD

screen and electrically parts. After condensation fades, spots or blemishes will be present on the LCD screen.

Positioning the LCD Television:

• Place the LCD TV on a solid, sturdy base or stand. Be sure the stand is strong enough to handle the weight of

the LCD TV.

• Try to leave at least 6” of space around each side of the LCD TV cabinet to allow for proper ventilation.

• Do not place the LCD TV near a radiator or other sources of heat.

• Do not place the LCD TV where it can be exposed to rain or excessive moisture.

Recycling Procedure/End of Life Disposal:

• To minimize harm to the environment, the batteries supplied with the LCD TV do not contain mercury or nickel

cadmium. If possible, when disposing of batteries, use recycling means available in your area.

• The LCD TV uses materials that can be recycled. To minimize the amount of waste in the environment, check

your area for companies that will recover used televisions for dismantling and collection of reusable materials, or

contact your dealer for TV recycling tips.

• Please dispose of the carton and packing material through the proper waste disposal management in your area.

NOTE: It is possible that this owner's manual may be used with several different television mod-

els. Not all features (and drawings) discussed in this manual will necessarily match those found

with your television system. While every effort is made to give the consumer the most accurate

information possible regarding this product, normal changes in production could occur effect-

ing the images and onscreen menu procedures outlined in this manual. This is normal and does

not require you contacting your dealer or requesting service

.

3

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Read before operating equipment

1. Read these instructions.

2. Keep these instructions.

3. Heed all warnings.

4. Follow all instructions.

5. Do not use this apparatus near water.

6. Clean only with a dry cloth.

7. Do not block any of the ventilation openings. Install in accordance

with the manufacturers instructions.

8. Do not install near any heat sources such as radiators, heat regis-

ters, stoves, or other apparatus (including amplifiers) that produce

heat.

9. Do not defeat the safety purpose of the polarized or grounding-

type plug. A polarized plug has two blades with one wider than

the other. Agrounding type plug has two blades and third ground-

ing prong. The wide blade or third prong are provided for your

safety. When the provided plug does not fit into your outlet, con-

sult an electrician for replacement of the obsolete outlet.

10. Protect the power cord from being walked on or pinched particu-

larly at plugs, convenience receptacles, and the point where they

exit from the apparatus.

11. Only use attachments/accessories specified by the manufacturer.

12. Use only with a cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table

specified by the manufacturer, or sold with the app-

aratus. When a cart is used, use caution when moving

the cart/apparatus combination to avoid injury from tip-over.

13. Unplug this apparatus during lightning storms or when unused for

long periods of time.

14. Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel. Servicing is

required when the apparatus has been damaged in any way, such

as power-supply cord or plug is damaged, liquid has been spilled

or objects have fallen into apparatus, the apparatus has been

exposed to rain or moisture, does not operate normally, or has

been dropped.

15. This product may contain lead and mercury. Disposal of these

materials may be regulated due to environmental considerations.

For disposal or recycling information, please contact your local

authorities or the Electronic Industries Alliance: www.eiae.org

16. Damage Requiring Service - The appliance should be serviced

by qualified service personnel when:

A. The power supply cord or the plug has been damaged; or

B. Objects have fallen, or liquid has been spilled into the appli-

ance; or

C. The appliance has been exposed to rain; or

D. The appliance does not appear to operate normally or

exhibits a marked change in performance; or

E. The appliance has been dropped, or the enclosure damaged.

17. Tilt/Stability - All televisions must comply with recommended

international global safety standards for tilt and stability properties

of its cabinet design.

• Do not compromise these design standards by applying exces-

sive pull force to the front, or top, of the cabinet which could ulti-

mately overturn the product.

• Also, do not endanger yourself, or children, by placing electron-

ic equipment/toys on the top of the cabinet. Such items could

unsuspectingly fall from the top of the set and cause product dam-

age and/or personal injury.

18. Wall or Ceiling Mounting - The appliance should be mounted to

a wall or ceiling only as recommended by the manufacturer.

19. Power Lines - An outdoor antenna should be located away from

power lines.

20. Outdoor Antenna Grounding - If an outside antenna is connect-

ed to the receiver, be sure the antenna system is grounded so as to

provide some protection against voltage surges and built up static

charges.

Section 810 of the National Electric Code, ANSI/NFPA No. 70-

1984, provides information with respect to proper grounding of

the mast and supporting structure, grounding of the lead-in wire to

an antenna discharge unit, size of grounding connectors, location

of antenna-discharge unit, connection to grounding electrodes, and

requirements for the grounding electrode. See Figure below.

21. Object and Liquid Entry - Care should be taken so that objects

do not fall and liquids are not spilled into the enclosure through

openings.

22. Battery Usage CAUTION - To prevent battery leakage that may

result in bodily injury, property damage, or damage to the unit:

• Install all batteries correctly, with + and - aligned as marked on

the unit.

• Do not mix batteries (old and new or carbon and alkaline, etc.).

• Remove batteries when the unit is not used for a long time.

Example of Antenna Grounding

as per NEC - National Electric Code

Note to the CATV system installer: This reminder is provided to call the CATV system installer's attention to Article 820-40 of the NEC

that provides guidelines for proper grounding and, in particular, specifies that the cable ground shall be connected to the grounding system of the

building, as close to the point of cable entry as practical.

Directions for Use

ANTENNA LEAD IN WIRE

GROUND CLAMP

(NEC SECTION 810-20)

(NEC SECTION 810-21)

ANTENNA DISCHARGE UNIT

GROUNDING CONDUCTORS

(NEC ART 250, PART H)

GROUND CLAMPS

POWER SERVICE GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM

ELECTRIC SERVICE EQUIPMENT

Directions for Use

EN 9LC03U 3.

ONTROL

C

ANGUAGE

L

SE THE

U

OW TO

H

or or Spanish- and French-speaking TV

owners, an onscreen LANGUAGE option

F

is present. The LANGUAGE control enables

you to set the TV’s onscreen menu to be

shown in either English, Spanish, or French.

LANGUAGE

TUNER MODE

AUTO PROGRAM

CHANNEL EDIT

MANUAL

PICTURE

SOUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR

PICTURE

SHARPNESS

TINT

PICTURE

SOUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

Press the MENU button on the

remote control to show the onscreen

menu.2Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until INSTALL is highlight-

ed.3Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

to shift the menu to the left and high-

light LANGUAGE.

1

INSTALL

ENGLISH

LANGUAGE

CC

POSITION

PIP

˜

FRANCAIS

ESPANOL

TUNER MODE

AUTO PROGRAM

2

CLOCK

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

PROG. LIST

TV

DVD

CHANNEL EDIT

MANUAL

4

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

ACC

PICTURE

SOUND CONTROL

ENGLISH

LANGUAGE

INSTALL

SURR.

MUTE

MENU SOUND

1

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

to highlight the LANGUAGE control

options.5Press the CURSOR UP or CURSOR

DOWN button to select ENGLISH,

ESPANOL (Spanish), or FRANCAIS

(French).6Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

4

˜

FRANCAIS

ESPANOL

TUNER MODE

AUTO PROGRAM

CHANNEL EDIT

MANUAL

3

4

CH

RADIO

TV HD

PC

VOL

2

clear the menu from the screen.

SURF

0

23

789

456

1

STATUS/EXIT

5

INT

H

ELPFUL

H

Remember, the LANGUAGE control makes

6

only the TV’s onscreen MENU items appear

in English, Spanish, or French text. It does

not change the other onscreen text features,

such as Closed Captioning (CC), with TV

6

shows.

General Information

HD (High Definition) Mode

How to use the HD Mode and it’s Features . . .53-56

ONTENTS

C

Introduction

Welcome/Registration of Your TV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2

Troubleshooting Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59

PC Mode

How to use the PC Mode Features . . . . . . . . . .57-58

Cleaning and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59

Install Menu

How to use the Language Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6

Safety Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3

Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4

Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5

even level. Peaks and valleys that occur during program changes or

Here are a few of the features built into your new Television:

Active Control™ continuously measures and corrects all incoming

signals to help provide the best picture quality. This feature moni-

tors and corrects both the sharpness control and noise reduction

control.

Glossary of Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61

Factory Service Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62-63

Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64

Picture Menu

How to use the Tuner Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

How to Auto Program TV Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

How to Add or Delete Channels (Channel Edit) . . . . . . . . .9

How to use the AutoChron™ Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10

How to use the Name Control (Channel Label) . . . . . . . . .11

Audio/Video Jack Panels allows direct connections with VCRs,

How to use the Picture Adjustment Controls . . . . .12

Sound Menu

How to use the Equalizer Controls . . . . . . . . . . . .13

How to use the Balance Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14

How to use the AVL Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15

commercial breaks are reduced, making for a more consistent, com-

DVDs, PCs or other devices, providing quality TV picture and

sound playback.

Audio Volume Leveler (AVL) Control keeps the TV sound at an

How to use the Incredible Surround Control . . . . . . . . . . .16

Setting the TV to receive Stereo programming . . . . . . . . .17

Setting the TV to receive SAP (Secondary Audio

Programming) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18

fortable sound.

AutoChron™ automatically sets the right time of day and main-

tains it with digital precision through brownouts, power failures,

and even Daylight Savings Time adjustments.

AutoLock™ allows you to block the viewing of certain channels or

programs with certain ratings if you do not want your children to

view inappropriate materials.

Auto Programming scans (when activated) for all available chan-

nels from regular antenna or cable signals and stores only active

broadcast stations in the TV’s memory.

AutoPicture™ allows you to change the picture settings (color,

tint, contrast, etc.) for various types of programming, such as

sports, movies, multimedia (games), or weak signals with the push

of one button.

AutoSound™ allows you to select from three factory-set controls

and a personal control that you set according to your own prefer-

ences through the onscreen Sound menu. The three factory-set con-

trols (Voice, Music, and Theatre) enable you to tailor the TV sound

Features Menu

How to use the Timer Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21

How to use the Mode Select Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22

How to set the Active Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23

Understanding the AutoLock™ Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24

How to use the Audio Out Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

Turning the TV Speakers on or off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

Setting up the AutoLock™ Access Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25

How to Block Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26

How to Clear All Blocked Channels at the Same Time . . .27

Blocking Programming Based on Movie Ratings . . . . . . .28

Remote Control Use

How to use the Closed Captioning Control . . . . . .32

Blocking Programming Based on TV Ratings . . . . . . . . . .29

Other AutoLock™ Blocking Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30

How to use the Widescreen Control (Format) . . . . . . . . . .33

Using the AutoLock™ Review Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31

Active Control, Auto Lock, Auto Picture, Auto Sound,

are all registered trademarks of Philips Consumer Electronics Company.

so as to enhance the particular programming you are watching.

Closed Captioning allows the viewer to read TV program dialogue

or voice conversations as onscreen text.

Infrared Remote Control works your TV and other remote-con-

trolled devices, such as VCRs, DVD players, cable converters, and

satellite receivers.

Surf Button allows you to easily switch among only the channels

that are of interest to you (the ones that you have

programmed into the TV’s Surf control through the onscreen

menu).

Timer allows you to set your TV to turn itself ON and OFF once or

daily like an alarm clock.

5

FM Radio Mode

Using FM Mode Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46-52

Direct Access Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

Code Entry Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40

Search Code Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41

Remote Code List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42-44

How to use the Program List Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34

Setting the Sleeptimer Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35

Setting the AutoPicture™ Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36

Setting the AutoSound™ Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37

Using the Surf Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38

Programming the Remote Control for Accessory Devices

Accessory Device Remote Control Buttons . . . . . . . . . . .45

EN 10 LC03U3.

8

Y

our TV can automatically set itself for

local area (or cable TV) channels. This

makes it easy for you to select only the TV

stations in your area by pressing the CHAN-

NEL (+) or (–) button.

1

Press the MENU button on the

remote control to show the onscreen

menu.2Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until INSTALL is highlight-

ed.3Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

to shift the menu to the left. LAN-

GUAGE will be highlighted.

4

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until the AUTO PROGRAM

control is highlighted.

5

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

to start the Auto Program scanning of

channels.6Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

clear the menu from the screen.

H

OW TO

A

UTO

P

ROGRAM

TV C

HANNELS

After you’ve run Auto Program, check out

the results. Press the CHANNEL (+) or (–)

button and see which channels you can

select.

Remember, an antenna or cable TV signal

must first be connected to your TV (see

instructions for making connections on page

1 of this guide).

H

ELPFUL

H

INT

7

T

he TUNER MODE allows you to change

the TV’s signal input to CABLE, ANTEN-

NA, or AUTO mode. It’s important for the TV

to know if you want to receive channels from

a cable TV signal or a normal antenna signal.

NOTE: The AUTO mode setting helps the TV

determine the type of signal or channels being

received when AUTO PROGRAM is activat-

ed.

1

Press the MENU button on the

remote control to show the onscreen

menu.2Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until INSTALL is highlight-

ed.3Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

to shift the menu to the left.

4

Press the CURSOR DOWN button to

highlight the TUNER MODE control.

5

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

to highlight the tuner options.

6

Press the CURSOR UP or CURSOR

DOWN button to select CABLE,

ANTENNA or AUTO.

If TUNER MODE is set to AUTO,

Auto Program (see below) will detect

whether or not cable input is present.

7

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

clear the menu from the screen.

H

OW TO

U

SE THE

T

UNER

M

ODE

C

ONTROL

When CABLE is selected, channels 1–125

are available.

When ANTENNA is selected, channels

2–69 are available.

H

ELPFUL

H

INT

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR

PICTURE

SOUND

PICTURE

FEATURES

LANGUAGE

TUNER MODE

PICTURE

SOUND

SHARPNESS

TINT

INSTALL

Directions for Use

AUTO PROGRAM

CHANNEL EDIT

MANUAL

FEATURES

INSTALL

CC

POSITION

PIP

ENGLISH

FRANCAIS

LANGUAGE

TUNER MODE

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV

ESPANOL

AUTO PROGRAM

CHANNEL EDIT

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

DVD

ACC

MANUAL

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SEARCH

LANGUAGE

TUNER MODE

AUTO PROGRAM

CHANNEL EDIT

INSTALL

SURR.

PICTURE

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

1

MANUAL

3

5

CH

RADIO

23

MUTE

TV HD

1

PC

VOL

2

4

456

789

SURF

STATUS/EXIT

INSTALL

0

ANTENNA

LANGUAGE

TUNER MODE

6

PLEASE WAIT

AUTO PROGRAM

CHANNEL EDIT

CHANNEL 20

MANUAL

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR

PICTURE

SOUND

PICTURE

SHARPNESS

FEATURES

LANGUAGE

PICTURE

TINT

INSTALL

TUNER MODE

AUTO PROGRAM

SOUND

FEATURES

CHANNEL EDIT

MANUAL

INSTALL

CC

POSITION

PIP

ENGLISH

FRANCAIS

LANGUAGE

TUNER MODE

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV

ESPANOL

AUTO PROGRAM

CHANNEL EDIT

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

DVD

ACC

MANUAL

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

ANTENNA

AUTO

CABLE

LANGUAGE

TUNER MODE

AUTO PROGRAM

CHANNEL EDIT

MANUAL

3

5

6

SURR.

PICTURE

SOUND CONTROL

1

CH

RADIO

HD

23

MUTE

TV

1

MENU SOUND

PC

VOL

246

456

789

SURF

STATUS/EXIT

LANGUAGE

0

ANTENNA

TUNER MODE

7

AUTO

CABLE

AUTO PROGRAM

CHANNEL EDIT

MANUAL

Directions for Use

EN 11LC03U 3.

LANGUAGE

ONTROL

PICTURE

™ C

HRON

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR

PICTURE

C

UTO

A

SE THE

U

OW TO

H

SHARPNESS

PICTURE

SOUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

can automatically set the TV’s

TM

utoChron

onscreen clock. Because the time is

received from a broadcast signal, you must be

sure that a cable TV or antenna signal is pres-

A

TUNER MODE

AUTO PROGRAM

CHANNEL EDIT

MANUAL

SOUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

TINT

TM

Press the MENU button on the remote

to show the onscreen menu.

feature.

1

ent before you attempt to use the AutoChron

ENGLISH

FRANCAIS

ESPANOL

LANGUAGE

TUNER MODE

AUTO PROGRAM

CHANNEL EDIT

MANUAL

INSTALL

7

CC

CLOCK

POSITION

PIP

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

PROG. LIST

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

TV

DVD

ACC

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until INSTALL is highlight-

ed.3Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to

2

MANUAL

INSTALL

SET TIME

TUNER MODE

AUTO PROGRAM

CHANNEL EDIT

MANUAL

AutoChron

INSTALL

SET TIME

TUNER MODE

AUTO PROGRAM

CHANNEL EDIT

MANUAL

AUTO

AutoChron

35689

CH

SURR.

PICTURE

SOUND CONTROL

1

shift the menu to the left. LANGUAGE

RADIO

23

MUTE

TV HD

456

1

MENU SOUND

PC

VOL

247

will be highlighted.

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

until the AutoChron control is highlight-

ed.5Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to

start the AutoChron™ feature. Then just

follow the onscreen instructions to set

SURF

0

789

STATUS/EXIT

9

the clock.6Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to

select AUTO. Within a few seconds, a

menu for choosing your time zone will

4

AUTO

MANUAL

DAYLIGHT

TUNER MODE

INSTALL

TUNER MODE

INSTALL

appear.7Press the CURSOR UP or CURSOR

DOWN button to highlight your correct

time zone.8With your correct time zone high-

SEARCH FOR

TIME . . .

SAVINGS TIME?

YES

NO

AUTO PROGRAM

CHANNEL EDIT

MANUAL

AutoChron

TIME ZONE?

ATLANTIC

EASTERN

CENTRAL

AUTO PROGRAM

CHANNEL EDIT

MANUAL

AutoChron

lighted, press the CURSOR RIGHT

button. Within a few seconds, you will

be given the option to choose whether

Time Found

TUNER MODE

AUTO PROGRAM

CHANNEL EDIT

INSTALL

SEARCH FOR

TIME . . .

(Please wait)

TUNER MODE

AUTO PROGRAM

CHANNEL EDIT

INSTALL

you want to select Daylight Savings

Time. If your time zone uses Daylight

Savings, select YES.9Enter your local PBS channel or any

SET TIME

AUTO

END: PRESS STATUS

12 PBS

MANUAL

AutoChron

INSTALL

12 PBS

MANUAL

AutoChron

INSTALL

local channel that transmit the current

time, and press the CURSOR RIGHT

button to start the searching process. If

the AutoChron™ features finds the cur-

rent time you are done. If it doenot find

MANUAL

TUNER MODE

AUTO PROGRAM

CHANNEL EDIT

MANUAL

AutoChron

SEARCH FOR

TIME . . .

Time Found

11:00 AM

TUNER MODE

AUTO PROGRAM

CHANNEL EDIT

MANUAL

AutoChron

INT

H

ELPFUL

H

the current time, re-enter an other chan-

nel and search again.

When turned ON, the AutoChron™ feature

can affect the start up of your television.

ENTER TIME

11:00 AM

TUNER MODE

AUTO PROGRAM

CHANNEL EDIT

MANUAL

AutoChron

INSTALL

ENTER TIME

1_ :_ _ AM

Setting AutoChron™ Manually

10

TUNER MODE

AUTO PROGRAM

CHANNEL EDIT

MANUAL

AutoChron

INSTALL

When the power button is press and the

AutoChron™ feature is set to the AUTO

position, the TV will scan the channels for a

PBS channel to set the clock automatically.

It may take SEVERAL seconds before the

TV powers itself ON.

)

ONTROL

C

DIT

E

HANNEL

(C

HANNELS

C

ELETE

D

DD OR

A

OW TO

H

HANNEL EDIT makes it easy for you to

add or delete channels from the list of

channels stored in the TV’s memory.

C

LANGUAGE

TUNER MODE

AUTO PROGRAM

CHANNEL EDIT

PICTURE

SOUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR

PICTURE

SHARPNESS

TINT

PICTURE

SOUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

Press the MENU button on the remote

control to show the onscreen menu.

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until INSTALL is highlight-

ed.3Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to

shift the menu to the left. LANGUAGE

will be highlighted.

1

2

MANUAL

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until the CHANNEL EDIT

control is highlighted.

4

ENGLISH

FRANCAIS

LANGUAGE

TUNER MODE

INSTALL

CC

CLOCK

POSITION

PIP

PROG. LIST

TV

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to

access the CHANNEL EDIT menu.6Press the CURSOR UP or CURSOR

5

ESPANOL

AUTO PROGRAM

CHANNEL EDIT

MANUAL

INSTALL

234

LANGUAGE

TUNER MODE

357

6

SURR.

PICTURE

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

DVD

ACC

CH

MUTE

MENU SOUND

VOL

1

DOWN button to scroll through the list

of available channels. Or press the num-

ber buttons on your remote control to

select a specific channel (for example,

press 0 and then 2 to select channel 2).

With the channel you want to edit select-

SURF

789

STATUS/EXIT

INSTALL

0

234

LANGUAGE

TUNER MODE

AUTO PROGRAM

5

AUTO PROGRAM

CHANNEL EDIT

MANUAL

RADIO

HD

23

TV

1

PC

456

246

ed, press the CURSOR RIGHT button

to mark the channel as SKIPPED. The

channel you’ve marked SKIPPED will

not appear when you are changing from

channel to channel while watching TV.

7

NOTE: When you want to add a channel that

has been marked SKIPPED, press the CUR-

SOR UP or CURSOR DOWN button to

highlight the channel; then press the CUR-

5

CHANNEL EDIT

MANUAL

INT

H

ELPFUL

H

SOR RIGHT button to remove the word

SKIPPED.

234 SKIPPED

5

LANGUAGE

TUNER MODE

AUTO PROGRAM

CHANNEL EDIT

INSTALL

The channels available for you to edit are the

MANUAL

ones that the AUTO PROGRAM feature

found through a search of your TV antenna

or cable TV signals. Channels not found dur-

ing the search are marked SKIPPED.

9

EN 12 LC03U3.

12

T

o adjust your TV picture controls, select a

channel and follow these steps.

1

Press the MENU button on the remote

control to show the onscreen menu. PIC-

TURE will be highlighted.

2

Press the CURSOR RIGHT and the menu

will shift to the left. BRIGHTNESS will be

highlighted and an adjustment bar will be

shown to the right.

3

Use the CURSOR LEFT or RIGHT to

adjust the BRIGHTNESS level of the pic-

ture.4After adjusting the BRIGHTNESS con-

trol, press the CURSOR DOWN to

select another picture adjustment:

COLOR, PICTURE, SHARPNESS,

TINT, COLOR TEMP, DNR, or CON-

TRAST +. Press the CURSOR LEFT

or RIGHT to adjust the selected control.

NOTE: The menu will show only five items at a

time, so you will need to continue scrolling with

the CURSOR DOWN to adjust the TINT,

COLOR TEMP, DNR, or CONTRAST +.

5

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

remove the menu from the screen.

H

OW TO

U

SE THE

P

ICTURE

A

DJUSTMENT

C

ONTROLS

Remember, when the bar scale is centered

, the control settings are at

normal, mid-range levels. Picture adjust-

ments are described here.

NOTE: The SHARPNESS and TINT

Controls will not be available for adjust-

ments when tuned to the CVI Inputs (CVI

Channel).

BRIGHTNESS – adds or subtracts light

from the darkest part of the picture.

COLOR – adds or eliminates color.

PICTURE – improves the detail of the light-

est parts of the picture.

SHARPNESS – improves the detail in the

picture.

TINT – adjusts the picture to obtain natural

skin tones.

COLOR TEMP – offers NORMAL (keeps

whites, white), COOL (makes whites, bluish),

or WARM (makes whites, reddish) picture

preferences.

DNR – can help eliminate slightly “speck-

led” picture (an indication of signal noise in

the picture).

CONTRAST + – helps to “sharpen” the

picture quality. The black portions of the

picture become richer in darkness and the

whites become brighter.

H

ELPFUL

H

INT

11

T

he channel NAME feature allows you to list

the “call” letters of your favorite stations

beside their channel numbers when they

appear on the screen. The TV has in memory a

list of the 50 most popular channel names (for

example, ABC, NBC, FOX, etc.). You also can

enter a custom name (up to five characters).

Tune to a specific channel that you want to

add a label to, then;

1

Press the MENU button on the remote

control to show the onscreen menu.

2

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until INSTALL in highlight-

ed.3Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to

shift the menu to the left. LANGUAGE

will be highlighted.

4

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until the NAME control is

highlighted.5Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to

highlight the NAME options area.

6

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

again; then press the CURSOR UP or

CURSOR DOWN button to scroll

through a list of options for the first char-

acter (A through Z, 0 through 9). Press

the CURSOR RIGHT button and

repeat for the second, third, fourth, and

fifth characters

7

After you have selected a name for the

channel, press the MENU button to

save the name in the TV’s memory.8Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

clear the menu from the screen.

H

OW TO

U

SE THE

N

AME

C

ONTROL

(C

HANNEL

L

ABEL

)

The five characters that the channel NAME

feature allows you to input can be letters, a

dash character, or the numbers 0 through 9.

H

ELPFUL

H

INT

The Channel Label or NAME will appear

when ever a channel change is made or

when the STATUS/EXIT button is pressed.

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR

PICTURE

SOUND

PICTURE

FEATURES

BRIGHTNESS 30

SHARPNESS

TINT

INSTALL

COLOR

PICTURE

SHARPNESS

TINT

Directions for Use

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR 30

PICTURE

SHARPNESS

PICTURE

TINT

CC

POSITION

PIP

SURR.

PICTURE

CLOCK

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

PROG. LIST

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

TV

MENU SOUND

DVD

ACC

1

PICTURE

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR

3

PICTURE 30

4

SHARPNESS

2

CH

MUTE

VOL

TINT

RADIO

3

TV HD

PC

4

PICTURE

23

456

1

BRIGHTNESS

SURF

789

STATUS/EXIT

COLOR

0

PICTURE

SHARPNESS 30

TINT

5

PICTURE

COLOR

PICTURE

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR

SHARPNESS

TINT

COLOR TEMP NORMAL

PICTURE

SHARPNESS

TINT 0

PICTURE

SHARPNESS

TINT

SHARPNESS

DNR

CONTRAST + ON

TINT

COLOR TEMP

DNR ON

ENGLISH

LANGUAGE

TUNER MODE

AUTO PROGRAM

CHANNEL EDIT

MANUAL

PICTURE

SOUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR

PICTURE

SHARPNESS

TINT

PICTURE

SOUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

LANGUAGE

INSTALL

CC

POSITION

PIP

AUTO PROGRAM

CHANNEL EDIT

MANUAL

PERSONAL

AutoChron

NAME

FRANCAIS

ESPANOL

TUNER MODE

AUTO PROGRAM

CHANNEL EDIT

MANUAL

INSTALL

356

6

SURR.

PICTURE

CLOCK

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

PROG. LIST

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

TV

DVD

ACC

1

CH

RADIO

23

MUTE

TV HD

456

1

MENU SOUND

7

PC

VOL

246

X_ _ _ _

AUTO PROGRAM

CHANNEL EDIT

MANUAL

AutoChron

INSTALL

SURF

789

STATUS/EXIT

NAME

0

8

ABC

OR

AUTO PROGRAM

INSTALL

XYZ _

XY _ _

ACTS

AMC

ARTS

BET

CHANNEL EDIT

MANUAL

AutoChron

NAME

12

XYZ12

XYZ1

ONTROL

C

ALANCE

B

SE THE

U

OW TO

H

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR

PICTURE

SOUND

PICTURE

SHARPNESS

FEATURES

INSTALL

EQUALIZER

BALANCE

PICTURE

SOUND

TINT

AVL

INCR. SURROUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

STEREO

SOUND

120HZ

EQUALIZER

CC

POSITION

PIP

500HZ

BALANCE

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV

DVD

1500HZ

5KHZ

AVL

INCR. SURROUND

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

ACC

10KHZ

STEREO

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

Directions for Use

0

EQUALIZER

BALANCE

SOUND

SURR.

PICTURE

SOUND CONTROL

1

CH

MUTE

MENU SOUND

VOL

5

INT

H

AVL

INCR. SURROUND

3

RADIO

TV HD

PC

2

STEREO

5

23

1

4

456

789

SURF

STATUS/EXIT

EN 13LC03U 3.

0

14

6

Press the MENU button on the remote

control to show the onscreen menu. PIC-

TURE will be highlighted.

he Balance Control will allow you to adjust

the sound levels between the right and left

speaker output.

T

ONTROLS

C

QUALIZER

E

SE THE

U

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

1

BRIGHTNESS

PICTURE

repeatedly until SOUND in highlighted.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to

shift the menu to the left. EQUALIZER

will be highlighted.

Press the CURSOR DOWN to highlight

the BALANCE control.

Press CURSOR RIGHT or LEFT but-

tons to adjust the sound between the right

and left speakers.

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

2

3

4

5

EQUALIZER

BALANCE

AVL

INCR. SURROUND

COLOR

SOUND

PICTURE

FEATURES

PICTURE

SOUND

SHARPNESS

TINT

INSTALL

FEATURES

STEREO

INSTALL

SOUND

120HZ

EQUALIZER

CC

POSITION

PIP

500HZ

BALANCE

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV

1500HZ

AVL

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

DVD

ELPFUL

H

remove the menu from the screen.

When the Balance Control slider is at a set-

ting of “0”, both left and right speakers

6

5KHZ

10KHZ

INCR. SURROUND

STEREO

should have equal sound level between them.

063

-2

-11

120HZ

500HZ

1500HZ

5KHZ

SOUND

10KHZ

346

5

SURR.

PICTURE

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

ACC

1

CH

RADIO

MUTE

TV HD

MENU SOUND

PC

VOL

2

6

5

23

456

1

SURF

789

STATUS/EXIT

0

13

7

OW TO

H

The Equalizer Controls allow you to adjust the

sound frequencies to suit the type of program-

ming be watched.

Press the MENU button on the remote

control to show the onscreen menu.

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until SOUND in highlighted.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to

shift the menu to the left. EQUALIZER

will be highlighted.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to

1

2

3

highlight the EQUALIZER options area.

Press the CURSOR UP or DOWN

buttons to highlight any of the frequen-

cy options.6Press the CURSOR RIGHT or LEFT

buttons to adjust the control slider to the

level desired.7Once all the Equalizer controls have

been set, press the STATUS/EXIT but-

ton to clear the menu from the screen.

4

5

EN 14 LC03U3.

16

T

he Incredible Surround feature adds

greater depth and dimension to both mon-

aural (MONO) and stereo TV sound. With

the control set to INCR. SURROUND

(Incredible Surround), the TV’s speakers can

add even wider sound separation to normal

broadcasts.

1

Press the MENU button on the

remote control to show the onscreen

menu.2Press the CURSOR DOWN to high-

light SOUND.

3

Press the CURSOR RIGHT and the

menu will shift to the left. EQUALIZ-

ER will be highlighted and an adjust-

ment bar will be shown to the right.

4

Press the CURSOR DOWN repeated-

ly until INCR. SURROUND is high-

lighted. (Incredible Surround)

5

Press the CURSOR RIGHT or

LEFT to toggle the INCR. SUR-

ROUND control settings.

If signal is Stereo: Select STEREO, or

INCR. SURROUND.

If signal is MONO: Select MONO, or

SPATIAL. 6Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

remove the menu from the screen.

7

You can also change the INCR. SUR-

ROUND onscreen menu control set-

tings by pressing the SURR. (sur-

round) SOUND button on the remote

control.

H

OW TO

U

SE THE

I

NCREDIBLE

S

URROUND

C

ONTROL

SPATIAL – widens the sound, simulating a

broader, fuller sound.

INCR. SURROUND – widens the sound,

simulating a broader, fuller sound.

DOLBY* VIRTUAL (with Virtual Dolby

Surround signals) simulates the surround-

sound experience from two speakers using

Dolby Pro Logic* providing the listener

with the sensation of being surrounded by

additional speakers.

H

ELPFUL

H

INT

15

I

n most cases, the volume levels coming

from broadcast programming or commer-

cials are never the same. With the AVL

(Audio Volume Leveler) control turned ON,

you can have the TV level out sound that is

being heard. This makes for a more consis-

tent sound by reducing the peaks and valleys

that occur during program changes or com-

mercial breaks. To turn the AVL ON, follow

these steps.

1

Press the MENU button on the

remote control to show the onscreen

menu.2Press the CURSOR DOWN to high-

light SOUND.

3

Press the CURSOR RIGHT and the

menu will shift to the left. EQUALIZ-

ER will be highlighted and an adjust-

ment bar will be shown to the right.

4

Press the CURSOR DOWN repeated-

ly until AVL is highlighted.

5

Press the CURSOR RIGHT or

LEFT to toggle AVL ON or OFF.6Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

remove the menu from the screen.

H

OW TO

U

SE THE

AVL C

ONTROL

Directions for Use

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR

PICTURE

SOUND

PICTURE

FEATURES

EQUALIZER

BALANCE

PICTURE

SOUND

SHARPNESS

TINT

INSTALL

AVL

INCR. SURROUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

STEREO

SOUND

120HZ

EQUALIZER

CC

POSITION

PIP

500HZ

BALANCE

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV

1500HZ

5KHZ

AVL

INCR. SURROUND

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

DVD

ACC

10KHZ

STEREO

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

INCR. SURROUND

IF STEREO:

EQUALIZER

BALANCE

AVL

INCR. SURROUND

SOUND

3

5

CH

SURR.

PICTURE

CONTROL

SOUND

MENU SOUND

1

RADIO

HD

MUTE

TV

PC

VOL

2

5

STEREO

23

456

1

4

DOLBY VIRTUAL

OR

INCR. SURROUND

SURF

0

789

STATUS/EXIT

STEREO

OR

INCR. SURROUND

6

IF MONO:

MONO

SPATIAL

OR

INCR. SURROUND

SURR.

SOUND

PICTURE

7

ACTIVE AUTO

CONTROL

EQUALIZER

BALANCE

AVL

PICTURE

SOUND

FEATURES

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR

PICTURE

SHARPNESS

TINT

PICTURE

SOUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

INCR. SURROUND

STEREO

INSTALL

SOUND

120HZ

EQUALIZER

CC

POSITION

PIP

500HZ

BALANCE

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV

1500HZ

5KHZ

AVL

INCR. SURROUND

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

DVD

ACC

10KHZ

STEREO

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SURR.

PICTURE

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

1

OFF

EQUALIZER

BALANCE

AVL

INCR. SURROUND

SOUND

3

CH

RADIO

MUTE

VOL

2

5

ON

OR

AVL

STEREO

5

23

456

1

789

SURF

0

STATUS/EXIT

HD

TV

PC

4

6

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR

PICTURE

SOUND

PICTURE

FEATURES

EQUALIZER

BALANCE

PICTURE

SOUND

SHARPNESS

TINT

INSTALL

AVL

INCR. SURROUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

STEREO

SOUND

120HZ

EQUALIZER

CC

POSITION

PIP

500HZ

BALANCE

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV

1500HZ

5KHZ

AVL

INCR. SURROUND

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

DVD

ACC

Directions for Use

10KHZ

BALANCE

STEREO

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

PICTURE

SOUND CONTROL

1

AVL

SOUND

SURR.

CH

MUTE

MENU SOUND

VOL

5

ON

INCR. SURROUND

STEREO

SAP

3

5

RADIO

TV HD

PC

2

4

OR

23

456

1

INT

H

OFF

INCR. SURROUND

SAP

SURF

0

789

STATUS/EXIT

6

EN 15LC03U 3.

18

HOW TO SET THE TVTO RECEIVE SAP (SECONDARY AUDIO PROGRAMMING)

AP is an additional part of the stereo

broadcast system. Sent as a third audio

channel, an SAP can be heard apart from the

current TV program sound. TV stations are

S

ROGRAMMING

P

TEREO

S

ECEIVE

R

TO

TV

Press the MENU button on the

remote control to show the onscreen

menu.2Press the CURSOR DOWN to high-

light SOUND.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT and the

free to use SAP for any number of purposes.

1

EQUALIZER

BALANCE

AVL

INCR. SURROUND

PICTURE

SOUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR

PICTURE

SHARPNESS

TINT

PICTURE

SOUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

menu will shift to the left. EQUALIZ-

ER will be highlighted and an adjust-

ment bar will be shown to the right.

Press the CURSOR DOWN repeated-

ly until SAP is highlighted.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT or

LEFT to toggle the SAP control to On

or Off.

Note: If SAP is not broadcasted on the select-

ed program your watching, NOT AVAIL-

ABLE will appear in the onscreen menu

5

10KHZ

STEREO

SURR.

PICTURE

CONTROL

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND

MENU SOUND

STEREO

3

SOUND

4

120HZ

EQUALIZER

CC

POSITION

PIP

500HZ

BALANCE

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV

1500HZ

5KHZ

AVL

INCR. SURROUND

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

DVD

ACC

1

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

remove the menu from the screen.

option.

6

STEREO

OR

EQUALIZER

BALANCE

AVL

INCR. SURROUND

SOUND

STEREO

3

5

CH

RADIO

23

MUTE

TV HD

456

1

PC

VOL

2

5

4

ELPFUL

H

If an SAP signal is not present with a select-

ed program, the SAP option cannot be select-

ed. Also, if SAP is selected on a channel

(with SAP) and you select another channel,

when you return to the original channel, SAP

will be OFF. You will have to reselect the

SAP feature.

MONO

INCR. SURROUND

STEREO

SURF

0

789

STATUS/EXIT

6

17

ET THE

S

OW TO

H

ou can receive broadcast stereo TV pro-

grams. The TV has both an amplifier and

Y

Press the MENU button on the

remote control to show the onscreen

menu.2Press the CURSOR DOWN to high-

light SOUND.

twin speakers through which the stereo sound

can be heard.

1

Press the CURSOR RIGHT and the

menu will shift to the left. EQUALIZ-

ER will be highlighted and an adjust-

ment bar will be shown to the right.

Press the CURSOR DOWN repeated-

ly until STEREO is highlighted.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT or

LEFT to toggle the STEREO control

to Stereo or Mono.

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

3

4

5

INT

H

ELPFUL

H

remove the menu from the screen.

Remember, if stereo is not present on a

selected show and the TV is placed in the

STEREO mode, the sound coming from the

6

set will remain monaural.

EN 16 LC03U3.

H

OW TO

T

URN THE

TV S

PEAKERS

O

NOR

O

FF

20

U

sing the TV’s Audio (Monitor) Output

jacks or the External Speaker connec-

tions, the TV speakers can be turned off

allowing the television sound to be heard only

from the external audio system or the external

speakers.

1

Press the MENU button on the

remote control to show the onscreen

menu.2Press the CURSOR DOWN to high-

light SOUND.

3

Press the CURSOR RIGHT and the

menu will shift to the left. EQUALIZ-

ER will be highlighted and an adjust-

ment bar will be shown to the right.

4

Press the CURSOR DOWN repeated-

ly until TV SPEAKERS is highlighted.

5

Press the CURSOR RIGHT or

LEFT to toggle the TV SPEAKERS

On or Off.6Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

remove the menu from the screen.

Be sure to first refer to the Quick Use

Guide supplied with your TV to connect an

external audio system to the television’s

Monitor Output (audio) jacks.

H

ELPFUL

H

INT

19

I

f you have connected the TV’s AUDIO

OUTPUT jacks to the AUDIO INPUT jacks

on a stereo receiver (see the Quick Use Guide

for connection instructions), set AUDIO OUT

to either VARIABLE or FIXED to determine

whether you adjust the volume at the stereo

or at the TV. If you select VARIABLE, change

the volume at the TV using the TV’s remote

control. If you select FIXED, adjust the vol-

ume at the stereo using the stereo’s controls.

To select FIXED or VARIABLE, follow these

steps.

1

Press the MENU button on the

remote control to show the onscreen

menu.2Press the CURSOR DOWN to high-

light SOUND.

3

Press the CURSOR RIGHT and the

menu will shift to the left. EQUALIZ-

ER will be highlighted and an adjust-

ment bar will be shown to the right.

4

Press the CURSOR DOWN repeated-

ly until AUDIO OUT is highlighted.

5

Press the CURSOR RIGHT or

LEFT to toggle the AUDIO OUT con-

trol to Fixed or Variable.6Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

remove the menu from the screen.

H

OW TO

U

SE THE

A

UDIO

O

UT

C

ONTROL

FIXED – If FIXED is selected, the sound

coming from the TV and being heard

through an external audio system is not

adjustable with the television’s volume

controls. The volume would have to be

adjusted at the audio system.

VARIABLE – If VARIABLE is selected,

the sound coming from the TV and being

heard through an external audio system can

be adjusted at the TV using the Volume +

or – buttons on the television or remote

control.

The connection instructions for an external

audio system can be found in the Quick

Use Guide supplied with your TV.

H

ELPFUL

H

INT

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR

PICTURE

SOUND

PICTURE

FEATURES

EQUALIZER

BALANCE

PICTURE

SOUND

SHARPNESS

TINT

INSTALL

Directions for Use

AVL

INCR. SURROUND

STEREO

FEATURES

INSTALL

SOUND

120HZ

EQUALIZER

CC

POSITION

PIP

500HZ

BALANCE

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV

1500HZ

5KHZ

AVL

INCR. SURROUND

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

DVD

ACC

10KHZ

STEREO

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

ON

OFF

OR

INCR. SURROUND

STEREO

SAP

AUDIO OUT

TV SPEAKERS

INCR. SURROUND

TV SPEAKERS

SOUND

3

5

CH

SURR.

PICTURE

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

1

RADIO

MUTE

TV HD

PC

VOL

2

5

23

456

1

4

789

SURF

0

STATUS/EXIT

6

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR

PICTURE

SOUND

PICTURE

FEATURES

EQUALIZER

BALANCE

PICTURE

SOUND

SHARPNESS

TINT

INSTALL

AVL

INCR. SURROUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

STEREO

SOUND

120HZ

EQUALIZER

CC

POSITION

PIP

500HZ

BALANCE

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV

1500HZ

5KHZ

AVL

INCR. SURROUND

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

DVD

ACC

10KHZ

STEREO

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

FIXED

VARIABLE

OR

AVL

INCR. SURROUND

STEREO

SAP

AUDIO OUT

INCR. SURROUND

AUDIO OUT

SOUND

3

5

CH

SURR.

PICTURE

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

1

RADIO

MUTE

TV HD

PC

VOL

2

5

23

456

1

4

789

SURF

STATUS/EXIT

0

6

TIMER

MODE SELECT

ACTIVE CTRL

Auto Lock

CLOSED CAP

TIME

START TIME

STOPE TIME

CHANNEL

ACTIVATE

Directions for Use

FM RADIOHDPC

EN 17LC03U 3.

ONTROL

C

ELECT

S

ODE

M

SE THE

U

OW TO

H

he Mode Select Control will allow you to

PICTURE

SOUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR

PICTURE

SHARPNESS

TINT

PICTURE

SOUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

Press the MENU button on the

remote control to show the onscreen

use set the TV into the TV, FM, HD, or PC

Modes. Depending on how the TV will be

used, these modes may have their own

onscreen menus controls to optimize there use

when used with computers, radios, or high-

T

definition receivers.

menu.2Press the CURSOR DOWN to high-

1

FEATURE

light FEATURES.3Press the CURSOR RIGHT and the

menu will shift to the left. TIMER will

TIMER

MODE SELECT

ACTIVE CTRL

Auto Lock

CLOSED CAP

CC

CLOCK

POSITION

PIP

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

PROG. LIST

TV

DVD

ACC

be highlighted.

Press the CURSOR DOWN repeated-

ly until MODE SELECT is highlight-

ed.5Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

4

TIMER

MODE SELECT

ACTIVE CTRL

Auto Lock

FEATURE

CLOSED CAP

357

6

SURR.

PICTURE

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

1

CH

RADIO

23

MUTE

TV HD

1

MENU SOUND

PC

VOL

246

to shift the menu to the left. the first

option, FM RADIO will be highlight-

ed.6Press the CURSOR UP or DOWN but-

tons to highlight the desired mode option

(FM RADIO, HD, or PC).

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

FM RADIOHDPC

MODE SELECT

FEATURE

SURF

0

789

456

STATUS/EXIT

8

INT

H

ELPFUL

H

to change the TV to the desired mode.

Please refer to each specific mode later

in this manual.

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

remove the menu from the screen.

7

8

FM RADIOHDPC

MODE SELECT

FEATURE

Specific information regarding each of the

MODE SELECT options can be found later

in this manual.

FM RADIO - refer to page 46-49.

HD - refer to page 50-53.

FM RADIOHDPC

MODE SELECT

FEATURE

PC - refer to page 54.

2221

ONTROLS

C

IMER

T

SE THE

U

OW TO

H

our television comes with an on-screen

clock. The TV also can be set to turn on or

off at a specific time and tune to a specific

Y

-- --

TIME

START TIME

STOP TIME

CHANNEL

TIMER

FEATURES

12:03AM

TIME

START TIME

STOP TIME

CHANNEL

TIMER

FEATURES

Press the CLOCK button on the

remote control to show the TIMER

channel when it powers its self on.

ACTIVATE

onscreen menu.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

and the TIMER options will shift to the

left. TIME will be highlighted.

Press the CURSOR UP or DOWN

1

2

buttons repeatedly to highlight one of

3

ACTIVATE

the TIMER controls. These controls are

the TIME, START TIME, STOP

FEATURES

TIME, CHANNEL, ACTIVATE, or

DISPLAY.4Press the CURSOR RIGHT or

TIMER

TIME

CC

POSITION

PIP

-- --

START TIME

STOP TIME

CHANNEL

ACTIVATE

FEATURES

3

SURR.

PICTURE

CLOCK

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

PROG. LIST

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

1

TV

LEFT button to make adjustments or

MENU SOUND

DVD

ACC

set the control options.

TIME: Enter the current time with the

numbered buttons. Use the Cursor

Right button to move to the AM/PM

area and use the Cursor Left and Right

8

TIME

START TIME

STOP TIME

CHANNEL

TIMER

ACTIVATE

2

CH

RADIO

MUTE

TV HD

PC

VOL

3

4

buttons to toggle AM or PM.

START TIME: Use the Numbered

buttons to enter a start-up time for the

TV to turn on or tune a specific chan-

nel.

TIME

TIMER

FEATURES

4

SURF

23

789

456

1

STATUS/EXIT

STOP TIME: Use the Numbered but-

tons to enter a time for the TV to shut

itself off.

OFF

ON

OR

START TIME

STOP TIME

CHANNEL

ACTIVATE

START TIME

TIMER

FEATURES

0

5

CHANNEL: Use the Numbered but-

tons or the CH + or – buttons to select

a specific channel for the TV to tune to

at the specific Start Time.

ACTIVATE: Set the Timer to preform

it’s function ONCE or DAILY.

DISPLAY: Set to ON or OFF. When

ON, the time will be displayed ALL

the time the TV is ON. When OFF, the

time will only appear when the STA-

TUS/EXIT button is pressed.

OFF

ON

OR

STOP TIME

CHANNEL

ACTIVATE

DISPLAY

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

remove the menu from the screen.

5

EN 18 LC03U3.

24

U

NDERSTANDING THE

A

UTO

L

OCK

™ C

ONTROLS

G: General Audience - All ages admitted.

Most parents would find this programming

suitable for all ages. This type of program-

ming contains little or no violence, no

strong language, and little or no sexual dia-

logue or sexual situations.

PG: Parental Guidance Suggested -

This

programming contains material that parents

may find unsuitable for younger children. It

may contain one or more of the following:

Moderate violence, some sexual situations,

infrequent coarse language, or some sugges-

tive dialogue.

PG-13: Parents Strongly Cautioned - This

programming contains material that parents

may find unsuitable for children under the

age of 13. It contains one or more of the fol-

lowing: violence, sexual situations, coarse

language, or suggestive dialogue.

R: Restricted -This programming is specifi-

cally designed for adults. Anyone under the

age of 17 should view this programming

only with an accompanying parent or adult

guardian. It contains one or more of the fol-

lowing: intense violence; intense sexual situ-

ations; strong, coarse language; or intensely

suggestive dialogue.

NC-17: No one under the age of 17 will be

admitted. - This type of programming should

be viewed by adults only. It contains graphic

violence; explicit sex; or crude, indecent lan-

guage.

X: Adults Only - This type of programming

contains one or more of the following: very

graphic violence, very graphic and explicit or

indecent sexual acts, very coarse and intense-

ly suggestive language.

M

OVIE

R

ATINGS

(M

OTION

P

ICTURE

A

SSOCIATION OF

A

MERICA

)

TV-Y: (All children -- This program is

designed to be appropriate for all chil-

dren.) Designed for a very young audi-

ence, including children ages 2-6. This type of

programming is not expected to frighten

younger children.

TV-Y7: (Directed to Older Children --

This program is designed for children

ages 7 and above.) It may be more

appropriate for children who have acquired the

development skills needed to distinguish

between make-believe and reality. This pro-

gramming may include mild fantasy and comic

violence (FV).

TV-G: (General Audience -- Most par-

ents would find this program suitable for

all ages.) This type of programming

contains little or no violence, no strong lan-

guage, and little or no sexual dialogue or sexual

situations.

TV-PG: (Parental Guidance

Suggested -- This program contains

material that parents may find unsuit-

able for younger children.) This type of pro-

gramming contains one or more of the follow-

ing: Moderate violence (V), some sexual situa-

tions (S), infrequent coarse language (L), or

some suggestive dialogue (D).

TV-14: (Parents Strongly Cautioned -

- This program contains some material

that many parents would find unsuitable

for children under 14 years of age.) This type

of programming contains one or more of the

following: intense violence (V); intense sexual

situations (S); strong, coarse language (L); or

intensely suggestive dialogue (D).

TV-MA: (Mature Audience Only --

This program is specifically designed to

be viewed by adults and therefore may

be unsuitable for children under 17.) This type

of programming contains one or more of the

following: graphic violence (V); explicit sexual

situations (S); or crude, indecent language (L).

TV P

ARENTAL

G

UIDELINES

(TV B

ROADCASTERS

)

T

he AutoLock™ feature receives and

processes data sent by broadcasters or

other program providers that contain pro-

gram content advisories. When programmed

by the viewer, a TV with AutoLock™ can

respond to the content advisories and block

program content that may be found objection-

able (such as offensive language, violence,

sexual situations, etc.). This is a great feature

to censor the type of programming children

may watch.

In the AutoLock™ section, you’ll learn how

to block channels and programming that is

not rated, is unrated, or has no rating. You

will also find out how to turn these blocking

features ON or OFF. Following are brief

explanations of some terms and ratings relat-

ed to the AutoLock™ feature.

AutoLock™ offers various Blocking

Options from which to choose:

BLOCKING: The BLOCKING control is

what can be thought of as the “master switch”

for AutoLock™. This control affects the set-

tings you have chosen for blocking programs

according to movie ratings or TV ratings, or

for blocking programs that have no rating or

are unrated. When the BLOCKING control is

OFF, the blocking or censoring of programs is

disabled. When the BLOCKING control is

ON, blocking will occur according to the set-

tings you have chosen.

NO RATING: ALL programming with no

content advisory data can be blocked if NO

RATING is set to ON.

Programming that has No Rating is not

encoded with any rating information from the

MPAA or the Parental Guidelines. Any pro-

gramming could fall into this category.

You also can block individual channels or

block programming based on ratings of the

MPAA and TV broadcasters. (See a descrip-

tion of the ratings on this page.)

23

T

he Active Control monitors and adjusts

incoming video signals to help provide the

best picture quality.

When you choose to turn the Active Control

ON, the picture sharpness and noise reduc-

tion are controlled automatically. Active

Control adjusts these picture settings continu-

ously and automatically.

1

Press the MENU button on the

remote control to show the onscreen

menu.2Press the CURSOR DOWN to high-

light FEATURES.3Press the CURSOR RIGHT and the

menu will shift to the left. TIMER will

be highlighted.

4

Press the CURSOR DOWN repeated-

ly until ACTIVE CTRL (control) is

highlighted.5Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

repeatedly to toggle the control

options. Choose from: ON, ON + DIS-

PLAY, or OFF6Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

remove the menu from the screen.

7

You can also press the ACTIVE

CONTROL button on the remote

control to toggle the ACTIVE CON-

TROL ON, ON + DISPLAY, or OFF

directly.

H

OW TO

S

ET THE

A

CTIVE

C

ONTROL

Toggle the ACTIVE CONTROL to ON +

DISPLAY with the remote control and a

screen display will appear showing the Active

Control in work. You will see the sharpness

and noise reduction settings changing to pro-

vide the best possible picture quality.

H

ELPFUL

H

INT

When ACTIVE CONTROL is set to ON + DIS-

PLAY, this screen will be displayed briefly when-

ever a channel change occurs.

TV RATING

AutoLock

ON

GPGPG-13RNC-17

MOVIE RATING

AutoLock

Directions for Use

ON

TV-Y

TV-Y7

TV-G

TV-PG

TV-14

TV

Y

TV

Y7

TV

G

TV

PG

TV

14

TV

MA

TIMER

MODE SELECT

ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

CLOSED CAP

PICTURE

SOUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR

PICTURE

SHARPNESS

TINT

PICTURE

SOUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

OFF

TIME

START TIME

STOP TIME

CHANNEL

ACTIVATE

TIMER

MODE SELECT

ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

7

CC

CLOCK

POSITION

PIP

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

PROG. LIST

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

TV

DVD

ACC

TIMER

FEATURES

SURR.

PICTURE

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

1

ON

OFF

MODE SELECT

ACTIVE CTRL

Auto Lock

CLOSED CAP

3

5

CH

RADIO

23

MUTE

TV HD

1

PC

VOL

2

4

ON + DISPLAY

OR

ACTIVE CTRL

SURF

0

789

456

STATUS/EXIT

6

ACTIVE CONTROL

SHARPNESS 45

NOISE REDUCTION 38

BLACK EXPANDER ON

WHITE EXPANDER OFF

™

OCK

L

UTO

A

SING

U

HANNELS

C

LOCK

B

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR

PICTURE

SOUND

PICTURE

FEATURES

TIMER

PICTURE

SHARPNESS

TINT

INSTALL

MODE SELECT

ACTIVE CTRL

SOUND

FEATURES

AutoLock

INSTALL

CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

POSITION

PIP

TIME

TIMER

CC

START TIME

MODE SELECT

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV

OFF

STOP TIME

CHANNEL

ACTIVATE

ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

CLOSED CAP

357

8

PICTURE

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

DVD

ACC

1

Directions for Use

AV2

AV3

FEATURES

BLOCK CHANNEL

AutoLock

ACCESS CODE

TIMER

SETUP CODE

X X X X

ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

ALL12

CLEAR ALL

MOVIE RATING

PIP

TV RATING

CLOSED CAP

OFF

ACCESS CODE

----

TIMER

MODE SELECT

ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

FEATURES

CLOSED CAP

9

CH

SURR.

MENU SOUND

RADIO

MUTE

TV HD

PC

VOL

248

6

23

456

1

FEATURES

789

ACCESS CODE

TIMER

SURF

0

STATUS/EXIT

- - - -

ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

10

PIP

CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

1213141516

BLOCK CHANNEL

SETUP CODE

AutoLock

1213141516

BLOCK CHANNEL

SETUP CODE

AutoLock

CLEAR ALL

MOVIE RATING

CLEAR ALL

MOVIE RATING

TV RATING

If a channel is blocked by the BLOCK

CHANNEL option, the TV will display

the screen shown to the right. To watch

the channel, enter your access code or

Channel 12

Blocked by AutoLock

TV RATING

CHANNEL BLOCKING

change the BLOCK CHANNEL option

Access code

- - - -

EN 19LC03U 3.

back to off.

26

OW TO

H

Press the MENU button on the

remote control to show the onscreen

fter your personal access code has been

set (see the previous page), you are ready

to select the channels or inputs you want to

A

ODE

C

CCESS

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR

menu.2Press the CURSOR DOWN button

1

block out or censor.

TIMER

MODE SELECT

ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

CLOSED CAP

PICTURE

SOUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

PICTURE

SHARPNESS

TINT

™ A

PICTURE

SOUND

FEATURES

OCK

L

UTO

A

INSTALL

to highlight FEATURES.3Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

and the menu will shift to the left.

TIMER will be highlighted.

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until AutoLock is highlight-

ed.5Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

4

FEATURES

CC

POSITION

PIP

TIME

TIMER

OFF

START TIME

STOP TIME

MODE SELECT

ACTIVE CTRL

CLOCK

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

PROG. LIST

TV

DVD

CHANNEL

AutoLock

A/CH

ACC

ACTIVATE

CLOSED CAP

3

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

1

ACCESS CODE

TIMER

FEATURES

5

SURR.

PICTURE

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

to highlight ACCESS CODE.

OFF

----

MODE SELECT

ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

CLOSED CAP

CH

RADIO

23

MUTE

TV HD

1

PC

VOL

2

4

Enter your four-digit ACCESS

CODE. CORRECT will flash very

briefly and the menu will move to the

left with BLOCK CHANNEL high-

lighted.7Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

to highlight the TV’s available chan-

6

ACCESS CODE

- - - -

TIMER

ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

PIP

CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

678

456

789

SURF

STATUS/EXIT

9

0

10

nels.8Press the CURSOR UP or DOWN

button to highlight the channel you

want to block.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

ACCESS CODE

X X X X

INCORRECT

TIMER

ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

PIP

CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

ACCESS CODE

X X X X

TIMER

ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

PIP

CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

to block the channel. A padlock image

appears to the right of the channel

number.

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

remove the menu from the screen.

9

Repeat steps 7 and 8 for any channels you

want to block from viewing.

10

ENTER

NEW CODE

- - - -

TIMER

ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

PIP

CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

ACCESS CODE

- - - -

TIMER

ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

PIP

INT

H

ELPFUL

code. If your access code has

H

TM

been changed by someone other than you (a

child, for example) or you have forgotten the

code, you can always get in by inputting the

AutoLock

CORRECT

PIP

CLOSED CAP

PIP

CLOSED CAP

default code.

NOTE: You also can block out the use of the

A/V external inputs on the rear of the TV. This

stops the viewing of VCR, DVD, and other

sources that can be shown through the A/V input

ACCESS CODE

- - - -

TIMER

ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

PIP

CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

Remember that 0711 is the default

CONFIRM

CODE

X X X X

TIMER

ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

CONFIRM

CODE

- - - -

TIMER

ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

jacks.

25

P THE

U

ETTING

S

control cannot be viewed until

allows parents to block out or

TM

utoLock

“censor” any channels they think chil-

a correct access code is used to unlock the

channel for viewing. First, let’s set your

AutoLock access code.

dren should not watch. A channel blocked by

the AutoLock

A

Press the MENU button on the

remote control to show the onscreen

menu.2Press the CURSOR DOWN button

to highlight FEATURES.3Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

and the menu will shift to the left.

TIMER will be highlighted.

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

1

repeatedly until AutoLock is highlight-

ed.5Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

to highlight ACCESS CODE.

Press 0,7,1,1 on the remote control.

INCORRECT will appear on the

4

screen.7Press 0,7,1,1 on the remote control

again. ENTER NEW CODE will

appear on the screen.

Enter a new four-digit code using the

number buttons. CONFIRM CODE

6

8

will appear on the screen.

Enter your new four-digit code again.

CORRECT will flash on the screen

briefly and the highlight bar goes back

to AutoLock.

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

remove the menu from the screen.

9

10

INT

H

ELPFUL

code. If your access code has

H

TM

been changed by someone other than you (a

child, for example) or you have forgotten the

code, you can always get in by inputting the

AutoLock

default code.

NOTE TO PARENTS: It isn’t possible for

your child to unblock a channel without know-

ing your access code or changing it to a new

Remember that 0711 is the default

one. If your code has been changed without

your knowledge, then you will become aware

that blocked channels may have been viewed.

EN 20 LC03U3.

28

A

fter your personal access code has been

set, you can select specific movie ratings

that you want to censor.

1

Press the MENU button on the

remote control to show the onscreen

menu.2Press the CURSOR DOWN button

to highlight FEATURES.3Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

and the menu will shift to the left.

TIMER will be highlighted.

4

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until AutoLock is highlight-

ed.5Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

to highlight ACCESS CODE.

6

Enter your four-digit ACCESS

CODE. CORRECT will flash very

briefly and the menu will move to the

left with BLOCK CHANNEL high-

lighted.7Press the CURSOR DOWN repeated-

ly until MOVIE RATING is highlight-

ed.8Press the CURSOR RIGHT and the

Rating menu shifts to the left with G

highlighted.9Press the CURSOR UP or DOWN to

highlight each rating you want.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT to turn

the rating ON or OFF. Turning the rat-

ing ON will block programs with that

rating from being seen.

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

remove the menu from the screen.

B

LOCKING

P

ROGRAMS BASED ON

M

OVIE

R

ATINGS

10

When a rating is turned ON, all higher ratings

also will be turned on automatically. For

example, if the R rating is turned on, the NC-

17 and X ratings also will be turned on.

All Movie Ratings can be turned ON or OFF.

Refer to page 23 for Movie Rating defini-

tions.

H

ELPFUL

H

INT

11

27

V

arious onscreen messages will appear

when someone tries to view blocked pro-

gramming. The message is determined by how

the current programming is blocked. You may

view the blocked programming and turn OFF

the AutoLock™ feature by using the Clear All

control or by entering your access code

1

Press the MENU button on the

remote control to show the onscreen

menu.2Press the CURSOR DOWN button

to highlight FEATURES.3Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

and the menu will shift to the left.

TIMER will be highlighted.

4

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until AutoLock is highlight-

ed.5Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

to highlight ACCESS CODE.

6

Enter your four-digit ACCESS

CODE and the menu will move to the

left with BLOCK CHANNEL high-

lighted.7Press the CURSOR DOWN button

until CLEAR ALL is highlighted.

8

Press the CURSOR RIGHT twice.

The CLEAR ALL option will display

the word CLEARED. All blocked chan-

nels and programming are now view-

able.9Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

remove the menu from the screen.

H

OW TO

C

LEAR

A

LL

B

LOCKED

C

HANNELS AT THE

S

AME

T

IME

If you tune to a specific channel that has been

blocked by BLOCK CHANNEL or any of the

AutoLock™ RATING options, simply enter

your four-digit access code to view the chan-

nel.

NOTE: This will unblock ALL channels until

the TV is shut OFF. When powered back ON,

all previously blocked channels will be

blocked again.

H

ELPFUL

H

INT

TIMER

PICTURE

MODE SELECT

ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

SOUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

TIME

TIMER

Directions for Use

OFF

START TIME

STOP TIME

CHANNEL

ACTIVATE

MODE SELECT

ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

ACCESS CODE

----

TIMER

MODE SELECT

AV2

AV3

FEATURES

BLOCK CHANNEL

AutoLock

ALL12

SETUP CODE

CLEAR ALL

MOVIE RATING

TV RATING

OFF

ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

ACCESS CODE

- - - -

TIMER

ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

PIP

CLOSED CAP

MOVIE RATING

AutoLock

OFF

AV3

ALL12

GPGPG-13RNC-17

Channel 12

Blocked by AutoLock

MOVIE RATING

Access code

- - - -

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR

PICTURE

SOUND

PICTURE

FEATURES

SHARPNESS

TINT

INSTALL

TIMER

MODE SELECT

ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

CC

POSITION

PIP

TV

CLOSED CAP

358

CLOCK

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

PROG. LIST

DVD

ACC

RADIO

TV HD

PC

6

23

456

1

9

OFF

ACCESS CODE

----

789

SURF

STATUS/EXIT

0

11

ACCESS CODE

- - - -

FEATURES

ACCESS CODE

X X X X

TIMER

ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

PIP

CLOSED CAP

GPGPG-13RNC-17

BLOCK CHANNEL

SETUP CODE

CLEAR ALL

MOVIE RATING

TV RATING

AutoLock

FEATURES

AV2

AV3

ALL12

MOVIE RATING

AutoLock

ON

AV3

ALL12

GPGPG-13RNC-17

10

SURR.

MENU SOUND

START TIME

OFF

STOP TIME

CHANNEL

CH

MUTE

VOL

247

ACTIVATE

9

PICTURE

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

1

TIME

PICTURE

SOUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR

PICTURE

SHARPNESS

TINT

PICTURE

SOUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

TIMER

MODE SELECT

ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

358

CC

POSITION

PIP

SURR.

PICTURE

CLOCK

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

PROG. LIST

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

TV

MENU SOUND

DVD

ACC

1

TIMER

MODE SELECT

ACTIVE CTRL

FEATURES

CH

MUTE

VOL

247

AutoLock

CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

TIMER

ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

PIP

6

RADIO

TV HD

PC

23

456

1

789

SURF

STATUS/EXIT

0

9

BLOCK CHANNEL

SETUP CODE

CLEAR ALL

MOVIE RATING

CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

TV RATING

AutoLock

ACCESS CODE

X X X X

TIMER

ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

PIP

FEATURES

CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

BLOCK CHANNEL

SETUP CODE

CLEAR ALL CLEARED

MOVIE RATING

TV RATING

AutoLock

BLOCK OPTIONS

BLOCK CHANNEL

SETUP CODE

CLEAR ALL

MOVIE RATING

TV RATING

BLOCK OPTIONS

PTIONS

O

LOCKING

™ B

OCK

L

UTO

A

THER

O

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR

PICTURE

SOUND

PICTURE

FEATURES

TIMER

PICTURE

SHARPNESS

TINT

INSTALL

MODE SELECT

ACTIVE CTRL

SOUND

FEATURES

AutoLock

INSTALL

CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

TIME

TIMER

CC

POSITION

PIP

OFF

START TIME

STOP TIME

CHANNEL

MODE SELECT

ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

358

CLOCK

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

PROG. LIST

TV

DVD

ACC

ACTIVATE

CLOSED CAP

PICTURE

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

1

Directions for Use

OFF

AV3

BLOCK OPTIONS

AutoLock

FEATURES

BLOCKING

NO RATING

BLOCKING

SETUP CODE

ALL12

NO RATING

CLEAR ALL

MOVIE RATING

TV RATING

BLOCK OPTIONS

AutoLock

INT

H

ON

BLOCKING

AV3

ALL12

NO RATING

AV2

AV3

FEATURES

BLOCK CHANNEL

AutoLock

ACCESS CODE

TIMER

ALL12

SETUP CODE

CLEAR ALL

X X X X

ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

MOVIE RATING

PIP

CLOSED CAP

TV RATING

OFF

ACCESS CODE

----

TIMER

MODE SELECT

ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

9

CH

9

RADIO

MUTE

TV HD

PC

VOL

247

SURR.

MENU SOUND

6

23

456

1

FEATURES

789

SURF

STATUS/EXIT

ACCESS CODE

- - - -

TIMER

ACTIVE CTRL

0

10

AutoLock

PIP

CLOSED CAP

EN 21LC03U 3.

30

he BLOCKING control is what can be

thought of as the “master switch” for

AutoLock™. This control affects the settings

you have chosen for blocking programs

according to movie ratings or TV ratings, or

for blocking programs that have no rating.

TIMER

PICTURE

When the BLOCKING control is OFF, the

MODE SELECT

ACTIVE CTRL

SOUND

FEATURES

T

ATINGS

TV R

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR

PICTURE

SHARPNESS

TINT

PICTURE

SOUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

ROGRAMS BASED ON

P

Press the MENU button on the

remote control to show the onscreen

menu.2Press the CURSOR DOWN button

to highlight FEATURES.3Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

blocking or censoring of programs is dis-

abled. When the BLOCKING control is ON,

blocking will occur according to the settings

AutoLock

CLOSED CAP

INSTALL

1

you have chosen. Follow these steps to toggle

BLOCKING OFF or ON.

OFF

TIME

START TIME

STOP TIME

CHANNEL

ACTIVATE

TIMER

MODE SELECT

ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

358

CC

9

SURR.

PICTURE

CLOCK

POSITION

PIP

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

PROG. LIST

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

TV

MENU SOUND

DVD

ACC

1

and the menu will shift to the left.

TIMER will be highlighted.

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until AutoLock is highlight-

ed.5Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

4

OFF

ACCESS CODE

----

TIMER

MODE SELECT

FEATURES

10

MUTE

247

ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

CLOSED CAP

CH

RADIO

TV HD

PC

VOL

6

23

456

1

9

FEATURES

789

SURF

STATUS/EXIT

ACCESS CODE

TIMER

0

to highlight ACCESS CODE.

Enter your four-digit ACCESS

CODE. CORRECT will flash very

briefly and the menu will move to the

left with BLOCK CHANNEL high-

6

- - - -

ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

PIP

CLOSED CAP

11

lighted.7Press the CURSOR DOWN repeated-

ly until BLOCK OPTIONS is high-

lighted.8Press the CURSOR RIGHT to enter

the BLOCK OPTIONS menu.

BLOCKING will be highlighted. Or

choose NO RATING.9Press the CURSOR RIGHT or

AV2

AV3

ALL12

BLOCK CHANNEL

SETUP CODE

CLEAR ALL

MOVIE RATING

TV RATING

AutoLock

FEATURES

ACCESS CODE

X X X X

TIMER

ACTIVE CTRL

AutoLock

PIP

CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

LEFT to toggle BLOCKING (or NO

RATING) ON or OFF.

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

remove the menu from the screen.

10

OFF

AV3

ALL12

TV-Y

TV-Y7

TV-G

TV-PG

TV-14

TV RATING

TV-Y

TV-Y7

TV-G

TV-PG

TV-14

BLOCK CHANNEL

SETUP CODE

CLEAR ALL

MOVIE RATING

TV RATING

AutoLock

ELPFUL

H

Remember, when the BLOCKING control is

OFF, the blocking or censoring of programs

is disabled. When the BLOCKING control is

ON, blocking will occur according to the set-

tings you have chosen.

Channel 12

Blocked by AutoLock

TV RATING

Access code

- - - -

ON

AV3

ALL12

29

TV-Y

TV-Y7

TV-G

TV-PG

TV-14

TV RATING

AutoLock

LOCKING

B

Press the MENU button on the

remote control to show the onscreen

ou can select specific TV ratings that you

menu.2Press the CURSOR DOWN button

want to censor by following these steps.

1

Y

to highlight FEATURES.3Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

and the menu will shift to the left.

TIMER will be highlighted.

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until AutoLock is highlight-

ed.5Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

4

to highlight ACCESS CODE.

Enter your four-digit ACCESS

CODE. CORRECT will flash very

briefly and the menu will move to the

left with BLOCK CHANNEL high-

6

lighted.7Press the CURSOR DOWN repeated-

ly until TV RATING is highlighted.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT and the

menu will shift to highlight the TV

8

RATING options.

Press the CURSOR UP or DOWN to

select a rating.

9

Press the CURSOR RIGHT to turn

the block on the rating ON or OFF.

NOTE: More specific subratings (for violence,

sexual content, dialogue, or fantasy violence)

are available for TV-Y7, TV-PG, TV-14, and

TV-MA. (Refer to page 31 for definitions.)

To access these subratings, with the main rating

selected, press the CURSOR RIGHT. Then,

repeat steps 9 and 10 to turn the sub-ratings ON

10

INT

H

ELPFUL

H

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

remove the menu from the screen.

or OFF.

When a rating is turned ON, all higher ratings

11

also will be turned on automatically. For

example, if the R rating is turned on, the NC-

17 and X ratings also will be turned on.

EN 22 LC03U3.

32

C

losed Captioning (CC) allows you to

read the voice content of television pro-

grams on the TV screen. Designed to help the

hearing impaired, this feature uses onscreen

“text boxes” to show dialogue and conversa-

tions while the TV program is in progress.

1

Press the MENU button on the

remote control to show the on-screen

menu.2Press the CURSOR DOWN button

twice to highlight FEATURES.3Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

and the menu will shift to the left.

4

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until the CLOSED CAP

control is highlighted.

5

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

again. The menu will shift to the left

and CAPTION MODE will be high-

lighted. 6Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

to highlight CAPTION MODEs.

7

Press the CURSOR UP or DOWN

button to select a CAPTION MODE:

CC1, CC2, CC3, CC4, CC MUTE,

TXT1, TXT2, TXT3, or TXT4. CC

DISPLAY turns text OFF or ON if the

TV station broadcasting on the channel

is making CLOSED CAPTIONING

available. With CC DISPLAY high-

lighted, press the CURSOR RIGHT to

toggle Closed Captioning ON or OFF.8NOTE: You also can press the CC

button on the remote control to turn

the CC option ON or OFF.9Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

remove the menu from the screen.

H

OW TO

U

SE THE

C

LOSED

C

APTIONING

C

ONTROLS

Not all TV programs and product commer-

cials are broadcast with Closed Captioning

(CC). Nor are all Closed Captioning

MODEs (CAPTION 1–4 or TEXT 1–4)

necessarily being used by broadcast stations

during the transmission of a program offer-

ing Closed Captioning. Refer to your area’s

TV program listings for the stations and

times of shows being broadcast with Closed

Captioning.

H

ELPFUL

H

INT

CAPTION Mode

Example Display

TEXT Mode Example Display -

The TV screen will be

blocked from viewing.

31

T

o remind you which ratings you have

blocked and which Block Options you

have selected, a review screen is available to

review your AutoLock

TM

settings. To access

this screen follow the steps below.

1

Press the STATUS/EXIT button on

your remote control TWICE. Your

AutoLock

TM

settings will appear on the

screen.

NOTE: If you have blocked specific subrat-

ings, such as V for Violence in the TV-PG cat-

egory, these blocked subratings will not appear

in the review. The subratings however, are still

blocked according to your selections.

2

After a few seconds, the settings will

leave the screen automatically, or you

can press the STATUS/EXIT button

a third time to remove them from the

screen.

U

SING THE

A

UTO

L

OCK

™ R

EVIEW

S

CREEN

The AutoLock™ Status screen will only

appear if the BLOCKING option is set to

ON. For details, see previous page for details.

H

ELPFUL

H

INT

This display will appear after the step 1 above

is completed if the AutoLock™ BLOCKING

option is set to ON.

This display will appear after the step 1 above

is completed if the AutoLock™ BLOCKING

option is set to OFF.

Directions for Use

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR

PICTURE

SOUND

PICTURE

FEATURES

TIMER

PICTURE

SHARPNESS

TINT

INSTALL

MODE SELECT

ACTIVE CTRL

SOUND

FEATURES

Auto Lock

CLOSED CAP

INSTALL

FEATURES

TIME

TIMER

CC

POSITION

PIP

OFF

START TIME

STOP TIME

MODE SELECT

ACTIVE CTRL

8

CLOCK

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

PROG. LIST

TV

DVD

CHANNEL

AutoLock

A/CH

ACC

ACTIVATE

CLOSED CAP

7

PICTURE

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

1

OR

ON

CC DISPLAY

CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

OFF

CAPTION MODE

CC DISPLAY

TIMER

MODE SELECT

ACTIVE CTRL

Auto Lock

CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

CC1

CC2

CC3

CAPTION MODE

CC DISPLAY

FEATURES

CAPTION MODE

CLOSED CAP

OFF

CC DISPLAY

CC4

CC MUTE

FEATURES

CC1

CAPTION MODE

CLOSED CAP

CC2

CC3

CC DISPLAY

CC4

CC MUTE

CLOSED CAP

FEATURES

CC1

CC2

CC3

CAPTION MODE

CC DISPLAY

CC4

CC MUTE

356

CH

SURR.

MENU SOUND

RADIO

MUTE

TV HD

PC

VOL

247

23

456

1

789

SURF

STATUS/EXIT

0

CHECK LOCAL LISTINGS

FOR TIMES IN YOUR AREA

CLOSE CAPTION PROGRAMS ON WXYZ

9:00 PLAYHOUSE MOVIE OF THE WEEK

ALL ITEMS ARE EASTERN STANDARD TIME (EST)

6:00 WORLD NEWS FOR TODAY

6:00 TOP OF THE MORNING

1:30 AS YOUR LIFE TURNS MY WORLD AROUND

12:00 NOONDAY NEWS

JOHN: Why did they move the meeting up to this week?

9

MARSHA: I don’t know, but they are pushing to close the deal.

10:00 THE BEST LITTLE CALL-IN SHOW EVER

Y7-PG14MA

ON

NC17

ON

X

BLOCKING

NO RATING

TV RATING -

--R

MOVIE RATING -

CC

CLOCK

POSITION

PIP

PROG. LIST

TV

SURR.

PICTURE

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

DVD

MENU SOUND

ACC

CH

RADIO

23

MUTE

TV HD

456

1

PC

VOL

1

SURF

0

789

STATUS/EXIT

2

AutoLock DISABLED

Y7-PG14MA

ON

NC17

ON

X

BLOCKING

NO RATING

TV RATING -

--R

MOVIE RATING -

ONTROL

C

IST

L

ROGRAM

P

SE THE

U

OW TO

H

6 ABC

PROGRAM LIST

8 NBC

PROGRAM LIST

10 CBS

12 ESPN

13 MTV

14 BET

Directions for Use

12

2

CC

POSITION

PIP

SURR.

PICTURE

CLOCK

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

PROG. LIST

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

TV

MENU SOUND

DVD

ACC

1

3

CH

RADIO

HD

MUTE

TV

PC

VOL

2

23

456

1

789

SURF

0

STATUS/EXIT

4

EN 23LC03U 3.

34

he Program List Control will allow you to

quickly overview all the programmed

channels that have been placed into the tele-

T

ONTROL

) C

ORMAT

(F

IDESCREEN

BRIGHTNESS

PICTURE

W

SE THE

U

OW TO

H

ou can change the screen format size to

match the type of program you’re watch-

ing. Select the normal 4:3, or the Zoom 14:9,

Y

Press the PROGRAM LIST button

on the remote control to show the cur-

visions memory (see the Auto Programming

section of this manual for more details).

Program List will let you easily select the

desired channels your looking for. Program

List will display the channel number, the

TIMER

MODE SELECT

ACTIVE CTRL

Auto Lock

PICTURE

SOUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

COLOR

PICTURE

SHARPNESS

TINT

SOUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

Press the MENU button on the

remote control to show the on-screen

menu.2Press the CURSOR DOWN button

Zoom 16:9, Subtitle Zoom, Super Wide,

Widescreen, or Full Screen aspect ratios.

1

name of the channel if you have given it one,

and whether it have AutoLock turn on or off.

CLOSED CAP

CC

POSITION

PIP

twice to highlight FEATURES.3Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

rent list of installed channels (the cur-

rent channel will be highlighted).

Press the CURSOR UP or DOWN

buttons to scroll the list of channel,

highlighting the one you want to acti-

vate.3Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

to activate the channel. The TV will

tune to that channel.

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

2

4:3

ZOOM 14:9

SUBTITLE ZOOM

OFF

MODE SELECT

ACTIVE CTRL

Auto Lock

CLOSED CAP

WIDE SCREEN

PICTURE

CLOCK

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

PROG. LIST

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

TV

DVD

ACC

and the menu will shift to the left.

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

repeatedly until the WIDESCREEN

control is highlighted.

4

ZOOM 16:9

OR

screen format sizes; 4:3, ZOOM 14:9,

OR

WIDE SCREEN

3

CH

MUTE

VOL

ZOOM 16:9, SUBTITLE ZOOM,

SUPER WIDE, WIDESCREEN, or

OR

WIDE SCREEN

5

RADIO

TV HD

PC

2

FULL SCREEN.6Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

OR

WIDE SCREEN

SURR.

MENU SOUND

1

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

repeatedly to toggle among the three

5

remove the menu from the screen.

4

SUPER WIDE

FULL SCREEN

WIDESCREEN

OR

WIDE SCREEN

SURF

0

23

789

456

1

STATUS/EXIT

4

remove the menu from the screen.

6

INT

H

ELPFUL

H

When in the TV Mode and no onscreen

menu displayed, pressing the CURSOR

RIGHT and LEFT buttons will toggle the

FORMAT options.

ZOOM 14:9

SUPER WIDE

4:3

SUBTITLE ZOOM

33

ZOOM 16:9

WIDESCREEN

EN 24 LC03U3.

36

W

hether you’re watching a movie or a

video game, your TV has automatic

video control settings that will match with

your current program source or content.

AutoPicture™ quickly resets your TV’s video

controls for a number of different types of

programs and viewing conditions that you

may have in your home. The Movies, Sports,

Weak Signal, and Multimedia AutoPicture™

controls have been preset at the factory to

automatically adjust the TV’s brightness,

color, picture, sharpness, tint, and color tem-

perature levels. The Personal AutoPicture™

settings are the ones that you made through

the PICTURE options within the onscreen

menu

1

Press the PICTURE button on the

remote control. The current

AutoPicture

TM

setting will appear in the

middle of the screen.

2

Press the PICTURE button repeat-

edly to select either PERSONAL,

MOVIES, SPORTS, WEAK SIGNAL,

or MULTIMEDIA picture settings.

NOTE: The PERSONAL setting and the

PICTURE options within the onscreen menu

are the same. This is the only option in

AutoPicture

TM

that can be changed. To adjust

these settings, use the PICTURE options

within the onscreen menu. All other settings

are set up at the factory during production and

cannot be adjusted.

H

OW TO

U

SE THE

A

UTO

P

ICTURE

™ C

ONTROL

NOTE: The values shown in the

diagram above are sample values

only. Your television’s values may

vary and display different numbers.

35

H

ave you ever fallen asleep in front of the

TV, only to have it wake you up at two in

the morning with a test pattern sound

screeching in your ears? Well, your TV can

enable you to avoid that discomfort by auto-

matically turning itself off. With the Sleep

Timer feature, you can set a timer to automat-

ically switch the TV OFF after a period of

time you choose (15-minute increments up to

60 minutes, then 30-minute increments up to

90 minutes, then 60-minute increments up to

240 minutes).

1

Press the SLEEP button on the

remote control. The SLEEP timer

onscreen display will appear in the

upper part of the screen.

2

Within five seconds, press the

SLEEP button repeatedly to pick the

amount of time (15-minute increments

up to 60 minutes, then 30-minute

increments up to 90 minutes, then 60-

minute increments up to 240 minutes)

before the TV will turn itself off.

An onscreen countdown will appear during

the last minute before the TV shuts itself off.

H

OW TO SET THE

S

LEEPTIMER CONTROL

To see how many minutes remain before the

TV shuts itself off, press the STATUS/EXIT

button.

A Sleep Timer setting can be cancelled by

pressing any button during the last minute

of the operation.

H

ELPFUL

H

INT

During the last minute of a SLEEP timer setting an

onscreen countdown will be displayed.

During the last 10 seconds of a SLEEP timer set-

ting, an onscreen display will read GOOD BYE.

PERSONAL

585850

BRIGHTNESS

Directions for Use

342665

WEAK SIGNAL

CH

MUTE

VOL

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR

RADIO

PICTURE

HD

TV

PC

1

SHARPNESS

23

456

1

324280

1

MOVIES

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR

PICTURE

SHARPNESS

1

COLOR

PICTURE

SHARPNESS

363465

3

SPORTS

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR

PICTURE

SHARPNESS

1

2

CC

POSITION

PIP

CLOCK

TV

PROG. LIST

SURR.

PICTURE

CONTROL

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND

MENU SOUND

DVD

ACC

789

SURF

STATUS/EXIT

324280

4

MULTIMEDIA

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR

PICTURE

SHARPNESS

0

SLEEP 15

SLEEP OFF

SLEEP 30

CC

CLOCK

POSITION

PIP

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

PROG. LIST

TV

DVD

ACC

SLEEP 45

SURR.

PICTURE

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

1

2

SLEEP 60

CH

RADIO

HD

23

MUTE

TV

456

1

PC

VOL

SLEEP 90

SURF

0

789

STATUS/EXIT

SLEEP 120

SLEEP 240

SLEEP 180

SLEEP 9

GOOD BYE

SLEEP 49

Directions for Use

EN 25LC03U 3.

ONTROL

C

URF

S

SE THE

U

OW TO

H

list or series of previously viewed chan-

nels can be selected with the SURF button

A

5 DELETE

SURF

5 ADD?

SURF

Press the CHANNEL(+) or (–) but-

ton (or the numbered buttons) to select

a channel to add to the SURF list.2Press the SURF button on the remote

on your remote control. With this feature, you

can easily switch between different TV chan-

nels that currently interest you. The SURF

control allows you to set up to ten channels in

its quick viewing list.

1

5

3 ADD?

SURF

CC

CLOCK

POSITION

PIP

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

PROG. LIST

TV

DVD

control. The onscreen display may

read, “SURF LIST EMPTY.” The num-

ber of the current channel will be

shown with “ADD?” to the right.

While the SURF list message or the

SURF channel list appears on the

screen, press the CURSOR RIGHT

button to add the present channel to

3

5

3 DELETE

SURF

3

4

CH

SURR.

PICTURE

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

ACC

the SURF list.

If you want to delete the present channel

from the SURF list, press the CURSOR

RADIO

MUTE

TV HD

PC

VOL

RIGHT button again.

Repeat steps 1 through 3 to add more chan-

nels (up to 10) to the SURF list.

4

2

1

SURF

0

23

789

456

1

STATUS/EXIT

INT

H

ELPFUL

H

Along with regularly programmed chan-

nels, the external video source connections

can be added to the SURF list. This means

3

that the external A/V Jacks and their chan-

nels can be added to your SURF list. Use

the Source button to tune their channel and

use the same procedure described on this

page.

38

ONTROL

™ C

OUND

S

UTO

A

SE THE

U

OW TO

H

utoSound™ allows you to select from

three factory-set controls and a personal

control that you set according to your own

preferences through the onscreen Sound

menu. The three factory-set controls (Voice,

A

669

20

VOICE

120HZ

500HZ

- 2

-11

0

6

3

PERSONAL

120HZ

500HZ

1500HZ

5KHZ

10KHZ

setting will appear in the

TM

Press the SOUND button on the

remote control. The current

AutoSound

middle of the screen.

Music, and Theatre) enable you to tailor the

TV sound so as to enhance the particular pro-

gram you are watching. Follow these steps to

select any of the options.

1

6

15

1500HZ

5KHZ

10KHZ

Press the SOUND button repeatedly

to toggle among the four settings:

2

26

MUSIC

120HZ

500HZ

1500HZ

CC

CLOCK

POSITION

PIP

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

PROG. LIST

TV

DVD

ACC

1

2

PERSONAL, VOICE, MUSIC, or

THEATRE.

Remember, only the PERSONAL control can

be changed by the viewer. This changes the

settings in the main onscreen menu’s SOUND

17

19

5KHZ

10KHZ

SURR.

PICTURE

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

controls

- 5

- 2

0

6

THEATRE

120HZ

500HZ

1500HZ

5KHZ

CH

RADIO

HD

MUTE

TV

MENU SOUND

INT

H

ELPFUL

H

PC

VOL

works only with the programs

TM

coming through the ANTENNA/CABLE

(ANT) input on the rear of the TV (RF

audio). It will not control the sound levels

for the external connections.

AutoSound

3

10KHZ

23

456

1

789

SURF

STATUS/EXIT

NOTE: The values shown in the

diagram above are sample values

only. Your television’s values may

0

vary and display different numbers.

37

EN 26 LC03U3.

40

N

ow that you have looked up the three-

digit Remote Code Number for your

brand of device, you are ready to follow the

four simple steps below.

Please read through steps 1-4 before begin-

ning.

1

Place the TV/DVD/ACC Mode

Switch in the proper position.

2

Press the • RECORD button on the

remote control and release.

3

Press the AUTO SOUND button on

the remote within 30 seconds, then

release.

4

Enter the FOUR-DIGIT REMOTE

CODE NUMBER (page 42-44) for

your desired device. The remote is now

ready to send commands to the unit.

5

Point the remote at the Device. Press

the POWER button on the remote to

turn the unit ON. If this works you are

finished. If it does not work

the first

time, repeat the steps using a different

remote code number.

R

EMOTE

C

ONTROL

U

SE WITH

A

CCESSORY

D

EVICES

- C

ODE

E

NTRY

M

ETHOD

After a second try and the remote does not

operate your device, see if there is another

four-digit code number (pages 42-44) listed

for your device and repeat the steps above

using the new number.

If after repeated attempts the code number

method does not work you device, try the

SEARCH METHOD on the next page.

NOTE: Setting up the remote is for use with

external accessory devices only and not for use

with other television brands.

H

ELPFUL

H

INT

Cable Converter

Satellite Receiver

or DBS, DVD

VCR

39

Y

our remote control is set to work your TV

and many infrared remote (IR) control

VCRs, Cable Boxes, Satellite Systems, DBS,

DVD, etc. However, an easy onetime step may

be necessary before the remote will work your

VCR.

Try this initial Direct Access Method to see if

going on to the following section is necessary.

1

Place the TV/DVD/ACC Mode

Switch in the proper position.

2

Point the remote control at the device

and press the POWER button.

Does the remote turn the device ON?

If YES, stop and try other function buttons on

the remote. If they also work the device, then

the remote is ready and no further steps are

needed.

If NO, continue...

3

First look up a FOUR-DIGIT remote

control number for your brand of

Device before going through the simple

steps on the following page.

Find your Four-Digit Code on pages

42-44.

R

EMOTE

C

ONTROL

U

SE WITH

A

CCESSORY

D

EVICES

- D

IRECT

M

ETHOD

If more than one number is listed, you may

have to try more than the first Four-Digit code

given in order to locate your Device’s remote

code.

NOTE: Setting up the remote is for use with

external accessory devices only and not for use

with other television brands.

H

ELPFUL

H

INT

Cable Converter

Satellite Receiver

VCR

Directions for Use

5

2

CC

POSITION

PIP

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV

4

CH

SURR.

PICTURE

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

1

MENU SOUND

3

DVD

ACC

RADIO

TV HD

PC

23

1

MUTE

VOL

456

SURF

789

STATUS/EXIT

0

CC

CLOCK

POSITION

PIP

PROG. LIST

TV

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

DVD

ACC

1

PICTURE

CONTROL

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND

MENU

2

CC

POSITION

PIP

TV

PICTURE

CLOCK

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

PROG. LIST

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

DVD

ACC

CH

SURR.

MENU SOUND

RADIO

MUTE

TV HD

PC

VOL

23

456

1

SURF

789

STATUS/EXIT

0

ODES

C

Lloyd's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2051

IRECT ENTRY

D

VCR CODES

ONTROL

C

Electrophonic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017

EMOTE

R

Loewe . . . . . . . .2004, 2005, 2017, 2035

Logik . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2004, 2034, 2057

Luxor . . . .2023, 2025, 2027, 2037, 2038

LXI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017

M Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

Magnasonic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2059

Magnavox . . . . .2001, 2015, 2019, 2035

Magnin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057

Manesth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2024, 2034

Marantz . . . . . . .2003, 2005, 2015, 2035

Marta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017

Matsui . . . . . . . . . . . . .2004, 2016, 2036,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2059, 2078, 2083

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2040, 2046, 2051, 2052,

Emerex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2012

Emerson . . . . . .2001, 2002, 2017, 2023,

ESC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057, 2059

Ferguson . . . . . .2021, 2039, 2064, 2065

Fidelity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

Finlandia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2035, 2037

Finlux . . . . . . . .2001, 2022, 2035, 2037

Firstline . .2017, 2023, 2024, 2034, 2052

Fisher . . . . . . . . .2025, 2026, 2030, 2037

Frontech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2052, 2070, 2072

Matsushita . . . . . . . . . .2015, 2042, 2055

Mei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2015

Melectronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2018

Memorex . . . . .2001, 2015, 2017, 2019,

Fuji . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2015

Funai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

Garrard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

GE . . . . . . . . . . .2015, 2027, 2032, 2057

GEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2035

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2042, 2048, 2055, 2069

. . . . . . . . .2057, 2062, 2085, 2087, 2088

. . . . . . . . .2025, 2026, 2027, 2037, 2052,

Memphis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Metz . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2003, 2005, 2017,

MGA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2023, 2057

MGN Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057

Mincrva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2048

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011

Go Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2077, 2081

Goldhand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Goldstar . . . . . . .2017, 2018, 2053, 2079

Goodmans 2001, 2017, 2034, 2059, 2075

Gradiente . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2008

Graetz . . . . . . . .2005, 2021, 2037, 2057

Granada . . . . . . . . . . . .2025, 2035, 2037

Directions for Use

Minerva . . . . . . . . . . . .2005, 2010, 2048

Minolta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2022

Mitsubishi 2023, 2027, 2033, 2035, 2045

Motorola . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2015, 2027

MTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2057

Multitech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2034

Murphy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

NAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2031

National . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2054

NEC . . . . .2018, 2020, 2021, 2033, 2037

Neckermann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2035

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2054, 2069, 2071, 2075

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034, 2035, 2048, 2050,

Grandin . . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2017, 2034

Grundig . . . . . .2003, 2005, 2007, 2010,

Hanseatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017

Harley Davidson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

Harman/Kardon . . . . . . . . . . .2018, 2035

Harwood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

HCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Headquarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2025

Hinari . . . . . . . .2004, 2034, 2057, 2072

Nesco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Nikko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017

Nikon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2014

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2022, 2043, 2057

Hi-Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2026

Hitachi . . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2004, 2021,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2065, 2074

Noblex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057

Nokia . . . . . . . . .2025, 2037, 2038, 2057

Nokia . . . .2021, 2025, 2037, 2038, 2057

Nordmende . . . . . . . . .2021, 2061, 2064,

Hughes Network Systems . . . . . . . .2022

Hypson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Imperial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

Ingersol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2004

Interfunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2035

. . . . . . . . .2042, 2077, 2086, 2087, 2088

Oceanic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2021

Okano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2063, 2070

Olympus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2015, 2054

Optimus . . . . . . .2017, 2027, 2031, 2037,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2038, 2057, 2074

ITT . . . . . . . . . .2005, 2021, 2025, 2037,

ITV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017, 2059

Jensen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2021

JVC . . . . . . . . . .2008, 2021, 2033, 2049,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2054, 2055, 2087

. . . . . . . . .2046, 2052, 2070, 2072, 2078

Orion . . . . . . . .2002, 2004, 2016, 2036,

Osaki . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2017, 2034

Otto Versand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2035

Palladium . . . . .2005, 2017, 2021, 2034

Panasonic . . . . . . . . . .2015, 2042, 2053,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2050, 2074, 2080

Kaisui . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

KEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017, 2059

Kendo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2038, 2052

Kenwood . . . . . . . . . . .2018, 2021, 2033

KLH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2020, 2022, 2057

Pathe Cinema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2016

Pathe Marconi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2021

Penny . . . . . . . . . . . . .2015, 2017, 2018,

Kodak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2015, 2017

Korpel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Layco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Lenco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2059

LG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2079

EN 27LC03U 3.

42

Admiral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2027, 2052

Adventura . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

Aiko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2059

Aiwa . . . .2001, 2017, 2062, 2070, 2072

Akai . . . . .2021, 2029, 2038, 2060, 2063

Akiba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

ETHOD

M

EARCH

- S

EVICES

D

CCESSORY

A

SE WITH

U

ONTROL

C

EMOTE

our TV remote can be set to work various

external devices such as VCRs, Cable

R

Y

Cable Converter

07

Satellite Receiver

Boxes, Satellite Receivers, DBS, DVD, etc. by

what is called the search method of remote

control programming.

If the “Remote Code” number method shown

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2059, 2063, 2072

Alba . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011, 2034, 2052,

Ambassador . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057, 2059, 2082, 2084

American Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2059

American High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2015

Amstrad . . . . . . .2001, 2059, 2067, 2068

Anam . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017, 2042, 2054,

Anam National . . . . . .2042, 2054, 2087

Anitech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Asa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017, 2035

Asha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057

Asuka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017

Audiovox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017

Baird . . . . . . . . .2001, 2021, 2037, 2039

09

08

07

06

09

08

VCR

1

on the previous page did not set your remote

to work your external device, then follow the

easy steps listed below.

Please read steps 1-4 before beginning.

09

08

07

06

device your are attempting to program

to turn it ON.

Press the POWER button on the

Switch in the proper position.

Place the TV/DVD/ACC Mode

1

2

Press the • RECORD and the AUTO

. . . .2041, 2042, 2048, 2054, 2055, 2075

Basic Line . . . . . . . . . .2011, 2034, 2059

Beaumark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057

Bell & Howell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2037

Blaupunkt . . . . .2003, 2005, 2010, 2014,

Brandt . . . . . . . . . . . . .2047, 2064, 2065

Brandt Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2021

Broksonic 2002, 2040, 2046, 2052, 2078

Bush . . . . . . . . .2034, 2052, 2059, 2072

Calix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017

Canon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2015

4

CC

CLOCK

POSITION

PIP

PROG. LIST

TV

3

SOUND buttons simultaneously and

hold them down. The remote will con-

tinue to send programming codes, one

3

SURR.

PICTURE

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

DVD

ever 1.5 seconds.

MENU SOUND

ACC

3

2

nels after the remote identifies the cor-

rect code. When the channels start to

change release the • RECORD and

AUTO SOUND buttons. The remote

The device will begin to change chan-

4

Capehart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011

Carver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2035

Catron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011

CCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034, 2059

CGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

Cimline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Cineral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2059

Citizen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017, 2059

Clatronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011

Colt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Combitech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2072

Condor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011

Craig . . . .2017, 2026, 2034, 2057, 2058

Crown . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011, 2034, 2059

CH

RADIO

MUTE

TV HD

PC

VOL

INT

H

ELPFUL

H

should be ready to operate the device.

This method can take several minutes to per-

form.

SURF

23

1

Don’t let the device scan up more than five

0

789

456

STATUS/EXIT

channels. If you do the remote may pass up

the right code and another search cycle will

have to be repeated.

If no channel change happens within two

minutes, repeat steps 1-4. Should a channel

change still not occur, the remote will not

Curtis Mathes . .2015, 2021, 2032, 2042

Cybernex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057

Cyrus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2035

Daewoo . .2011, 2024, 2025, 2059, 2083

Dansai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Daytron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011

De Graaf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2022, 2043

Decca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2035

Denon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2022

Dual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2021

Dumont . . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2035, 2037

Dynatech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

Elbe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2018

Elcatech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

work the desired device.

NOTE: Setting up the remote is for use with

external accessory devices only and not for use

with other television brands.

Electrohome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017

41

EN 28 LC03U3.

44

R

EMOTE

C

ONTROL

D

IRECT ENTRY

C

ODES

PVP Stereo Visual Matrix . . . . . . . .3002

Quasar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3001

Radio Shack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3007

Rembrandt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3004

Runco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3001

Salora . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3026

Samsung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3014, 3040

Satbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3024

Scientific . . . . . . . . . . .3003, 3032, 3049

Scientific Atlanta . . . . .3003, 3008, 3021

Seawoo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3045

Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3007

Signature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3004

Starcom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3002, 3007

Stargate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3007

Starquest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3007

STS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3015

Taihan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3043

Tele+1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3028

Teleservice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3022

Tocom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3005

Tongkook 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .042, 3048

Toshiba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3001

Tudi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3023

Tusa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3007

United Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3002

Videoway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3017

Visicable+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3033

Westminster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3012

Wolsey Gene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3037

Zenith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3001, 3034

Absat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4006

Alba . . . . . . . . . .4029, 4034, 4037, 4052

Aldes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4019

Amstrad . . . . . . . . . . .4003, 4016, 4025,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4038, 4039, 4042

Ankard . . . . . . . .4013, 4019, 4030, 4044

Anttron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4009, 4034

Armstrong . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4015

AST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4027

Astra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4005

Astro . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4008, 4039, 4045

Avalon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4031

Axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4030, 4046

Beko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4010

Best . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4030

Blaupunkt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4008

Boca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4015, 4043

Brain Wave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4022

British Sky Broadcasting . . . . . . . . .4058

BT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4053

Bush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4002

Cambridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4024

Canal Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4059

Canal+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4059

Channel Master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4029

CNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4045

Comlink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4019

Connexions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4031

Crown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4015

Cyrus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4011

D-Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4054

DDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4029

DNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4011, 4031

Echostar . . . . . . . . . . . .4031, 4036, 4061

Emanon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4034

Ferguson . . . . . .4002, 4009, 4010, 4023

Fidelity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4016

Finlux . . . . . . . .4005, 4024, 4032, 4037

Fracarro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4061

Freecom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4034

FTE Humax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4060

Fube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4030, 4031, 4034

Galaxis . . . . . . . . . . . . .4019, 4057, 4060

General Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . .4012

Gold Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4059

Gooding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4048

Goodmans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4010

Grundig . . . . . . . . . . . .4008, 4010, 4048

G-sat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4009

Hinari . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4009

Hirschimann . . . . . . . .4008, 4032, 4039,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4040, 4049

Hitachi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4037

Houston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4053

Huth . . . . . . . . . .4013, 4015, 4019, 4026

Intervision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4050

Invideo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4061

ITT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4005

Johansson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4022

JVC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4048

Kathrein . . . . . . . . . . .4004, 4006, 4008,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4011, 4035, 4041

Kreiselmeyer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4008

Kyostar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4034

La Sat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4043, 4045

Lenco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4034

Lennox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4050

Lupus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4030

Luxor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4005, 4049

Manhattan . . . . . . . . . .4037, 4045, 4050

Marantz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4011

Maspro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4004, 4023

Matsui . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4024, 4048

Mediamarkt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4015

Mediasat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4059

Minerva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4048

Morgan's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4015, 4043

Navex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4022

Neuhaus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4039

Neusat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4057

Newhaus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4013

Nokia . . . . . . . . . . . . .4005, 4032, 4037,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4049, 4054, 4063

Nordmende . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4029

Orbitech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4039

Oxford . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4024

Pace . . . . . . . . .4002, 4009, 4014, 4023,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4037, 4055, 4058

Palladium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4048

Palsat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4039

Panda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4037

Philips . . . . . . . . . . . . .4007, 4011, 4020,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4037, 4048, 4059

Phonotrend . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4019, 4050

Pioneer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4021, 4059

Planet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4061

Promax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4037

Prosat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4019

Quadral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4029, 4044

Radiola . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4011

Radix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4031, 4064

RFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4011, 4013, 4019

Saba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4023, 4045

Sabre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4037

Sagem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4056

Salora . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4005

SAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4027, 4038

Satcom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4026, 4051

Satec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4009

Satmaster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4026

Satpartner . . . . .4022, 4034, 4040, 4045

Schwaiger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4009, 4041

Seemann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4031, 4046

SEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4030, 4034

Siemens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4008

Skymaster . . . . . . . . . .4019, 4044, 4051

Sony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4017, 4018

Strong . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4062

Sunstar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4043

Tantec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4023, 4037

Techniland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4026

Technisat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4001, 4039

Telefunken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4034

Teleka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4015, 4052

Telesat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4051

Thomson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4037, 4059

Tonna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4026, 4053

TPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4056

Triad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4027

Triasat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4040

Unitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4022

Universum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4008, 4049

Ventana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4011

Vortec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4034

Vtech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4027

Winersat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4022

Wisi . . . . . . . . . .4008, 4027, 4031, 4037

Xcom Multimedia . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4065

Xsat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4006, 4065

Zehnder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4033, 4045

CABLE CODES (continued)

SATELLITE CODES

43

R

EMOTE

C

ONTROL

D

IRECT ENTRY

C

ODES

Pentax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2022

Perdio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

Philco . . . . . . . .2015, 2018, 2052, 2078

Philips . .2015, 2035 (DEFAULT VCR),

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2074, 2075

Phonola . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2035

Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017

Pioneer . . . . . . . . . . . . .2031, 2033, 2035

Portland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011

Profex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2066

Profitronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057

Proline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

Proscan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2032

Protec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Pulsar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2019

Pye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2035

Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2025

Quartz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2025

Quasar . . . . . . . . . . . . .2015, 2042, 2087

Quelle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2035

Radio Shack . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2085

Radiola . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2035

Radix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017

RCA 2015, 2022, 2027, 2032, 2038, 2057

Realistic . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2015, 2017,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2025, 2026, 2027, 2037

REX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2021, 2074

RFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2075

Ricoh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2014

Roadstar . . . . . .2017, 2034, 2057, 2059

Runco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2019

Saba . . . . . . . .2021, 2049, 2050, 2061, 2

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .064, 2065, 2074

Saisho . . . . . . . .2004, 2016, 2036, 2052

Salora . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2023, 2025, 2038

Samsung . . . . . .2024, 2057, 2076, 2077

Sanky . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2019, 2027

Sansui . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2021, 2033,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2052, 2058, 2078

Sanyo . . . . . . . . .2025, 2026, 2037, 2057

Saville . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2072

SBR 2035

Schaub Lorenz . .2001, 2005, 2021, 2037

Schneider . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2034, 2035

Scott . . . . . . . . .2023, 2024, 2040, 2046

Sears . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2015, 2017,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2022, 2025, 2026, 2037

SEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057, 2066

SEI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2004, 2035

Seleco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2021

Semp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2024

Sentra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011

Sharp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2027, 2073

Shintom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034, 2037

Shogun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057

Shorai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2004

Silva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017

Singer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2024, 2034

Sinudyne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2004, 2035

Solavox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011

Sonolor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2025

Sontec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017

Sony . . . .2001, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015

STS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2022

Sunkai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2070

Sunstar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

Suntronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

Sylvania . . . . . . .2001, 2015, 2023, 2035

Symhonic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

Tashiko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

Tatung . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2021, 2035

Teac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2021

TEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011

Technics . . . . . . . . . . . .2015, 2042, 2054

Teknika . . . . . . .2001, 2015, 2007, 2017

Teleavia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2021

Telefunken 2021, 2047, 2058, 2064, 2074

Tenosal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Tensai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001, 2066

Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

Thomson . . . . . . . . . . .2021, 2064, 2074

Thorn . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2016, 2021, 2037

TMK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2051, 2057

Toshiba . .2021, 2023, 2024, 2035, 2074

Totelevision . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2017, 2057

Towada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2066

Uher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057

Unitech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057

Universum . . . .2001, 2006, 2010, 2017,

. . . . . . . . .2035, 2038, 2048, 2057, 2067

Vector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2024

Vector Research . . . . . . . . . . .2018, 2020

Victor . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2008, 2021, 2033

Video Concepts . . . . . . . . . . .2020, 2024

Videosonic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2057

Wards . . . . . . . .2001, 2015, 2022, 2026,

. . . . . . . . .2027, 2032, 2034, 2035, 2057

White Westinghouse . . . . . . .2052, 2059

XR-1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2001

XR-1001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2015

XR-1002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Yamaha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2018

Yamishi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Yokan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2034

Yoko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2011, 2057

Zenith . . .2001, 2014, 2019, 2052, 2078

Akai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5316

Harman/Kardon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5314

JVC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5311, 5318

Kenwood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5307

Magnavox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5302

Mitsubishi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5303

Onkyo . . . . . . . . . . . . .5302, 5317, 5319

Panasonic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5301, 5322

Philips . . .5302, 5308 (DEFAULT DVD)

Pioneer . . . . . . . . . . . . .5305, 5312, 5321

Proscan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5304

RCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5304

Samsung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5313

Sharp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5320

Sony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5306

Technics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5301

Theta Digital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5312

Thomson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5310

Toshiba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5302

Yamaha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5301, 5309

VCR CODES (continued)

DIGITAL VIDEO DISC CODES

ABC . . . .3002, 3003, 3004, 3006, 3008

Andover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3037

Bell & Howell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3006

Birgmingham Cable Communication . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3020

British Telecom . . . . . . . . . . .3002, 3012

Cabletime . . . . .3016, 3019, 3025, 3029

Clyde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3011

Contec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3009

Cryptovision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3038

Daehan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3043

Daeryung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3003

Decsat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3027

Everquesst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3007

Filmnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3028

France Telecom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3030

GEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3011

Gemini . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3007

General Instrument . . . . . . . .3004, 3020,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3031, 3046

Goldstar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3014, 3047

Grundig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3035

Hitachi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3004

Jasco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3007

Jerrold . . . . . . . .3002, 3004, 3005, 3006,

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .3007, 3020, 3031, 3046

LG Alps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3044

Memorex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3001

Mnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3009, 3028

Now . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3041

Oak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3009

Pacific . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3039

Panasonic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3001, 3013

Paragon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3001

Pioneer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3014, 3036

Pulsar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3001

CABLE CODES

Directions for Use

)

ADIO

LANGUAGE

AUTO PROGRAM

SOUND

FEATURES

MANUAL STORE

SORT

NAME

INSTALL

ENGLISH

FRANCAIS

LANGUAGE

AUTO PROGRAM

˜

ESPANOL

MANUAL STORE

SORT

NAME

Directions for Use

SEARCH

LANGUAGE

AUTO PROGRAM

MANUAL STORE

SORT

INSTALL

NAME

INSTALL

SEARCH

CHANNEL

LANGUAGE

AUTO PROGRAM

STORE

MANUAL STORE

SORT

NAME

FROMTOEXCHANGE

LANGUAGE

INSTALL

AUTO PROGRAM

MANUAL STORE

SORT

NAME

INSTALL

LANGUAGE

AUTO PROGRAM

PERSONAL

MANUAL STORE

SORT

NAME

EN 29LC03U 3.

(FM R

ODE

FM M

ETTING UP THE

S

EQUALIZER

BALANCE

AVL

INCR. SURROUND

SOUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

ONTROLS

C

NSTALL

I

his TV also provides you with an FM

To enter the FM Mode, press the

Radio. An FM Radio signal must be con-

nected to the FM Antenna 751 Jack located

on the bottom of the TV.

T

STEREO

RADIO button on the remote control.

The FM Mode has its own onscreen

menu options.

1

CC

CLOCK

POSITION

PIP

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

PROG. LIST

TV

DVD

ACC

remote control to display the FM Mode

onscreen menu.

buttons to scroll through the available

Press the CURSOR UP or DOWN

3

FM Mode onscreen options. These

Press the MENU button on the

2

䊳

3

SURR.

PICTURE

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

2

options include: Language, Auto

Program, Manual Store, Sort, or

Name.

1

4

CH

RADIO

MUTE

TV HD

PC

VOL

3

onscreen menu in English, French or

Spanish.

LANGUAGE - Choose to view the

AUTO PROGRAM - The Auto

SURF

0

23

789

456

1

STATUS/EXIT

5

Program control will search the FM

antenna signal and store any FM chan-

nel it finds in the TV’s memory.

allow you to manually tune any avail-

MANUAL STORE - This control will

able FM signals.

you to rearrange your stored FM sta-

tions in the order you prefer.

name to your programmed FM radio

SORT - The Sort Control will allow

stations. Add your own personal name

NAME - You can label or apply a

or choose one from the predefined list.

to adjust or select items within the

highlighted feature sub-menu.

remove the onscreen menu from the

TV screen when finished. Or, let the

display time out and the menu will dis-

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

5

appear after a few second.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

4

INT

H

46

UTTONS

B

ELATED

R

EVICE

D

CCESSORY

A

ONTROL

C

EMOTE

R

hen using the TV remote with an acces-

sory device, first make certain it is set

W

Set the TV/DVD/ACC mode switch

to control your accessory device (by the

REMOTE CODE or SEARCH method).

POWER BUTTON

Press to turn the accessory device ON

and OFF.

PLAY BUTTON

Press to begin playback of a video

tape, DVD, etc.

2

CC

POSITION

PIP

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV

1

to the proper position on the remote.

the front of the accessory device

(remote sensor window) when pressing

the buttons.

Point the top of the remote toward

1

2

STOP BUTTON ■

Press to stop the motion of a tape or to

stop the playback of a DVD.

PAUSE BUTTON II

Press to temporarily stop the tape dur-

ing a playback or recording or pause

the playback of a DVD. Press again to

release Pause.

CHANNEL + & – BUTTONS

SURR.

PICTURE

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

DVD

ACC

SYSTEM SWITCH

Set in the proper position to send

MENU SOUND

䊴䊴

remote commands to the accessory

device.

RECORD • BUTTON

Hold the VCR • RECORD button down to

begin a VCR recording.

REWIND BUTTON

Press to rewind tapes. For some VCR’s

Press to scan up or down through the

channel numbers if your accessory

device will change channels.

NUMBER BUTTON

Press buttons for direct channel selec-

tions. May also be used for direct

number entries in certain onscreen

menu feature settings.

CH

RADIO

MUTE

VOL

the STOP button may have to be

pressed first, then REWIND. May be

23

TV HD

1

PC

䊳䊳

used to scan back through chapters or

titles on DVD movies.

FAST FORWARD BUTTON

Press to rapidly advance a tape or

789

456

DVD. For some accessory devices, you

may need to press the STOP button

first, then the FAST FORWARD button.

In playback mode hold the button down

ELPFUL

H

The buttons on the remote will not operate your

accessory device if those features are not found

SURF

0

STATUS/EXIT

to view the picture moving rapidly in

the forward direction.

TV/VCR BUTTON

Press while in the VCR mode (VCR indi-

cator on the front of the unit will light) to

view the playback of a tape. Press again to

place in the TV position (VCR indicator

light will go off) to view one program

while recording another program.

When used in the TV mode, the TV/VCR

button will will have no functionality.

on your accessory’s remote control.

Note: All functions (particularly Search,

Rewind, Fast Forward, etc.) will operate the

same as with the original remote control pro-

vided with your accessory device.

45

EN 30 LC03U3.

48

T

o ensure the best sound quality from the FM

Radio feature of this TV, several Sound

Controls are available for adjustment.

1

To enter the FM Mode, press the

RADIO button on the remote control.

The FM Mode has its own onscreen

menu options.

2

Press the MENU button on the remote

control to display the FM Mode

onscreen menu.

3

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

until SOUND is highlighted.

4

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to

shift the menu to the left, accessing the

SOUND onscreen menu options. these

option include: EQUALIZER, BAL-

ANCE, STORE, AVL, INCREDIBLE

SURROUND, STEREO, AUDIO

OUT, or SPEAKERS.

EQUALIZER - Allows the listener to

change the sound frequencies to their

liking.

BALANCE - This controls the sound

level balance between the right and left

TV speakers.

STORE - Once Sound controls are

adjusted, activating the STORE control

will save those settings in the TV’s

memory.

AV L - Automatic Volume Leveler, when

ON, will keep the volume level at a con-

sistent level should there be sudden

peaks and valleys in sound levels during

commercial breaks or channel changes.

INCREDIBLE SURROUND - Allows

the user to select a predefined Incredible

Surround setting or Stereo when the sig-

nal is stereo or Spatial and Mono when

the signal is being received in mono.

STEREO - Select Stereo or Mono. If

the signal is being received in Mono the

control cannot be placed in Stereo.

AUDIO OUT - When using an external

stereo for sound reproduction, the Audio

Out control will allow FIXED or VARI-

ABLE output options.

SPEAKERS - When using an external

speaker system, the Speaker control will

allow you to turn the TV speakers ON

or OFF.

5

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

remove the onscreen menu from the TV

screen when finished. Or, let the display

time out and the menu will disappear

after a few second.

S

ETTING UP THE

FM M

ODE

(FM R

ADIO

)

S

OUND

C

ONTROLS

47

T

o Manually search, store and sort FM

channels follow the instructions below:

1

If in the FM Mode, press the MENU

button on the remote control to dis-

play the FM Mode onscreen menu.

2

Press the CURSOR DOWN buttons

to highlight the MANUAL STORE

option.

3

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

to shift the menu to the left. SEARCH

will be highlighted.

4

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

to begin the Manual Search of avail-

able FM stations. When a station is

found, the search will end until activat-

ed again.

5

If the station found is one that you

want to keep, press the CURSOR

DOWN button to highlight CHAN-

NEL.

6

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

repeatedly to toggle a list of 40 chan-

nel references (FM1 to FM40).

7

Press the CURSOR DOWN button to

highlight STORE. Then, press the

CURSOR RIGHT button to store the

station to the selected channel refer-

ence. The onscreen menu will changed

to STORED.

Repeat the process for any other FM Stations.

8

To SORT the channels stored, press

the CURSOR DOWN (while in the

INSTALL menu options) to highlight

the word SORT.

9

Press the CURSOR RIGHT to shift

the menu left. FROM will be highlight-

ed.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button

repeatedly to select one of the channel

references (FM1 to FM40) you wish to

move.

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

to highlight TO. Press the CURSOR

RIGHT button repeatedly to select one

of the channel references (FM1 to

FM40) you want to swap the reference

chosen in the previous step to.

Press the CURSOR DOWN to high-

light EXCHANGE. Press the CUR-

SOR RIGHT to swap the channel ref-

erence.

S

ETTING UP THE

FM M

ODE

(FM R

ADIO

)

M

ANUAL

S

TORE

/S

ORT

10

11

12

SORT onscreen menu options

EQUALIZER

BALANCE

SOUND

FEATURES

EQUALIZER

SOUND

AVL

INCR. SURROUND

INSTALL

BALANCE

FEATURES

STEREO

AVL

INCR. SURROUND

INSTALL

STEREO

SOUND

120HZ

EQUALIZER

CC

POSITION

PIP

Directions for Use

500HZ

1500HZ

5HZ

10KHZ

STEREO

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

EQUALIZER

SOUND

SURR.

PICTURE

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

BALANCE

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV

AVL

INCR. SURROUND

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

DVD

ACC

2

BALANCE 0

CH

MUTE

VOL

AVL

INCR. SURROUND

4

RADIO

TV HD

PC

3

STEREO

1

23

456

1

SOUND

789

EQUALIZER

SURF

STATUS/EXIT

0

BALANCE

5

AVL ON

INCR. SURROUND

STEREO

SOUND

EQUALIZER

BALANCE

EQUALIZER

BALANCE

AVL

INCR. SURROUND INCR. SURROUND

AVL

INCR. SURROUND INCR. SURROUND

STEREO

SOUND

BALANCE

AVL

EQUALIZER

BALANCE

INCR. SURROUND

STEREO

AUDIO OUT FIXED

AVL

INCR. SURROUND

STEREO STEREO

SOUND

AVL

INCR. SURROUND

STEREO

ON

AUDIO OUT

SPEAKERS

EQUALIZER

BALANCE

SOUND

FEATURES

LANGUAGE

SOUND

AVL

INCR. SURROUND

INSTALL

AUTO PROGRAM

MANUAL STORE

FEATURES

INSTALL

STEREO

˜

ENGLISH

FRANCAIS

INSTALL

LANGUAGE

AUTO PROGRAM

ESPANOL

MANUAL STORE

SORT

NAME

SEARCH

CHANNEL

STORE

NAME

INSTALL

LANGUAGE

AUTO PROGRAM

MANUAL STORE

SORT

NAME

346791011

MENU SOUND

CH

RADIO

MUTE

TV HD

PC

VOL

257

CC

POSITION

PIP

SURR.

PICTURE

CLOCK

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

PROG. LIST

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

TV

DVD

ACC

1

23

456

1

8

INSTALL

MANUAL STORE

SURF

0

789

STATUS/EXIT

11

88.5 FM

SEARCH

CHANNEL

12

STORE

INSTALL

MANUAL STORE

INSTALL

MANUAL STORE

SEARCH

CHANNEL

FM12

CHANNEL

STORED

STORE

INSTALL

SORT

FROMTOEXCHANGE

LANGUAGE

INSTALL

FROM FM12TOEXCHANGE

AUTO PROGRAM

MANUAL STORE

SORT

FROMTOEXCHANGE

INSTALL

SORT

FROM

TO FM35

INSTALL

EXCHANGE

SORT

NAME

)

ADIO

TIMER

MODE SELECT

SOUND

FEATURES

SCREENSAVER

INSTALL

FEATURES

TIME

TIMER

START TIME

STOP TIME

MODE SELECT

SCREENSAVER

CHANNEL

ACTIVATE

FEATURES

Directions for Use

TVHDPC

TIMER

MODE SELECT

SCREENSAVER

MODE SELECT

FEATURES

TVHDPC

MODE SELECT

FEATURES

EN 31LC03U 3.

TVHDPC

(FM R

ODE

FM M

ETTING UP THE

S

ONTROLS

C

ELECT

S

ODE

M

EQUALIZER

BALANCE

AVL

INCR. SURROUND

STEREO

SOUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

button on the remote control to display

the FM Mode onscreen menu.

to other operating modes within he TV.

T

When in the FM Mode, choose from TV, PC, or

HD Modes.

If in the FM mode, press the MENU

1

TIMER

MODE SELECT

he Mode Select options allow you to move

CC

CLOCK

POSITION

PIP

PROG. LIST

TV

DVD

until MODE SELECT is highlighted.

shift the menu to the left, accessing the

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

SCREENSAVER

Mode Select onscreen menu options.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to

2

3

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

ACC

Press the CURSOR UP or DOWN

buttons to choose TV, PC, or HD.

TIME

START TIME

3

STOP TIME

3

CH

SURR.

PICTURE

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

1

TV Mode of operation.

TV - This will switch the TV back to the

CHANNEL

ACTIVATE

RADIO

HD

MUTE

TV

PC

VOL

2

the PC Mode of operation. Note a PC

signal must be present for this to work,

or the TV will go into standby mode.

PC - This control will switch the TV to

HD - This control will set the TV to the

4

SURF

0

23

789

456

1

STATUS/EXIT

3

High Definition Mode.

5

activate the selected control and change

to the highlighted mode.

remove the onscreen menu from the TV

screen when finished. Or, let the display

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to

4

time out and the menu will disappear

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

5

TVHDPC

MODE SELECT

FEATURES

after a few second.

50

)

ADIO

(FM R

ODE

FM M

ETTING UP THE

S

ONTROLS

C

IMER

T

SOUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

EQUALIZER

BALANCE

AVL

INCR. SURROUND

STEREO

SOUND

FEATURES

INSTALL

RADIO button on the remote control.

The FM Mode has its own onscreen

he FM Radio within the TV can be set to

turn on and off at a specific time, or tune to

T

To enter the FM Mode, press the

a specific channel when it powers on. The

Timer controls also allows the FM Display to

be turned on or off.

1

FEATURES

menu options.

control to display the FM Mode

Press the MENU button on the remote

2

TIMER

MODE SELECTR

SCREENSAVER

CC

CLOCK

POSITION

PIP

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

PROG. LIST

TV

DVD

ACC

TIME – – : – –

TIMER

FEATURES

SURR.

PICTURE

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

2

onscreen menu.

until TIMER is highlighted.

shift the menu to the left, accessing the

TIMER onscreen menu options. these

option include: TIME, START TIME,

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

3

STOP TIME, CHANNEL, ACTI-

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to

4

START TIME

STOP TIME

CHANNEL

ACTIVATE

TIMER

FEATURES

1

4

CH

RADIO

MUTE

TV HD

PC

VOL

23

456

1

789

SURF

STATUS/EXIT

3

VATE, or DISPLAY.

ting. Allows you to enter the current

time.

TIME - This is simply the Clock set-

START TIME - This control allows

TIME

START TIME – – : – –

STOP TIME

CHANNEL

ACTIVATE

0

5

to set a specific time you want the FM

you to set a specific time you want the

Radio to turn OFF.

FM Radio to turn ON.

STOP TIME - This control allows you

TIME

START TIME

STOP TIME

CHANNEL 12

TIMER

FEATURES

TIME

START TIME

STOP TIME – – : – –

CHANNEL

TIMER

FEATURES

to set a specific channel you want the

FM Radio to tune to when it powers on.

CHANNEL - This controls allows you

nel controls have been adjusted, set

ACTIVATE - Once the Time and chan-

START TIME

STOP TIME

CHANNEL

ACTIVATE

Activate to ONCE or DAILY. ONCe

FEATURES

TIMER

FEATURES

will activate the process one time, while

DAILY will activate the TIMER con-

trols every week day.

DISPLAY - If set to ON, the Display

DISPLAY OFF

TIMER

TIME

START TIME

STOP TIME

CHANNEL

ACTIVATE ON

control will display the current time on

the TV screen when in the FM Mode.

remove the onscreen menu from the TV

screen when finished. Or, let the display

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

5

49

time out and the menu will disappear

after a few second.

EN 32 LC03U3.

52

A

utoSound™ allows you to select from

four factory-set controls and a personal

control that you set according to your own

preferences through the onscreen Sound menu

within the FM Mode. The four factory-set

controls (Classical, Jazz Pop, or Rock) enable

you to tailor the sound so as to enhance the

particular program you are listening to.

1

If in the FM mode, press the AUTO

SOUND button on the remote control

to display the first AutoSound™option

on the screen.

2

Press the AUTO SOUND button

repeatedly to toggle through the factory

pre-defined setting for the following

musical styles: CLASSICAL, JAZZ,

POP, ROCK or PERSONAL (the way

you set the equalizer).

A

UTO

S

OUND

™ C

ONTROLS

S

ETTING UP THE

FM M

ODE

(FM R

ADIO

)

51

W

hile in the FM Mode, there is a

Screensaver option that can be used. The

Screensaver control, when on, will circulate the

screen station indication around the display.

1

If in the FM mode, press the MENU

button on the remote control to display

the FM Mode onscreen menu.

2

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

until FEATURES is highlighted.

3

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to

shift the menu to the left. TIMER will

be highlighted.

4

Press the CURSOR DOWN button

until SCREENSAVER is highlighted.

5

Press the CURSOR RIGHT or LEFT

button to toggle the Screensaver control

ON or OFF.

With the Screensaver control set to ON,

the display will shift around the screen

pausing in one place for a brief moment.

6

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

remove the onscreen menu from the TV

screen when finished. Or, let the display

time out and the menu will disappear

after a few second.

S

ETTING UP THE

FM M

ODE

(FM R

ADIO

)

S

CREENSAVER

C

ONTROL

Directions for Use

PERSONAL

40094

CLASSICAL

120HZ

500HZ

1500HZ

5KHZ

10KHZ

- 2

-11

0

6

3

120HZ

500HZ

1500HZ

5KHZ

10KHZ

CC

POSITION

PIP

CLOCK

TV

1

PROG. LIST

9

0121

4

JAZZ

120HZ

500HZ

1500HZ

5KHZ

10KHZ

SURR.

PICTURE

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

DVD

ACC

2

412019

POP

120HZ

500HZ

1500HZ

5KHZ

10KHZ

CH

RADIO

MUTE

TV HD

PC

VOL

23

456

1

789

SURF

0

STATUS/EXIT

001

13

ROCK

120HZ

500HZ

1500HZ

5KHZ

10KHZ

EQUALIZER

BALANCE

SOUND

FEATURES

TIMER

SOUND

AVL

INCR. SURROUND

INSTALL

MODE SELECT

SCREENSAVER

FEATURES

INSTALL

STEREO

FEATURES

CC

POSITION

PIP

TIME

START TIME

TIMER

MODE SELECT

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV

STOP TIME

SCREENSAVER

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

DVD

ACC

CHANNEL

A/CH

ACTIVATE

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

1

104.5 FM

TIMER

MODE SELECT

789

FEATURES

SURF

0

STATUS/EXIT

SCREENSAVER ON

FM2

6

TIMER

MODE SELECT

SCREENSAVER OFF

FEATURES

3

5

CH

SURR.

PICTURE

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

RADIO

HD

23

MUTE

TV

456

1

PC

VOL

2

5

4

Directions for Use

-12

EN 33LC03U 3.

)

EFINITION

D

IGH

(H

ODE

HD M

ETTING UP THE

S

ONTROLS

C

OUND

S

he HD Mode also offers certain Sound con-

MAIN

PICTURE

SOUND

MODE SELECT

BLOCK CHANNEL

MAIN

PICTURE

SOUND

MODE SELECT

BLOCK CHANNEL

control to place the TV in the HD Mode

(HD1).

control to display the HD Mode

onscreen menu. The PICTURE option

will be highlighted.

Press the HD button on the remote

trol adjustments to fine tune the sound being

heard when in the HD Mode.

T

Press the MENU button on the remote

1

buttons until SOUND is highlighted.

Press the CURSOR UP or DOWN

2

3

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to

SOUND

120HZ

500HZ

1500HZ

5KHZ

10KHZ

BALANCE

EQUALIZER

3

CC

CLOCK

POSITION

PIP

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

PROG. LIST

TV

DVD

ACC

shift the menu to the left, accessing the

SOUND onscreen menu options.

buttons to highlight any of the HD

Mode Sound Controls. Choose from:

Press the CURSOR UP or DOWN

4

5

SOUND

120HZ

500HZ

1500HZ

AVL

5

SURR.

PICTURE

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

2

EQUALIZER, BALANCE, or AVL.

EQUALIZER - Allows the listener to

5KHZ

EQUALIZER

4

6

CH

RADIO

MUTE

VOL

3

6

change the sound frequencies to their

liking.

level balance between the right and left

BALANCE - This controls the sound

SOUND

120HZ

500HZ

1500HZ

5KHZ

10KHZ

BALANCE 0

AVL

EQUALIZER

10KHZ

BALANCE

AVL OFF

1

SURF

0

23

TV HD

789

456

1

PC

TV speakers.

STATUS/EXIT

5

ON, will keep the volume level at a con-

AV L - Automatic Volume Leveler, when

7

sistent level should there be sudden

peaks and valleys in sound levels during

commercial breaks or channel changes.

buttons to adjust the selected control.

remove the onscreen menu from the TV

Press the CURSOR RIGHT or LEFT

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

6

screen when finished. Or, let the display

time out and the menu will disappear

after a few second.

7

54

)

EFINITION

D

IGH

(H

MAIN

ODE

HD M

ETTING UP THE

ONTROLS

S

C

ICTURE

P

he HD Mode offers certain Picture, Sound

PICTURE

BRIGHTNESS 42

PICTURE

SOUND

MODE SELECT

BLOCK CHANNEL

Press the HD button on the remote

and Blocking options within its onscreen

menu. Below is a list of Picture Menu options.

T

COLOR

PICTURE

SHARPNESS

TINT

COLOR TEMP

VIEW FORMAT

control to place the TV in the HD Mode

(HD1).

control to display the HD Mode

Press the MENU button on the remote

1

2

PICTURE

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR 40

PICTURE

SHARPNESS

TINT

COLOR TEMP

VIEW FORMAT

3

CC

CLOCK

POSITION

PIP

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

PROG. LIST

TV

DVD

ACC

onscreen menu. The PICTURE option

will be highlighted.

buttons until PICTURE is highlighted.

shift the menu to the left, accessing the

Press the CURSOR UP or DOWN

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to

3

PICTURE

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR 40

PICTURE 80

SHARPNESS

5

SURR.

PICTURE

CONTROL

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND

MENU SOUND

2

6

Picture onscreen menu options.

buttons to highlight any of the HD

Press the CURSOR UP or DOWN

4

PICTURE

TINT

COLOR TEMP

VIEW FORMAT

BRIGHTNESS

4

6

CH

RADIO

23

MUTE

TV HD

1

PC

VOL

3

5

Mode Picture Controls. Choose from:

BRIGHTNESS, COLOR, PICTURE,

SHARPNESS, TINT, COLOR TEMP,

or VIEW FORMAT.

BRIGHTNESS - This control will adds

5

PICTURE

COLOR 40

PICTURE 80

SHARPNESS

TINT

COLOR TEMP

VIEW FORMAT

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR 40

PICTURE

SHARPNESS 20

TINT

COLOR TEMP

VIEW FORMAT

1

SURF

0

789

456

STATUS/EXIT

7

or subtracts light from the darkest part of

the picture.

nates color intensity from the picture.

detail of the lightest parts of the picture.

the detail in the picture.

COLOR - This control adds or elimi-

PICTURE - This control improves the

to obtain natural skin tones.

SHARPNESS - This control improves

TINT - This control adjusts the picture

PICTURE

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR 40

PICTURE

SHARPNESS

MAL (keeps whites, white), COOL

COLOR TEMP - Choose from NOR-

PICTURE

TINT 20

COLOR TEMP

VIEW FORMAT

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR 40

(makes whites, bluish), or WARM

(makes whites, reddish) picture prefer-

ences.

FULL SCREEN or WIDE SCREEN

VIEW FORMAT - Choose between the

PICTURE

SHARPNESS

TINT

COLOR TEMP NORMAL

VIEW FORMAT

BRIGHTNESS

formats.

buttons to adjust the selected control.

remove the onscreen menu from the TV

6

screen when finished. Or, let the display

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

7

Press the CURSOR RIGHT or LEFT

COLOR 40

PICTURE

SHARPNESS

TINT

COLOUR TEMP

VIEW FORMAT WIDE SCREEN

53

time out and the menu will disappear

after a few second.

EN 34 LC03U3.

56

T

he HD Mode channel can be blocked to

censor the viewing of programming not

suitable for children. To block the HD Mode

channel, follow the steps below.

1

Press the HD button on the remote

control to place the TV in the HD Mode

(HD1).

2

Press the MENU button on the remote

control to display the HD Mode

onscreen menu. The PICTURE option

will be highlighted.

3

Press the CURSOR UP or DOWN

buttons until BLOCK CHANNEL is

highlighted.

4

Press the NUMBERED buttons and

enter your four digit Access Code that

was setup for the TV AutoLock feature.

The Block Channel Control will be

available for adjustment

5

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to

toggle the control ON or OFF. If set to

ON, the HD1 channel (mode) will not

allow viewing of programs. This control

would have to be set to OFF to make the

HD1 channel (mode) viewable.

6

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

remove the onscreen menu from the TV

screen when finished.

S

ETTING UP THE

HD M

ODE

(H

IGH

D

EFINITION

)

B

LOCK

C

HANNEL

C

ONTROL

55

S

ETTING UP THE

HD M

ODE

(H

IGH

D

EFINITION

)

T

he HD Select Control will allow you to

quickly change from the HD Mode of oper-

ation to the TV, FM Radio, or PC Modes.

1

If in the HD Mode, press the MENU

button on the remote control to display

the HD Mode onscreen menu. The PIC-

TURE option will be highlighted.

2

Press the CURSOR UP or DOWN

buttons until MODE SELECT is high-

lighted.

3

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to

shift the menu to the left displaying the

MODE SELECT options. Choose from

TV MODE, FM RADIO MODE, or

PC MODE.

4

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to

activate the highlighted mode control.

HD S

ELECT

C

ONTROL

Directions for Use

789

MAIN

SURF

STATUS/EXIT

OFF

HD INSTALLATION

PICTURE

SOUND

MODE SELECT

BLOCK CHANNEL

0

6

_ _ _ _

ACCESS CODE

MAIN

PICTURE

SOUND

MODE SELECT

BLOCK CHANNEL

HD INSTALLATION

X X X X

ACCESS CODE

MAIN

PICTURE

SOUND

HMODE SELECT

BLOCK CHANNEL

HD INSTALLATION

3

CC

MAIN

PICTURE

SOUND

MODE SELECT

BLOCK CHANNEL

POSITION

PIP

CLOCK

PROG. LIST

TV

SURR.

PICTURE

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

MENU SOUND

DVD

ACC

2

CORRECT

MAIN

PICTURE

SOUND

MODE SELECT

BLOCK CHANNEL

HD INSTALLATION

5

1

CH

RADIO

HD

23

MUTE

TV

456

1

PC

VOL

3

4

ON

MAIN

HD INSTALLATION

PICTURE

SOUND

MODE SELECT

BLOCK CHANNEL

MAIN

PICTURE

SOUND

MODE SELECT

BLOCK CHANNEL

MODE SELECT

TV MODE

FM RADIO MODE

PC MODE

MODE SELECT

TV MODE

FM RADIO MODE

PC MODE

2

CC

POSITION

PIP

SURR.

PICTURE

CLOCK

A/CH

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

PROG. LIST

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

TV

MENU SOUND

DVD

ACC

1

MODE SELECT

TV MODE

FM RADIO MODE

PC MODE

3

CH

RADIO

MUTE

VOL

2

SURF

HD

TV

PC

23

456

1

789

0

STATUS/EXIT

4

)

ONITOR

M

OMPUTER

C

Directions for Use

EN 35LC03U 3.

ERSONAL

(P

ODE

PC M

ETTING UP THE

S

)

ONITOR

M

No. Resolution Refresh Vertical Horizontal Horizontal Pixel

Rate Sync Sync Polarity Frequency

1 640 x 480 60 Hz N 31,500 kHz N 25,175 MHz

MAIN CONTROLS

PC

TV/SOURCE

2 67 Hz N 35,000 kHz N 30,240 MHz

3 72 Hz N 37,900 kHz N 31,500 MHz

4 75 Hz N 37,500 kHz N 31,500 MH

BRIGHTNESS & CONTRAST

BRIGHTNESS 5 0

CONTRAST

5 85 Hz N 43,300 kHz N 36,000 MHz

6 720 x 400 70 Hz P 31,469 kHz N 28,322 MHz

7 800 x 600 56 Hz P 35,100 kHz P 36,000 MHz

8 60 Hz P 37,900 kHz P 40,000 MHz

ADJUST COLOR

BRIGHTNESS USER PRESET 50

RED

GREEN

BLUE

9 72 Hz P 48,100 kHz P 50,000 MHz

10 75 Hz P 46,900 kHz P 49,500 MHz

11 85 Hz P 53,700 kHz P 56,250 MHz

VIDEO NOISE

PHASE 3 8

CLOCK

12 832 x 624 75 Hz P 49,700 kHz P 57,300 MHz

13 1024 x 768 60 Hz N 48,400 kHz N 65,000 MHz

14 70 Hz N 56,500 kHz N 75,000 MHz

15 75 Hz P 60,000 kHz P 78,750 MHz

AUTO ADJUST

YES

NO

16 85 Hz P 68,700 kHz P 94,500 MHz

17 1152 x 864 75 Hz P 67,500 kHz P 108,000 MHz

18 1280 x 960 60 Hz P 60,000 kHz P 108,000 MHz

19 1280 x 1024 60 Hz P 64,000 kHz P 108,000 MHz

MODE SELECT

TV MODE

FM MODE

HD MODE

20 75 Hz P 80,000 kHz P 135,000 MHz

VIEW FORMAT

58

NATIVE

WIDE SCREEN

OMPUTER

C

MAIN CONTROLS

AUDIO SELECTION

BRIGHTNESS & CONTRAST

ERSONAL

(P

ODE

PC M

ONTROLS

C

ODE

ETTING UP THE

S

PC M

CC

CLOCK

POSITION

PIP

TV/VCRSLEEP SOURCE FORMAT

control to display the PC Mode onscreen

menu. The AUDIO SELECTION option

Press the MENU button on the remote

1

2

PROG. LIST

TV

DVD

ACC

will be highlighted.

buttons to highlight any of the listed

Press the CURSOR UP or DOWN

ADJUST COLOR

VIDEO NOISE

ADJUST POSITION

AUTO ADJUST

PIP CONTROLS

MODE SELECT

LANGUAGE

RESET TO FACTORY SETTINGS

trol to place the TV in the PC Mode.

he TV can be used as a PC Monitor. APC

Press the PC button on the remote con-

video signal must be present or the TV will

go into standby mode.

Follow the steps below to access and adjust the

onscreen PC Menu controls.

T

3

5

SURR.

PICTURE

A/CH

AUTO ACTIVE AUTO

SOUND CONTROL

2

onscreen menu options.

Choose from:

4

CH

RADIO

MUTE

TV HD

MENU SOUND

AUDIO SELECTION - Will allow the

PC

VOL

3

5

Audio Source to come from the PC, the

TV, or the FM Radio.

Allows you to adjust the Brightness and

Contrast picture levels.

BRIGHTNESS & CONTRAST -

3

5

SURF

0

23

789

456

1

STATUS/EXIT

1

6

you to set the Color Temperature of the

picture. Choose between the Normal,

Cool or Warm pre-defined settings.

remove any flickering Vertical or

Horizontal bars that may appear on the

screen.

ADJUST COLOR - This control allow

VIDEO NOISE - Will allow you to

will allow you to move the onscreen pic-

ADJUST POSITION - This control

ADJUST POSITION

HORIZONTAL 5 1

VERTICAL

ture horizontally or vertically for better

viewing pleasure.

automatically adjust the control based on

the signal being received to give the best

possible picture.

AUTO ADJUST - The Auto Adjust will

PIP CONTROLS - change the Size and

PIP CONTROLS

Position of the PIP window on the

screen when the PIP button is used.

Mode using this control.

MODE SELECT - Enter the TV or FM

PIP SWITCH ON

Will reset all setting to the factory

RESET TO FACTORY SETTINGS -

VERTICAL

SIZE

POSITION

HORIZONTAL

default values.

VIEW FORMATS - Choose between

RESET OT FACTORY SETTINGS

RESET TO FACTORY SETTINGS ?NOYES

the NATIVE (the format that is dictated

by the type of accessory device being

used) and WIDE SCREEN formats.

enter the sub-menu of any of the high-

lighted onscreen menu controls.

Press the CURSOR RIGHT button to

Use the CURSOR UP, DOWN,

4

57

RIGHT or LEFT buttons to navigate,

adjust or activate the specific controls.

remove the onscreen menu from the TV

screen when finished.

Press the STATUS/EXIT button to

5

6

EN 36 LC03U3.

60

G

LOSSARY OF

T

ERMS

Active Control • Active Control continuously measures and cor-

rects the incoming signals to provide the best picture possible.

Audio/Video Inputs • Jacks (standard RCA), located on the

back of the TV, used for external accessory devices. These jacks

are designed to receive higher picture resolution and offer

sound-connection options.

Auto Programming • When activated, this feature scans for all

available channels from regular antenna or cable signals and

stores only active broadcast stations in the TV’s memory.

Channel Edit • The feature that allows you to add or delete

channels from the list of channels stored in the TV’s memory.

Closed Captioning • The broadcast standard feature that allows

you to read the voice content of television programs on the TV

screen. Designed to help the hearing impaired, Closed

Captioning shows dialogue and conversations while a TV pro-

gram is in progress.

Coaxial Cable • A single solid wire normally matched with a

metal plug (F-type) end connector that screws (or pushes) direct-

ly onto a 75-ohm input found on the television or VCR.

Component Video Inputs • Inputs that allow the separate recep-

tion of blue, red, and luminance signals. These inputs provide

the highest possible color and picture resolution in the playback

of digital signal-source material, such as the kind available from

DVD players.

Composite Video Input • An input in which all the components

required for displaying the onscreen image are combined in one

signal.

High-definition Television (HDTV) • High-resolution digital

television.

Incredible Surround • False acoustic management of the audio

signal that produces a dramatic expansion of the wall of sound

that surrounds the listener and heightens overall viewing pleas-

ure.

Menu • An onscreen list of feature controls available for you to

adjust or set.

Onscreen Displays (OSD) • The wording or messages generat-

ed by the television (or VCR) to help you with specific feature

controls (color adjustment or programming, for example).

Remote Control Sensor Window • The window or opening

found on the television control panel through which infrared

remote control command signals are received.

Second Audio Program (SAP) • An additional audio channel

provided for in the Multichannel Television Sound (MTS)

broadcast standard. A monaural soundtrack included within the

recorded or video signal (usually containing a second language

translation for the displayed programming).

Status/Exit Button • The remote control function that allows

you to quickly confirm what channel number you are watching.

Status/Exit can also be used to clear the television of onscreen

displays or information. You can use Status/Exit rather than hav-

ing to wait for the displays to “time out,” or automatically disap-

pear from the screen.

S-Video Input • Signal input that allows direct connection of

high-resolution video sources, such as a satellite receiver, DVD

player, S (Super)-VHS videocassette recorder, or video games.

Provides improved picture resolution, sharpness, and clarity.

Tint • TV function that allows you to change the general color

balance between cool and warm. Adjust tint according to your

personal preference.

59

T

ROUBLESHOOTING

T

IPS

C

LEANING AND

C

ARE

No Power

• Check the TV power cord. Unplug the TV, wait 10 seconds,

then reinsert the plug into the outlet and push the POWER

button again.

• Check that the outlet is not on a wall switch.

• Be sure the fuse is not blown on the AC power strip, if one is

being used.

No Picture

• Check antenna/cable connections. Are they properly secured

to the TV's ANT 751 plug?

• Check the TUNER MODE control for the correct tuner set-

ting.

• Try running the Auto Program feature to find all available

channels.

• Press the SOURCE button on the remote to make sure the

correct signal source is selected.

• If using an accessory device, be sure that it is functioning

properly.

• If in PC Mode, a video signal MUST BE present or the TV

will turn off.

No Sound

• Check the VOLUME buttons.

• Check the MUTE button on the remote control.

• If you’re attempting to hook up auxiliary equipment, check

the audio jack connections.

TV Only Produces MONO Sound

• If using a cable box with RF only type connections, the signal

coming from the cable box will be produced in MONO only.

• Check Sound control setting. Change setting to Stereo.

Remote Does Not Work

• Check the batteries. If necessary, replace them with AA

Heavy Duty (Zinc Chloride) or Alkaline batteries.

• Clean the remote control and the remote control sensor win-

dow on the TV.

• Check the TV power cord. Unplug the TV, wait 10 seconds,

then reinsert the plug into the outlet and push the POWER

button again.

• Be sure the fuse is not blown on the AC power strip, if one is

being used.

• Check to be sure the TV outlet is not on a wall switch.

• Be sure that the remote is in the correct operating mode.

• Be sure the remote is pointed at the Remote Sensor Window

on the TV. See page 1 of the Quick Use Guide for details.

TV Displays Wrong Channel or No Channels Above 13

• Repeat channel selection.

• Add the desired channel numbers (using the CHANNEL

EDIT control) into the TV’s memory.

• Check to be sure the TUNER MODES are set to the CABLE

option and run the Auto Program feature to find all available

channels.

WARNING Concerning Stationary Images on the TV

Screen:

Do not leave stationary or letterbox images on screen

for extended periods of time. This can cause uneven

display aging.

Normal use of the TV should involve the showing of pictures

that contain constantly moving and changing images that fill the

screen. Be careful not to leave nonmoving images on screen for

extended periods of time, or to display the same images on

screen too frequently, because subtle ghost images can be left

on the picture tubes. Sources of stationary images may be DVD

disks, laser disks, video games, CD-i disks, videotapes, digital

television boxes, broadcast channels, cable channels, satellite

channels, and others. Here are some examples of stationary

images (this is not an all-inclusive list; you may encounter

others in your viewing):

• DVD menus—listings of DVD disk content

• Letterbox black bars—shown at the top and bottom of the

TV screen when a wide screen (16:9) movie is viewed on a

TV with standard (4:3) aspect ratio.

• Video-game images and scoreboards

• Television station logos—present a problem if they are

bright and stationary; moving or low-contrast graphics are

less likely to cause uneven aging of the picture tube

• Stock-market tickers—presented at the bottom of the TV

screen

• Shopping channel logos and pricing displays—bright

and shown constantly or repeatedly in the same location on

the TV screen.

P

LACEMENT OF THE TV

• To avoid cabinet warping, cabinet color changes, and

increased chance of set failure, do not place the TV where

temperatures can become excessively hot; for example, in

direct sunlight or near a heating appliance.

• Be sure to allow a free flow of air to and from the perforated

back cover of the set.

C

LEANING

• To avoid possible shock hazard, be sure the TV is unplugged

from the electrical outlet before cleaning.

• Regularly dust the TV with a dry, nonscratching duster to

keep the TV clean.

• When cleaning the TV, take care not to scratch or damage the

screen surface. Avoid wearing jewelry or using anything

abrasive. Do not use household cleaners. Wipe the front

screen with a clean cloth dampened with water. Use even,

easy, vertical strokes when cleaning.

• Gently wipe the cabinet surfaces with a clean cloth or sponge

dampened in a solution of cool, clear water and a mild soap

or detergent. Use a clean, dry cloth to dry the wiped surfaces.

Do not use acetone, toluene, or alcohol to clean the screen.

• Occasionally vacuum the ventilation holes or slots in the back

cover of the set.

• Never use thinners, insecticide sprays, or other chemicals on

or near the cabinet, as they might cause permanent marring

of the cabinet finish.

Directions for Use

OCATIONS

L

Directions for Use

EN 37LC03U 3.

ERVICE

S

ACTORY

F

NOTE: If you reside in one of our Philips Factory Service Branch areas (see directory on back), you can contact the nearest Service Branch to obtain

efficient and expedient repair for your product. If your product is In-Warranty, you should have proof-of-purchase to ensure No Charge Service. For

Out-of-Warranty service, call the location nearest you.

NOTA: Si vous résidez dans une des régions desservies par une succursale de service après vente du fabricant Philips (voir liste ci-dessous), vous

pourrez contacter la branche de service après vente la plus près de chez vous pour obtenir un service après vente rapide et efficace. Si le produit est

sous garantie, il suffira de présenter une preuve d`achat pour bénéficier d'un service sans frais. Pour les produits non couverts par la garantie, con-

tactez le centre le plus près de chez vous.

NOTA: Si Ud. reside en una de nuestras zonas para sucursales Philips de servicio al de fábrica (ver directorio más abajo), Ud. puede comunicarse con

In Canada

la sucursal de servicio más cercana para obtener una reparación oportuna y eficaz de su producto. Si su producto está todavía bajo garantía, Ud.

debe presentar comprobante de compra para no ocasionar ningunos cargos por servicio. Para servicio después del vencimiento de la garantía, llame

al lugar más cercano de los abajo indicados.

How you can obtain efficient and expedient carry-in, mail-in, or in-home service for your product

Au Canada

1-800-531-0039 (English or Spanish speaking)

Please contact Philips at 1-800-661-6162 (French speaking)

En el Canadá

1-800-531-0039 (Anglais ou Espagnol)

Comment obtenir le service après-vente pour les produits apportés ou envoyés par la poste à notre centre de service ou le service à domicile

Veuillez contacter philips á: 1-800-661-6162 (Francophone)

1-800-531-0039 (Inglés o Español))

Cómo recibir servicio efficiente para su producto, en persona, por correo o a domicillo

Favor de comunicarse con Philips al: 1-800-661-6162 (francófono)

62

Rev. GG - 11/20/2002

Block Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26

Blocking Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30

Clear All Blocked Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27

Movie Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28

Review Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31

Understanding the AutoLock™ Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24

Access Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25

AutoLock Controls

NDEX

I

AutoSound™ Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52

Cleaning and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59

Factory Service Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62-63

FM Radio Mode Controls

TV Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29

AutoSound™ Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37

Language Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

Manual Store Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46-47

Name (FM Channel Label) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

Auto Program Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

Install Menu Controls

Sort Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46-47

Auto Program Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

AutoPicture™ Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36

AVL (Auto Volume Leveler) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15

Balance Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14

Channel Edit (Add or Delete Channels) Control . . . . . . . . . .9

Closed Captioning Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32

Equalizer Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

Incredible Surround Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16

Language Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6

Mode Select Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22

Name (Channel Label) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11

Picture Adjustment Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12

Program List Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34

Balance Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48

Equalizer Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48

Incredible Surround Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48

Speaker Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48

Audio Out Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48

Mode Select Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50

AVL (Auto Volume Leveler) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48

Screensaver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51

Sound Adjustment Controls

Stereo Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48

Timer Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49

Glossary of Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60

HD Mode Controls

Code Entry Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40

Code List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42-44

Direct Access Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

Accessory Device Remote Control Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . .45

Remote Control Programming for Accessory Devices

Block Channel Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56

HD Installation Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55

Search Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41

SAP (Secondary Audio Programming) Control . . . . . . . . . .18

Sleeptimer Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35

Stereo/Mono Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17

Surf Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38

Timer Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21

Tuner Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

TV Speaker Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

Mode Select Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55

Picture Adjustment Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53

Sound Adjustment Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61

PC Mode Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57-58

Registration Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2

Safety/Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4

Active Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23

Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5

Troubleshooting Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55

TV Mode Controls

Widescreen (Screen Format) Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33

Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64

Audio Out Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

AutoChron™ Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10

61

EN 38 LC03U3.

64

L

IMITED

W

ARRANTY

LCD COLOR TELEVISION

One Year Free Labor

One Year Free Replacement of Parts

This product must be carried in for service.

WHO IS COVERED?

You must have proof of purchase to receive warranty service. A sales

receipt or other document showing that you purchased the product is

considered proof of purchase.

WHAT IS COVERED?

Warranty coverage begins the day you buy your product. For one year

thereafter, all parts will be repaired or replaced free, and labor is free.

From one year from the day of purchase, all parts will be repaired or

replaced free, and for all labor charges. After one year from the day of

purchase, you pay for the replacement or repair of all parts, and for

all labor charges.

All parts, including repaired and replaced parts, are covered only for

the original warranty period. When the warranty on the product

expires, the warranty on all replaced and repaired parts also expires.

WHAT IS EXCLUDED?

Your warranty does not cover:

• labor charges for installation or setup of the product, adjustment of

customer controls on the product, and installation or repair of

antenna systems outside of the product.

• product repair and/or part replacement because of misuse, acci-

dent, unauthorized repair or other cause not within the control of

Philips Consumer Electronics Company.

• reception problems caused by signal conditions or cable or antenna

systems outside the unit.

• a product that requires modification or adaptation to enable it to

operate in any country other than the country for which it was

designed, manufactured, approved and/or authorized, or repair of

products damaged by these modifications.

• incidental or consequential damages resulting from the product.

(Some states do not allow the exclusion of incidental or consequen-

tial damages, so the above exclusion may not apply to you. This

includes, but is not limited to, prerecorded material, whether copy-

righted or not copyrighted.)

• a product used for commercial or institutional purposes.

WHERE IS SERVICE AVAILABLE?

Warranty service is available in all countries where the product is offi-

cially distributed by Philips Consumer Electronics Company. In coun-

tries where Philips Consumer Electronics Company does not distribute

the product, the local Philips service organization will attempt to pro-

vide service (although there may be a delay if the appropriate spare

parts and technical manual(s) are not readily available).

MAKE SURE YOU KEEP...

Please keep your sales receipt or other document showing proof of

purchase. Attach it to this owner’s manual and keep both nearby.

Also keep the original box and packing material in case you need to

return your product.

BEFORE REQUESTING SERVICE...

Please check your owner’s manual before requesting service.

Adjustments of the controls discussed there may save you a service

call.

TO GET WARRANTY SERVICE IN U.S.A.,

PUERTO RICO OR U.S. VIRGIN ISLANDS...

Contact a Philips factory service center (see enclosed list) or author-

ized service center to arrange repair.

(In U.S.A., Puerto Rico and U.S. Virgin Islands, all implied warranties,

including implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a partic-

ular purpose, are limited in duration to the duration of this express

warranty. But, because some states do not allow limitations on how

long an implied warranty may last, this limitation may not apply to

you.)

TO GET WARRANTY SERVICE IN CANADA...

Please contact Philips at:

1-800-661-6162 if calling from Canada (French speaking)

1-800-531-0039 (English or Spanish speaking)

(In Canada, this warranty is given in lieu of all other warranties. No

other warranties are expressed or implied, including any implied war-

ranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. Philips is

not liable under any circumstances for any direct, indirect, special, inci-

dental or consequential damages, howsoever incurred, even if notified

of the possibility of such damages.)

REMEMBER...

Please record the model and serial numbers found on the product

below. Also, please fill out and mail your warranty registration card

promptly. It will be easier for us to notify you if necessary.

MODEL # ________________________________________________

SERIAL # ________________________________________________

This warranty gives you specific legal rights. You may have other rights which vary from state/province to state/province.

Philips Consumer Electronics, P.O. Box 520890, Miami, FL 33152, (402) 536-4171

Printed in China.

63

F

ACTORY

S

ERVICE

L

OCATIONS

Q

UALITY SERVICE IS AS CLOSE AS YOUR TELEPHONE

! S

IMPLY LOOK OVER THE LIST BELOW FOR THE NUMBER OF A

F

ACTORY

S

ERVICE

C

ENTER

NEAR YOU

. Y

OUR PRODUCT WILL RECEIVE EFFICIENT AND EXPEDIENT CARRY

-

IN

,

MAIL

-

IN

,

OR IN

-

HOME SERVICE

,

AND YOU WILL RECEIVE PEACE OF MIND

,

KNOWING YOUR PRODUCT IS BEING GIVEN THE EXPERT ATTENTION OF

P

HILIPS

’ F

ACTORY

S

ERVICE

.

COMMENT OBTENIR NOTRE SERVICE APRÈS VENTE RAPIDE ET EFFICACE SOIT PAR COURRIER, À DOMICILE, OU EN SE PRÉSENTANT À UN CENTRE DE SERVICE PHILIPS. PLUS DE 600 CENTRES DE

RÉCEPTION DE PRODUITS À RÉPARER À TRAVERS LE PAYS: CONTACTER LE CENTRE DE SERVICE AUX CONSOMMATEURS LE PLUS PROCHE POUR SAVOIR L’EMPLACEMENT DE CES DÉPÔTS DANS

UN RAYON DE 50 À 75 MILES (80 KM À 120 KM) DU CENTRE DE SERVICE LOCAL.

CÓMO OBTENER UN SERVICIO OPORTUNO Y EFICIENTE POR CORREO, EN CASA O EN PERSONA PARA SU PRODUCTO A TRAVÉS DE UN CENTRO PHILIPS DE SERVICIO. MAS DE 600 SITIOS POR

TODO EL PAIS PARA LA RECEPCION DE PRODUCTOS NECESITADOS DE REPARACIONES: COMUNICARSE CON EL CENTRO DE SERVICIO DE FABRICA MAS CERCANO PARA ESTOS LUGARES DENTRO

DE UN RADIO DE 80 A 120 KM (50 A 75 MILLAS) DEL CENTRO DE SERVICIO LOCAL.

ATLANTA

Philips Factory Service

550 Franklin Road., Suite F

Marietta, GA 30067

800-273-1501

TAMPA

Philips Factory Service

1911 US Highway 301 North, Suite 100

Tampa, FL 33619

800-442-2027

SAN FRANCISCO

Philips Factory Service

681 East Brokaw Rd.

San Jose, CA 95112

800-300-9013

HOUSTON

Philips Factory Service

1110 N. Post Oak Rd., Suite 100

Houston, TX 77055

800-952-3254

CLEVELAND

Philips Factory Service

950 Keynote Circle

Brooklyn Heights, OH 44131

800-331-7037

DETROIT

Philips Factory Service

25173 Dequindre

Madison Heights, MI 48071

800-438-1398

DALLAS

Philips Factory Service

415 N. Main Street, #107

Euless, TX 76040

800-952-3254

LOS ANGELES

Philips Factory Service

20930 Bonita, Ste. V

Carson, CA 90746

800-300-9013

CHICAGO

Philips Factory Service

1279 W. Hamilton Pkwy.

Itasca, IL 60143

800-531-2922

KNOXVILLE

Philips Factory Service

One Philips Drive

Knoxville, TN 37914

800-821-1767

PHILADELPHIA

Philips Factory Service

352 Dunks Ferry Rd.

Bensalem, PA 19020

800-847-9320

Directions for Use

4. Mechanical Instructions

Index of this chapter:

1. Service Position

2. Stand Removal

3. Rear Cover Removal

4. Shield Removal

5. I/O Assy Removal

6. LED/Remote Control Board Removal

7. TV Board Removal

8. Scaler Board Removal

9. Inverter Board Removal

10. Top Control Assy Removal

11. LCD Panel Removal

12. Re-assembly

Note: Figures below can deviate from the actual situation, due to different set executions.

Mechanical Instructions

EN 39LC03U 4.

4.1 Service Position

First, put the TV in its service position. Therefore place it upside down on a tabletop (use a protection sheet or a foam cushion). Take care that this is flat and free from obstacles like screws, to prevent damaging the fragile LCD screen. ESD protective service buffers, as shown below, can be used (3122 785 90580).

Figure 4-1 ESD protective service buffers

4.2 Stand Removal

4.2.1 For 15/17 inch model

Use a Torx screwdriver to remove the stand from the backside of the monitor housing by unscrewing and removing the four M4x12 mounting screws and next, take away the stand.

Figure 4-2 TV stand removal 15”/17” model

4.2.2 For 23 inch model

1. Use a Torx screwdriver to remove the stand from the backside of the monitor housing by unscrewing the four M4x12 mounting screws.

2. Remove the four mounting screws out of their mounting holes.

3. First push the stand in horizontal direction to the monitor bottom side, then lift the stand and take it away.

Figure 4-3 TV stand removal 23” model

4.3 Rear Cover Removal

4.3.1 For 15/17 inch model

Manually unlock and remove both corner cover caps.

CL 36532044_001.eps

160503

EN 40 LC03U4.

Figure 4-4 TV rear cover removal 15”/17” model

Continue with the paragraph 4.3.3.

4.3.2 For 23 inch model

Manually unlock and remove the IO connector cover cap.

Mechanical Instructions

Figure 4-7 Bottom side connector plate

• Use a 5 mm socket screwdriver to remove both connector distance bolts from the “PC input / VGA-in” socket.

• Remove all shield mounting screws.

Connector cover cap

Figure 4-5 TV rear cover removal 23” model

Continue with the paragraph 4.3.3.

4.3.3 For all models

1. Make sure all power-, audio-, video- and coax- cables are unplugged.

2. Remove the five Torx screws securing the monitor rear cover.

3. Carefully remove the rear cover and store it on a safe place.

4.4 Shield Removal

• Remove, at the “TV-panel plug side”, the mounting screw between the cinch sockets.

• Remove the connector plate.

CL 36532044_002.eps

160503

Figure 4-8 Shield with mounting screws

• Bend, at the “TV-panel plug side”, the thin metal electrostatic shield away from the sockets, so the complete shield can be lifted later on.

Electrostatic shield

CL 36532044_007.eps

Figure 4-9 Shielding

• Unlock the shield by carefully moving it a few millimetres to the bottom side of the monitor. The topside of the shield has to detach from underneath the two lock clamps, which secure the shield at topside. Carefully lift the shield with respect for the cables and/or connector sockets. Take out the shield and store it on a safe place.

031003

Figure 4-6 Connector plate mounting screw

• Unscrew, at the bottom side, the connector plate screw and remove this plate.

Mechanical Instructions

EN 41LC03U 4.

4.5 I/O Removal

4.5.1 Side I/O assy removal for 15/17 inch model

Figure 4-10 Side I/O assy removal for 15”/17” model

1. Disconnect the cable connector [0240] from the side I/O assy.

2. Unlock this unit by shifting it one centimetre to the outside direction of the monitor.

3. Take out this side I/O assy.

To completely remove the Front LED panel incl. Lens), remove the assy screw.

4.7 TV Board Removal

4.7.1 For 15 /17inch model

Disconnect all five TV board connectors out of the regarding sockets [3225], [1234], [1231], [1902], and [1732]. Continue with the paragraph 4.7.3.

4.7.2 For 23 inch model

Disconnect all six TV board connectors out of the regarding sockets [3225], [1233], [1231], [1902], [1732] and [1734]. Continue with the paragraph 4.7.3.

4.7.3 For all models

1. Pull the thin flat cable out of its special shaped connector, [1010].

2. Unscrew and remove the three TV board mounting screws.

3. Take out the TV board.

4.5.2 Side I/O assy removal for 23 inch model

Side I/O Assy

Figure 4-11 Side I/O assy removal for 23” model

1. Disconnect the cable connector [0240] from the side I/O assy.

2. Unlock this unit by pushing it one centimetre in horizontal direction (to bottom side) of the monitor.

3. Take out this side I/O assy.

4.6 Front LED Panel Removal

CL 36532044_008.eps

021003

CL 36532044_012.eps

160503

Figure 4-12 TV board

Note: Sometimes it is necessary to place the TV board in its

service position, for easy signal measuring. See picture below.

4.6.1 Only for the 23 inch model

To gain access to the Front LED panel unscrew and remove the three mounting screws from the loudspeaker box covering the panel. Release cables and take out the loudspeaker box. Continue with the paragraph 4.6.2.

4.6.2 For all models

Unlock the transparent securing clip, which holds the Front LED panel in place, and take out the Front LED panel. (See previous figure: “Side IO assy removal for 15”/17” model).

CL 36532044_010.eps

Figure 4-13 TV board in service position

160503

EN 42 LC03U4.

4.8 Scaler Board Removal

Mechanical Instructions

1. Carefully disconnect the cable connector in the centre of

the Scaler board [1506]. Take care not to damage the fragile cables.

2. Disconnect the cable connectors at the edge of the Scaler board [1402] and [1003].

3. Pull the thin flat cable out of its special shaped connector [1681].

4. Unscrew and remove two Scaler board mounting screws.

5. Take out the Scaler board.

CL 36532044_013.eps

Figure 4-14 Scaler board

160503

2

1

Heat sink

CL 36532044_014.eps

Figure 4-16 Heat sink Removal

4.9 Inverter Board Removal (only for 15/17 inch model)

Note: The Inverter board is available in two versions: one

model for TN-displays and another model for IPS-displays. The (dis)assembly procedure is the same for both versions.

1. Disconnect the cable from the Inverter board.

2. Disconnect at top and bottom side all the black/white and

pink cable connectors.

3. Use a pair of pliers to bend the metal securing clamp in

such a way that the Inverter board can be taken out.

4. Remove the Inverter board and store it on a safe place.

160503

Note: Sometimes it is necessary to place the Scaler board in a service position. In this case it is necessary to use the specific “Repair kit scaler board” including two extra long cables (order nr. 3122 785 90490).

CL 36532044_011.eps

Figure 4-15 Scaler board in service position

Important: Video converter chip heat sink.

1. Before you de-solder the video converter chip SAA7118 from the board, the heat sink must be removed from the chip. Use a pair of pliers to remove the heat sink by means of a twist- and pull movement (see figure). Store the heat sink on a safe place, adhesive side up!

2. Place the self-adhesive heat sink back in place after the chip exchange action has been finished.

160503

Figure 4-17 Inverter board

4.10 Top Control Assy Removal

1. Remove the cable from the Top control assy [1500].

2. Remove both mounting screws that secure the Top control

assy to the monitor frame.

3. Take out the Top control assy.

Mounting screw(2x)

Figure 4-18 Top control assy

CL 36532044_015.eps

160503

Mechanical Instructions

EN 43LC03U 4.

4.11 LCD Panel Removal

4.11.1 For 15 /17 inch model

Note: the LCD Panel is available in two versions: a TN-display and an IPS-display. The (dis)assembly procedure is the same for both versions.

1. Unscrew and remove the four LCD frame mounting screws, which secure the panel frame to the monitor front.

2. Disconnect at both sides the speaker cable plugs and remove the speaker cable assy.

3. Lift and take out the LCD panel (including its frame).

Figure 4-19 LCD frame mounting screws 15”/17” model

2. Unscrew the four screws, securing the panel frame to the LCD panel (see figures: “LCD panel mounting screws”).

3. Take off the panel frame while leading the panel connector through the access hole in the frame

Figure 4-21 LCD panel mounting screws 15”/17” model

LCD frame screws (4x)

Continue with the paragraph 4.11.3

4.11.2 For 23 inch model

1. To gain access to whole LCD panel, unscrew and remove the mounting screws from both Loudspeaker boxes. Release cables and take out both Loudspeaker boxes. Note: Avoid unscrewing screws from the Loudspeaker boxes sockets, if you don’t want to disassemble the Loudspeaker boxes.

2. Unscrew and remove the eight LCD frame mounting screws, which secure the panel frame to the monitor front.

3. Lift and take out the LCD panel (including its frame).

CL 36532044_016.eps

160503

Figure 4-22 LCD panel mounting screws 23” model

4.12 Re-Assembly

To re-assemble the whole set, do all processes in reverse order.

Notes:

• When you secure the panel frame (with the LCD panel) in the monitor front, do not mount the fifth screw in the middle of the bottom side. You will need this screw position for mounting the TV rear cover.

• Take extra care when fixing the connector bracket screw. You can easily damage the TV board when you use too much force.

• Do not forget to re-place the ground cable of the Scaler board when mounting the screw at topside.

• Take extra care when reconnecting the Inverter board backlight connectors (black/white/pink). Connect them properly to avoid “high voltage sparking”

CL 36532044_017.eps

011003

Figure 4-20 LCD frame mounting screws 23” model

Continue with the paragraph 4.11.3

4.11.3 For all models

1. Remove the plastic monitor front from the protection sheet and place the LCD panel, including the panel frame, back on the protection sheet or foam cushion. Make sure again that there are no screws or other parts left behind on the protection sheet, that can damage the fragile panel screen surface.

EN 44 LC03U5.

Service Modes, Error Messages, and Repair Tips

5. Service Modes, Error Messages, and Repair Tips

Index of this chapter:

1. Test Points

2. Service Modes

3. Errors

4. The “Blinking LED” Procedure

5. ComPair

6. Trouble Shooting Tips

5.1 Test Points

This chassis is equipped with test points in the service printing. In the schematics test points are identified with a rectangle box around Fxxx or Ixxx. On the PCB, test points are specifically mentioned in the service manual as “half moons” with a dot in the centre.

Measurements are performed under the following conditions:

• Video: colour bar signal.

• Audio: 3kHz left, 1kHz right.

5.2 Service Modes

SDM Menu

TYPE: 17PF9945/37 HRS:0029 SWID: LC03U21-1.11 S317 1.03 ERR : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 OPT : 79 254 14 56 128 000

Figure 5-1 SDM Menu

Deactivating SDM:

• Press the “EXIT”-button on the DST, or

• Press 0-0 on the standard RC, or

• Switch the set to Standby (the error buffer is NOT cleared).

SDM

CL 36532037_010.eps

280403

5.2.1 Limited DST Support

This chassis does still have some limited Dealer Service Tool (DST) support, although this remote is not for sale anymore. The set can be put in two service modes via the DST (RC7150). These are the Service Default Mode (SDM) and the Service Alignment Mode (SAM).

Installation Features Dealer

For easy installation and diagnosis the DST can be used. When there is no picture (to access the error code buffer via the OSD), DST can enable the functionality of displaying the contents of the entire error code buffer via the blinking LED procedure.

5.2.2 Service Default Mode (SDM)

Purpose of SDM:

• To provide a situation with predefined settings to get the same measurements as in this manual.

• To start the “Blinking LED” procedure.

• To have the possibility to override the 5V protection

Activating SDM:

• By transmitting the "DEFAULT" command with the RC7150 Dealer Service Tool (this works both while the set is in normal operation mode or in the SAM).

• Standard RC sequence 0-6-2-5-9-6 followed by pressing the “MENU”-button (this works both while the set is in normal operation mode or in the SAM).

• By shorting pins 5 and 6 of connector 1170 of LED/RC panel. Then apply DC supply from the AC-DC adaptor (not required to remove the metal shielding).

Note: By temporarily shorting pins 5 and 6 of connector 1170 and then applying DC supply from the AC-DC adaptor, the 5V protection is disabled. Caution: Overriding the 5V protection should only be used for a short period of time. In case of S/W protections (error 4) the set will shutdown after 15 sec.

For recognition, “SDM” is displayed at the upper right corner of the screen.

Note: When the mains power is switched off while the set is in SDM, the set will switch to SDM immediately when the mains is switched on again.

The SDM sets the following pre-defined conditions:

• PAL/SECAM sets: tuning at 475.25 MHz PAL.

• NTSC sets: tuning at channel 3 (61.25 MHz).

• Volume level is set to 25% (of the maximum volume level).

Other picture and sound settings are set to 50%.

The following functions are switched off in SDM (and after leaving SDM):

• Timer.

• Sleep timer.

The following functions are disabled during SDM (and enabled after leaving SDM)

• Parental lock.

• Blue mute.

• Hospitality Mode.

• No-ident Timer (normally the set is automatically switched

off when no video signal (IDENT) was received for 15 minutes).

All other controls operate normally.

Special Functions SDM

Access to normal user menu

Pressing the “MENU” button on the remote control switches between the SDM and the normal user menus (with the SDM mode still active in the background).

Channel search

Pressing the “P+” button of the remote control will select the next available channel in the preset list.

Type nr, Error buffer, etc

Pressing the “OSD” or “info+” button of the remote control shows/hides the type nr, error buffer, SW ID, Hours and option codes. OSD can be hidden to prevent interference with waveform measurements.

Access to SAM

By pressing 0-6-2-5-9-6 “info+” (or OSD) in sequence on the standard RC will switch from SDM to SAM.

Service Modes, Error Messages, and Repair Tips

EN 45LC03U 5.

5.2.3 Service Alignment Mode (SAM)

Purpose of SAM:

• To do alignments.

• To change option settings.

• To display/clear the error code buffer values.

Activating SAM:

• By transmitting the "ALIGN" command with the RC7150 Dealer Service Tool (this works both while the set is in normal operation mode or in the SDM).

• Standard RC sequence 0-6-2-5-9-6 followed by pressing the “STATUS”-button (this works both while the set is in normal operation mode or in the SDM).

Deactivating SAM:

• Press the “EXIT”-button on the DST, or

• Press 0-0 on the standard RC, or

• Switch the set to Standby (the error buffer is NOT cleared).

•

Note: When the AC-DC adaptor power is switched off while the set is in SAM, the set will go back to normal mode of operation when the AC-DC adaptor is switched on again.

In SAM the following information is displayed on the screen:

SAM Menu

TYPE: 17PF9945/37 HRS:0029 SWID: LC03U21-1.11 S317 1.03 ERR : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 OPT : 79 254 14 56 128 000

CLEAR ERRORS OPTIONS

TUNER WHITE TONE GEOMETRY SMART SETTING

Figure 5-2 SDM Menu

• Operation hours timer (hexadecimal).

• Software identification of the main micro controller of TV-

board (LC03BBC-X.YY), and (S3DD E.FF) is the software identification for micro-P of Scaler board: – LC03 is the chassis name for LCD-TV launched in

2003.

– BBC is 1 letter and 2 digit combination to indicate the

regional software type and the supported languages.

– X = main version number. – YY= subversion number. – S3 = Scalar board used in 2003. – DD = screen size of the LCD panel. – E = main version number. – FF = subversion number.

• Error buffer (7 errors possible).

• Option bytes (8 codes possible), summary of options are

explained below.

• Sub menus are listed in a scroll-menu.

SAM

CL 36532037_011.eps

280403

• To return to the main menu / previous menu, press “MENU” keys on the remote control

Access to Normal User Menu

Pressing the “MENU” button on the remote control switches between the SAM and the normal user menus (with the SAM mode still active in the background). Pressing the “MENU” key in a submenu will go to the previous menu.

Menus and Submenus

CLEAR ERRORS: Erasing the contents of the error buffer. Select the CLEAR ERRORS menu item and press the MENU RIGHT key. The content of the error buffer is cleared.

The functionality of the OPTIONS and ALIGNMENTS (TUNER, WHITE TONE, GEOMETRY, SOUND and SMART SETTING) sub menus are described in chapter 8.

5.2.4 Customer Service Mode (CSM)

This chassis is equipped with the “Customer Service Mode” (CSM, like in the A10-chassis). CSM is a special service mode that can be activated and deactivated by the customer, upon request of the service technician/dealer during a telephone conversation in order to identify the status of the set. This CSM is a 'read only' mode therefore modifications in this mode are not possible.

Activating Customer Service Mode.

The Customer Service Mode can be switched on:

• By pressing RC button is sequence “1-2-3-6-5-4” or,

• By pressing simultaneously the MUTE button on the

remote control and any key on the TV control buttons (P+, P-, VOL +, VOL -) for at least 4 seconds.

When the CSM is activated:

• Picture and sound settings are set to nominal levels.

• Modes that interfere with the behaviour of the set are

switched off (sleep timer, auto standby, etc.).

• Pressing cursor DOWN “v” on the RC will switch to CSM2 screen if it is in CSM1 screen. Likewise pressing cursor UP “^” will switch to previous CSM1 screen.

• Pressing “P+” or “P-“ on RC will select next available channel to be displayed.

• Pressing channel numeric keys on RC will select the desired channel to be displayed.

Deactivating Customer Service Mode.

The Customer Service Mode will be switched off after: – Pressing any key on the remote control handset (except

“P+”, “P-” and cursor up/down)

– Switching off the TV set with the mains switch.

All settings that were changed during activation of CSM are restored to the initial values.

Customer Service Mode Information Screen

After activating the Customer Service Mode the following screen will appear.

SAM Menu Control

Menu items can be selected with the cursor UP/DOWN key. The selected item will be highlighted. When not all menu items fit on the screen, moving the cursor UP/DOWN will display the next/previous menu items. With the cursor LEFT “<” / RIGHT “>” keys, it is possible to:

• Activate the selected menu item (e.g. GEOMETRY).

• Change the value of the selected menu item (e.g.

HOR.SHIFT).

• Activate the selected submenu (e.g. ASBY ON/OFF).

EN 46 LC03U5.

1 TYPE: 17PF9945/37 HRS:0029 CSM1 2 SWID: LC03U21-1.11 S317 1.03 3 ERR : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 OPT : 79 254 14 56 128 000 5 6 7 NO SIGNAL 8 TIMER ON 9 CHANNEL BLOCKED 10 NOT PREFERRED

11 SOURCE : EXT1 12 SOUND : MONO 13 VOLUME : 26 14 BALANCE: 1 15 COLOUR : 50

Service Modes, Error Messages, and Repair Tips

Figure 5-3 CSM 1

The Customer Service Menu (CSM1) shows the following information:

• Line 1: “TYPE: 99XX9999/99XHRS: nnnn”. TYPE: typeversion/model of the set (i.e. 17PF9945/12). HRS: Hexadecimal counter of operating hours. (Standby hours are counted as operating hours).

• Line 2: “SWID: AAAABBC-X.YYS3DDE.FF”. SWID: (Software identification of the main micro controller on TVBoard and Scaler board) See paragraph “Service Alignment Mode (SAM)”. Details on available software versions can be found in the chapter “Software Survey” of the publication “Product Survey - Colour Television”.

• Line 3: “CODES: xx xx xx xx xx xx xx ”. Error code buffer (see paragraph “Errors”). Displays the last 7 errors of the error code buffer.

• Line 4: “OPT xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx”. Option bytes. Option bits control the software and hardware functionality of the chassis. An option byte or option number represents 8 of those bits. Each option number is displayed as a decimal number between 0 and 255. The set may not work correctly when an incorrect option code is set. See chapter 8 for more information on correct option settings

• Line 6: “SYSTEM: BLANK (not applicable to NAFTA. Default is NTSC)

• Line 7: “NO SIGNAL”. Indicates that the set is not receiving an “ident” signal on the selected source. – No or bad antenna signal; connect a proper antenna

signal

– Antenna not connected; connect the antenna – No channel / preset is stored at this program number;

go to the INSTALL menu and store a proper channel at this program number

– The tuner is faulty (in this case the CODES line will

contain number 13); check the tuner and replace/repair if necessary

Note: On some models, BLUE MUTE is displayed (if the BM option is ON) when no signal is received.

• Line 8: “TIMER ON”. Indicates that the sleep timer is activated. Complaints that may be caused by the activation of the sleep timer.

• Line 9: “CHANNEL BLOCKED”. Indicates that one or more channels are locked except the selected channel. Complaints that may be caused by locked channels: – TV cannot be switched on from standby with the local

keyboard buttons.

– “P+” and “P-“ buttons on local keyboard do not

function.

To disable the LOCK feature:

1. Select ”FEATURE” menu (with the Remote Control).

2. Select “LOCK” (with the RC).

3. Set to “OFF”.

4. Line 10: “NOT PREFERRED”. Indicates that the current

channel is not in the preferred channel list (by default, all channels are skipped. A channel can be added as a selected channel to the list of preferred channels:

CL 36532037_012.eps

280403

1. Select “INSTALL” menu.

2. Select “CHANNEL EDIT”.

3. Select “ADD/DELETE”.

4. Set to “ADD” with the left/right cursor keys

5. Line 11: “SOURCE”. Indicates which SOURCE is installed

for this preset: EXT1, SVHS2, EXT2, or Tuner.

6. Line 12: “SOUND”. Indicates which sound mode is installed for this preset: Mono, NICAM, Stereo, L1, L2, SAP, Virtual, or Digital.

7. Line 13: “VOLUME”. Value indicates level at entry CSM.

8. Line 14: “BALANCE”. Value indicates level at entry CSM.

9. Line 15: “COLOUR”. Value indicates level at entry CSM.

1 TYPE: 17PF9945/37 HRS:0029 CSM2 2 SWID: LC03U21-1.11 S317 1.03 3 ERR : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 OPT : 79 254 14 56 128 000 5 6 BRIGHTNESS: 50 7 CONTRAST : 56 8 HUE : 50 9 10

11 12 13 14 15

Figure 5-4 CSM 2

The next Customer Service Menu (CSM2) shows the following information:

• Line 6: “BRIGHTNESS”. Value indicates level at entry CSM.

• Line 7: “CONTRAST”. Value indicates level at entry CSM.

• Line 8: “HUE”. Value indicates level at entry CSM.

• Line 9: “HOTEL MODE ON”. Indicates that the Hotel mode

has been activated.

5.3 Errors

5.3.1 Error code buffer

The error code buffer contains all errors detected since the last time the buffer was erased. The buffer is written from left to right. When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code buffer, the error is written at the left side and all other errors shift one position to the right.

The error code buffer will be cleared in the following cases:

– By activating the CLEAR ERRORS function in SAM menu. – By transmitting 0-6-2-5-9-9 with the normal RC. – By transmitting the commands “DIAGNOSE 99 OK” with

the DST (RC7150) or with ComPair.

– Automatically reset if its contents has not changed for 50

hours.

By leaving SDM or SAM with the mains switch, the error buffer is not reset.

Examples: ERROR: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 : No errors detected ERROR: 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 : Error code 6 is the last and only detected error ERROR: 9 6 0 0 0 0 0 : Error code 6 was first detected and error code 9 is the last detected (newest) error

The contents of the error buffer can also be made visible through the “blinking LED” procedure. This is especially useful when there is no picture. See paragraph 5.4 “The blinking LED procedure “.

CL 36532037_013.eps

280403

Service Modes, Error Messages, and Repair Tips

EN 47LC03U 5.

5.3.2 Error codes

In case of non-intermittent faults, clear the error buffer before starting the repair, to prevent that “old” error codes are present (it is wise to write down the content of the error buffer before you clear it). If possible check the entire content of the error buffers. In some situations an error code is only the result of another error code (and not the actual cause). Note: a fault in the protection detection circuitry can also lead to a protection.

Table 5-1 Error codes

Error

Error description Possible defective

code

0 No error detected - ---1-3 Reserved 4 5V protection active IC7930 or +5V I2C

5 Reserved 6 General I2C bus er-

ror 7 Reserved 8 BOCMA I2C error IC 7301 A4 9 BOCMA 8V supply

failure 10 NVM I2C error IC 7066 A1 11 NVM identification

failure 12 uProcessor internal

RAM test failure 13 Tuner I2C error IC 1100 - UR13xx A3 14 Sound processor

I2C error 15 SRAM I2C error IC 7070 A2 16 Reserved 17# 3D CF processor

I2C error 18-20 Reserved 21 Scaler protection

active 22 Scaler protection

active 23 Scaler protection

active 24* HDTV decoder I2C

error 25 Scaler protection

active 26 Reserved 27 Scaler protection

active 28 Scaler protection

active 29 Scaler uP I2C error IC 7753 or IC 7064 C8, A1 * = Not applicable to Europe execution# = Only for NAFTA

23" execution

components

devices

I2C bus s/c or o/c

IC 7910 or IC7301 A4, A10

IC 7066 A1

IC 7064 A1

IC 7620 (MSP34xx) A8

IC 7823 B

IC 7402 C4

IC 7351 C9

IC 7302 C3

IC 7252 C10

IC 7752 C8

IC 7471 C6

IC 7472 C6

Diagram

A3, A8, A10

When none of these devices responds to the micro controller for a prolonged time, the micro controller assumes that there is a failure in the 5V supply. By starting up the set with the service jumpers shorted, the 5V protection is disabled and it is easier to determine the cause. +5V protection will be activated when these I2C devices fail (no I2C communication):

– Main Tuner 1100 (diagram A3) – ITT sound processor MSP34xx IC-7620 (diagram A8)

Service tips: To isolate the problem area after overriding the +5V protection, determine whether:

1. The +5V source is working properly IC7930 (diagram A10)

2. ITT sound processor circuit is loading the +5V; isolate coil

5620 (diagram A8)

3. The audio delay IC 7601 - IC7605 is loading the +5V source; isolate coil 5601 (diagram A7)

4. Main tuner circuit is loading the +5V source; isolate coil 5122 (diagram A3)

Caution: Overriding the 5V protection when there is a 5V failure can increase the temperature in the set and may cause permanent damage to components. Do not override the 5V protection for a prolonged time.

• Error 6 = General I2C error. This will occur in the following cases:

– SCL or SDA is shorted to ground – SCL is shorted to SDA – SDA or SCL connection at the micro controller is open

circuit.

• Error 8 = BOCMA IC TDA888xx (diagram A4) I2C communication failure. BOCMA (IC7301 on TV board) is corrupted or the I2C line to the BOCMA is low or no supply voltage present at pin 14 (3V3) or no supply voltage at pin

23.

• Error 9 = BOCMA IC TDA888xx 8V failure (SUP bit). No supply voltage at pin 53. Check coil 5302.

• Error 10 = NVM I2C error (diagram A1). NVM (EEPROM IC7066) does not respond to the micro controller.

• Error 11 = Micro controller / NV Memory identification error. During the last start-up the NVM and the micro controller did not recognize each other (e.g. one of them was replaced or the NVM memory has been changed/adapted or lost), therefore the NVM was loaded with default values.

• Error 12 = Microprocessor (Painter - IC 7064) internal RAM test failure.

• Error 13 =Main Tuner I2C failure UR13xx. Tuner (item 1100, diagram A3) is corrupted or the I2C line to the tuner is low or no supply voltage at pin 3, pin 6 or 7 of the tuner.

• Error 14 =Sound processor I2C error IC7620 (MSP34xx, diagram A8). Sound controller does not respond to the micro controller.

• Error 15 =SRAM IC CY7C1019 test failure (IC7070, diagram A2). Note: Only for Europe and AP-PAL execution.

• Error 17 =3D Comb filter IC D64083GF test failure (IC7823, diagram B). Note: Only for NAFTA 23” execution.

Scaler Board

When the TV detects critical errors from the Scaler board, it will shutdown into protection mode. After a short period of time, the LED will blink according to the respective error codes.

TV-Board

Errors

• Error 0 = No error

• Error 4 = +5V protection. 5V protection active; set is

switched to protection; error code 4 is placed in the error buffer; the LED will blink 4 times (repeatedly). A 5V failure can cause a drop in the 5V supply output, resulting in an undefined behaviour of the set. Therefore, all I2C devices connected to the 5V supply are constantly monitored.

Protection errors:

• Error 21 = JagASM processor test failure (IC7402, diagram C4). During start-up of set, the Scaler will do a quick test by writing data to selective addresses and reading back the data. If the core supply voltage is too low or data line is broken, this error protection will be activated. Under these circumstances, check:

– Core supply of 2V5 to VDD pins of JagASM IC. – Clock pulse present at pin 3 of OSC generator item

1401 (diagram C4).

EN 48 LC03U5.

Service Modes, Error Messages, and Repair Tips

• Error 22 = Video formatter/converter I2C error IC7351

(GENESIS FLI2300, diagram C9).

• Error 23 = Video decoder I2C error IC7302 (Philips SAA7118E, diagram C3). Note: BGA IC fixed with a heat sink (see chapter 4 how to remove).

• Error 25 = NVM I2C error (diagram C8). NV memory (EEPROM - IC7752) does not respond to Scaler micro controller.

• Error 27 = SRAM IC MT48LC2M32B2TG test failure (IC7471, diagram C6).

• Error 28 = SRAM IC MT48LC2M32B2TG test failure (IC7472, diagram C6).

Non-Protection errors:

• Error 24 = HDTV decoder I2C error IC7252 (AD9883, diagram C10). Note: This error is NOT applicable to Europe execution.

• Error 29 = TV uP IC7064 (diagram A1) and Scaler uP IC7753 (diagram C8) I2C communication failure. When this error occurred, there is no display on screen. In order to read this error code, either activate SDM or press “062501” to read out the error code by blinking LED. Alternatively, read the error codes out by using ComPair.

5.4 The “Blinking LED” procedure

The contents of the error buffer can also be made visible through the “Blinking LED” procedure. This is especially useful when there is no picture.

When the SDM is entered, the LED will blink the contents of the error-buffer. Error-codes ≥ 10 are shown by a long blink of 750msec, which is an indication of the decimal digit, followed by a pause of 1500msec. followed by n short blinks. When all the error-codes are displayed, the sequence is finished with a LED display of 3 seconds. The sequence starts again.

Example:

Error code position: 1 2 3 4 5 Error buffer: 12 9 6 0 0 This gives after activating SDM: 1 long blink of 750msec + pause of 1500msec + 2 short blinks - pause of 3 s - 9 short blinks - pause of 3 s - 6 short blinks - pause of 3 s - long blink of 3 s - etc.

Note: If errors 1, 2 or 4 occur, the LED always blinks the last occurred error, even if the set is not in service mode.

Another method of reading out a single error code is to use a standard RC or a DST.

• Standard RC - Press “0-6-2-5-0-x” in sequence, to read (blinking LED) out a respective error code in the error buffer, where x = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7.

• DST: Press “Diagnose” “x” “OK” to read (blinking LED) out a respective error code in the error buffer, where x = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7.

do not have to know anything about I2C commands yourself because ComPair takes care of this. ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically communicate with the chassis (when the microprocessor is working) and all repair information is directly available. When ComPair is installed together with the SearchMan electronic manual of the defective chassis, schematics and PWBs are only a mouse click away.

5.5.2 Specifications

ComPair consists of a Windows based faultfinding program and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product. The ComPair interface box is connected to the PC via a serial or RS232 cable.

The ComPair faultfinding program is able to determine the problem of the defective television. ComPair can gather diagnostic information in two ways:

• Automatic (by communication with the television): ComPair can automatically read out the contents of the entire error buffer. Diagnosis is done on I2C level. ComPair can access the I2C bus of the television. ComPair can send and receive I2C commands to the micro controller of the television. In this way, it is possible for ComPair to communicate (read and write) to devices on the I2C busses of the TV-set.

• Manually (by asking questions to you): Automatic diagnosis is only possible if the micro controller of the television is working correctly and only to a certain extend. When this is not the case, ComPair will guide you through the faultfinding tree by asking you questions (e.g. Does the

screen show a picture? Click on the correct answer: YES / NO) and showing you examples (e.g. Measure test-point I7 and click on the correct waveform you see on the oscilloscope). You can answer by clicking on a link (e.g.

text or a waveform picture) that will bring you to the next step in the faultfinding process.

By a combination of automatic diagnostics and an interactive question / answer procedure, ComPair will enable you to find most problems in a fast and effective way.

Beside fault finding, ComPair provides some additional features like:

• Up- or downloading of pre-sets.

• Managing of pre-set lists.

• Emulation of the Dealer Service Tool (DST).

• If both ComPair and SearchMan (Electronic Service

Manual) are installed, all the schematics and the PWBs of the set are available by clicking on the appropriate hyperlink. Example: Measure the DC-voltage on capacitor C2568 (Schematic/Panel) at the Mono-carrier. – Click on the 'Panel' hyperlink to automatically show the

PWB with a highlighted capacitor C2568.

– Click on the 'Schematic' hyperlink to automatically

show the position of the highlighted capacitor.

5.5.3 How To Connect

5.5 ComPair

5.5.1 Introduction

ComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a service tool for Philips Consumer Electronics products. ComPair is a further development on the European DST (Dealer Service Tool), which allows faster and more accurate diagnostics. ComPair has three big advantages: ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on how to repair the chassis in a short time by guiding you systematically through the repair procedures. ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics (on I2C level) and is therefore capable of accurately indicating problem areas. You

1. First, install the ComPair Browser software (see the Quick Reference Card for installation instructions).

2. Connect the RS232 interface cable between a free serial (COM) port of your PC and the PC connector (marked with 'PC') of the ComPair interface.

3. Connect the mains adapter to the supply connector (marked with 'POWER 9V DC') of the ComPair interface.

4. Switch the ComPair interface 'OFF'.

5. Switch the television set 'OFF' with the mains switch.

6. Connect the ComPair interface cable between the

connector on the rear side of the ComPair interface (marked with 'I2C') and the ComPair connector inside the TV (the ComPair connector (pos.nr.1111) is situated close to the tuner on the TV Board, see Chassis Overview in chapter 1).

Service Modes, Error Messages, and Repair Tips

EN 49LC03U 5.

7. Plug the mains adapter in a mains outlet, and switch the interface 'ON'. The green and red LEDs light up together. The red LED extinguishes after approx. 1 second while the green LED remains lit.

8. Start the ComPair program and read the 'Introduction' chapter.

LCD PANEL

To LCD

Speaker assy R

To Inverter

ComPair

SERVICE

CONNECTOR

PC VCR I2CPower

9V DC

Figure 5-5 ComPair Interface connection

5.5.4 How To Order

ComPair order codes (for US only):

• ComPair Software: ST4191

• ComPair Interface Box: 4822 727 21631

• AC Adapter: T405-ND

• ComPair Quick Start Guide: ST4190

Note: If you encounter any problems, contact your local support desk

5.6 Trouble Shooting Tips

5.6.1 Scaler/TV Board Power Supply Problems

In this paragraph some troubleshooting steps for checking the power supply of the Scaler-board and TV-board circuitry are described.

• Measure across pin-1 and pin-4 of connector 1003 (diagram C1). +12V (15” and 17”) or +24V (23”) should be present. If the voltage is not present, probably is caused by:

– AC to DC adaptor is defect. – Short circuit in TV-board (can be isolated by connector

1003).

– Fuse 1002 is open circuit.

• Measure across C2923 (diagram A10). +3V3 should be

present. If not present, probably this is caused by:

– IC7920 is defective. – R3925 is defective. – The power supply circuit (diagram C1) is defective (see

Scaler-board circuit trouble shooting tips).

• Measure R3017 or R3085 (diagram A1) with oscilloscope. There should be I2C activity. If no activity is present, this probably is caused by:

– IC 7064 micro-P is defective. – The I2C clock line or data line is grounded. (LED

should blink indicating SW protection is active).

– The IC 7064 reset circuit consisting of T7063, T7067

and T7069 and its surrounding components are defective.

• Measure pin-19 of connector 1010 (diagram A1). The standby signal should be high (2V9). If not high, probably this is caused by:

– IC 7064 micro-P is defective (output port pin-13). – Transistor 7062 is defective.

Speaker assy L

CL36532000_000.eps

011003

• Measure across C2913/C2933 (diagram A10). +8V3/+5V4 should be present respectively. If not present, probably this is caused by:

– IC 7910/7930 regulator is defective. – Fuse 1903 is defective. – Switching FET 7900 is defective. – Transistor T7901 is defective.

• Measure across C2007 (diagram C1). +5V should be

present. If not present, probably this is caused by:

– +5V grounded by the load. – Regulator IC 7001 is defective. – Control transistor T7003/7002 is defective. – Scaler power control signal line (POW-CON-SCALER

coming from TV-board) is defective.

• Measure pin-4 or pin-5 of connector 1402 (diagram C4). Pin-4 should be high (+4V7) and pin-5 also should be high (+3V4). If one/both of the voltage is not present, probably this is caused by:

– IC 7402 (JagASM) is defective. – Transistor 7403 is defective. – Inverter board is defective.

• Measure pin-4 or pin-5 of connector 1402 (diagram C4).

Pin-4 should be high (+4V7) and pin-5 also should be high (+3V4). If one/both of the voltage is not present, probably this is caused by:

– IC 7402 (JagASM) is defective. – Transistor T7403 is defective. – Inverter board is loading either of the voltage.

5.6.2 General Problems

TV switched “off” or changed channel without any user action

Set switches off after “TV SWITCHING OFF” was displayed. “Auto Standby” switched the set “off” because:

• There was no ident signal for more than 15 minutes.

• There was no remote control signal received or local key

pressed for > 2 hours.

See chapter 8 for a description on the options to enable/disable “Auto Standby”.

5.6.3 Picture problems

Picture too dark or too bright

• Press “Smart Picture” button on the remote control. In case the picture improves, increase / decrease the brightness value or increase / decrease the contrast value. The new “Personal Preference” value is automatically stored after 3 minutes.

• After switching on the Customer Service Mode the picture is OK. Increase / decrease the brightness value or increase / decrease the contrast value. The new “Personal Preference” value is automatically stored after 3 minutes.

Snowy picture

Check the “NOT TUNED” section of the Customer Service Mode screen.

Snowy picture and/or unstable picture

A scrambled or decoded signal is received.

Black and white picture

• Press “Smart Picture” button on the remote control. In case picture improves, increase the colour value. The new “Personal Preference” value is automatically stored after 3 minutes.

• After switching on the Customer Service Mode the picture is OK. Increase the colour value. The new “Personal Preference” value is automatically stored after 3 minutes.

EN 50 LC03U5.

Menu text not sharp enough

• Press “Smart Picture” button on the remote control. In case the picture improves, decrease the contrast value. The new “Personal Preference” value is automatically stored after 3 minutes.

• After switching on the Customer Service Mode the picture is OK. Decrease the contrast value. The new “Personal Preference” value is automatically stored after 3 minutes.

5.6.4 Sound problems

No sound or sound too loud (after channel change / switching on)

After switching on the Customer Service Mode the volume is OK. Increase / decrease the volume level. The new “Personal Preference” value is automatically stored after 3 minutes.

5.6.5 Extra information/tips:

• When the set is in PC mode and there is no VGA signal present at PC-in connector, the set will shutdown to standby in couple of seconds after showing “NO VIDEO INPUT”. This is a normal behaviour of the set to safe power.

• The Scaler is the driving engine of the LCD panel. When there is no display and OSD on screen, check whether sound is producible on TV channel. If sound is audible, most likely the defective lies in Scaler board or inverter board.

• To know fast whether inverter is functioning, visually check if the backlights are “on” by looking at the back of the LCD panel. Some bright spots can be seen on the side. Other way to tell whether the backlight is working is to switch the set to AV mode. The front of the screen had some kind of “fogged” effect. Note: when one of the backlight connectors has loosened, the inverter circuit will be shut down.

• If the supply to the LCD panel is OK (likewise for backlight supply), but no data signals (example: signals on connector 1506) supplied from Scaler to LCD panel, you will notice that the LCD screen will shown full screen in sequential of BLUE, GREEN, RED, BLANK, dark-GREY, light-GREY and WHITE repeatedly. It means LCD panel is in good condition. The fault lies in the Scaler board.

• No PIP in PC mode (picture in graphic). For PIP to work, the refresh rate of the PC must be set to 60Hz or below

Service Modes, Error Messages, and Repair Tips

Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Wiring Diagram

0

1

6. Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Wiring Diagram

Block Diagram (Tuner-IF-Video)

51LC03U 6.







!!

&*&

 &



-&







!

"&



.





 

!





A3











 



A11

!

&"& &

D

3 !



 

"



**

"3 "&

3



.

"&





"&





" "& $



.

"&





"& + , "

A5

!

!53"

!53

.-!5!"

-5"

5"

!5!"

#"5."

-!5&&

-"5"

"5"

5&

!





3"

!

.-&"



A10

!!$

!





!



"

"!



#

&"

&"

& $$.

-.

A1





$  && $&"#

A4





!





/) "& 

A5



"!



.-&"



&"



"









  









 

 













"& 

$ '()

2.-&

$ -.



"#3&5

7





$&6&6

A1 A9

!

!









7







 

















&



$  && $&"#

  





  



3"&#

 

A4

"-/"

"/" -/



-!5&&

#"5."

-"5" "5"

 ! 







/& #/&

-/&

-/&

*! 

-" &





& &



!

 







." " "

.3"&# 3"&# 3"&#



!2/

"







"!

"

"

*

-



!

!  

  

  

  





"!55&

"!5&2



!

$

"$ 6"3

#-*

.

"

#-*

.

"/

.

"



)



#-

"$





"!55"



A6

 &- "

!!



."

! !



"

&&

&

"#

#-*

.

"/

"!

- 

)

"-)

#-

&$

3



*



3

 !!

!







 ! 

! ! !





! !

&-& &







56 "& "&

 

!



!

-

!











E

!

!

  

 

&





!

J



!

  







,



!













,



!











!

!-



!



&$ &&

:

&

"



!

!



 

!

!



!



!









A7

A8



"

"-/"

"/"

3"&#

A5

A1

"& . 0 (1

"& $&"#

"



" !



5"

!5!"

&"

$3"&

5&

&  &-" $

!



!





!







  !







 



&2!34













A9







*

*

!





A1

"

#"

-"

"& $ !76

3$"

&5-

$&6&6

-.

&5



 

!!$

01



01





01

08 + 81

A1

!!$

!8 &.

 

 









 &-

"

! !

01

& & !8

.



*39

!  !





! 



!

01



 



#

!













. #&

A5

! 

:  :



!



!

!











!



&-



!

 :  !

""

#



!





! !

!

!



SP36532037_025.eps

120803



03"&#1

/) 6

3$

!





!





A5



"#3

Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Wiring Diagram

Block Diagram (TV Control and Inverter Panel)

CONTROLS

A 1

A11

STAND-BY

PC-VSYNC

(SCART)

STATUS2_SVHS-RR-DET STATUS1 (SCART) KEYBOARD LIGHT-SENSOR_SDM

7062

3037

A6

SYS2

A6

A11

CVBS-TXT-CC

A6 A11

SVHS-SIDE-DET

A11

B-TXT-OSD

A4

G-TXT-OSD

A4

R-TXT-OSD

A4

FBL-TXT-OSD

A4

TV-IRQ

COMM-LINE

A11

SYS1

STBY-LED

G-SC1-IN_Y-IN

+3V5

SDA-NVM

+3V5

N.C.

N.C. N.C. N.C.

N.C. N.C.

N.C.

N.C. N.C.

7064

100 1 2 4 5 6 8 9

10 13

14 15

16

17 18

22 23

24 25

26 27 28

29

31 32 33 36 37 38 39 40 44 45 46 47 48 49 51

52

98

97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 76 75 73

70 67 66 65 64 63 59 55

54 53

PC-TV-LED HP-SIDE-DET

HIS-OFF

SEL-MAIN-FRNT-RR SOUND-ENABLE

N.C.

SDA-0 SCL-0

SCL-NVM

3081

7063

3082

N.C.

+3V5

2043

6031

3083

7069

3034

A11

A9

A5

A5 A9

30703071

3029

7068

+3V5

POWER-DOWN

7067

2057

SEL-IF-LL_M-TRAP

7053-B

7053-A

+3V5

7066

VCC

5

SDA

NVM

6

SCL

COMM-LINE

7022

3068

3072

CLOCK12MHZ

3055

VS-OSD V-SYNC

SEL-MAIN-R1R2

3056

HS-OSD H-SYNC

8

WC_

RC5

7

A11

A8 A8

A5 A4 A4 A4

A11

A10

A4

A5

A4 A5

A5

PC-HDAUDIO-L PC-HDAUDIO-R

STAND-BY PC-HSYNC PC-VSYNC

SDA-1

TV-IRQ

SCL-1

VS-OSD HS-OSD C-SYNC B-DRIVE

G-DRIVE R-DRIVE

52LC03U 6.

1010

22 20 19 17 16

14

13 12

10

9 7

5 3 1

TO/FROM

1681 OF

SCALER BOARD

C 2

TO/FROM

1402 OF SCALER

C 4

INVERTER (AMBIT)

ONLY FOR 15" & 17"

CN1

6,7,8

ON/OFF

5 4

Vbri

1,2,3

F1

R1 R5

CN2

D30

1 3

CN3

CN4

CN5

TO LCD BACK-

LIGHT CONN.

TO LCD BACK-

LIGHT CONN.

High AC voltage

BALANCE

CIRCUIT

T1

Q8

R8

C4,5

C3

R3

Q2

R4

R6

R7

Q1

D1,Q3

Q4-Q6

3

13

+

U1D

12

L1

D3,8

R19

+12V

+5V

D4

R10

11

10

-

R21

Q9

D5

+5V

R12

C10,11

14

Q51

Vbri

+

U1C

-

+5V

Protection circuit

R60

Q10

High AC voltage

T2

R37

+5V

9

8

R62

Q53

R15

R17

R64

D32,33

D6,7

BALANCE

CIRCUIT

D31

D34

Version 1.0 Final 03-04-11

Q14

R38

SP36532037_026.eps

250403

Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Wiring Diagram

Block Diagram (Scaler Board)

53LC03U 6.

A 1

TO/FROM 1010 TV BOARD

12/24V

DC-IN

TO/FROM

1902 OF TV

BOARD

A 10

C 2

1681

10

9 7 5 3 1

22 20 19 17 16

14

13

12

HDTV - DECODER

C 10

HD I/P

Pr

Pb

Y

AUDIO

L

R

POWER

C 1

POW-CON-SCALER

C2

12-24DC-SUP

1001

1002

+5V

1003

I/O & INTERFACE

VS-OSD HS-OSD

AV-CVBS

(C-SYNC) B-Pb G-Y R-Pr

PC-HDAUDIO-L

PC-HDAUDIO-R

POW-CON-SCALER PC-HSYNC PC-VSYNC SDA-1 TV-IRQ SCL-1

HDTV-V

HDTV-U

HDTV-Y

PC-HDAUDIO-L

PC-HDAUDIO-R

C8 C8

3001

+5V

(2)

3015

3014

(1)

(1) = FOR 15"/17" ONLY

(2) = FOR 23" ONLY

4

PANEL-PWR-ON

3

2 1

C2

IICSDA IICSCL

12-24DC-SUP

3005

7002

(1)

5010

(2)

5011

C4

C 3

2304 2305 2308

2315

C10 C10

C1

C9 C9

C8 C8 C8

7252

RAIN

54

Clamp A/D

BAIN

43

Clamp

GAIN

48

Clamp

SOGIN

49

SDA

57 56

SCL

FILT

33 3264

2251 2253

7001

1

OUT

VIN

5

FB

ON|OFF

3

7003

(1)

5013

(2)

5015

7005

3016 7004

3009/10

VIDEO DECODER

7302

A3

N10

C7

K1

AI12

F2

AI32

G3

AI22

Analog Input

D2

AI42

Power

VXDD

3 2,4

+5

Sync Proc

Clock

Gen

Serial Reg

PWR Mgmt

VD

PVD

5001

2

6002

4

(supply for LCD panel)

(2)

5014

7010

8

7

OSC

VCC

6

1301

Sync

Video Proc

Ctrl

VDDI

VDDE

7301

IN

ADJ

VDD

7251

OUT

ADJ

PAN-VCC

12V

S

R

5

B4

+3V3

OUT

1

A/D

IN

1

2007

Q

REF

P10 N9

IIC Reg Map

YCBCR

S

Decoder O/P

VDDA

SOGOUT

65

DATACLK

67

HSOUT

66

VSOUT

64

+3V3

32,4

+5

7008

32

3012

7007

3

7009

3

1

2 3

4

HDTV-SOG HDTV-CLK

1

3011

2

1

2

1

7006

1

ONLY FOR 23"

2025

2026

IICSDA IICSCL

X-PORT

HDTV-HSYNC

HDTV-VSYNC

2018

2013

2015

23

2006

5025

12V

XPDO XPD7

XCLK

6025

:

XRV

XRH

8

C 9

DA-DATA 0....7

DA-FID DA-HSYNC DA-CLK DA-VSYNC

V0..V7

U0..Y7

8

Y0..U7

C4

+2V5

+5

+2V5I

+2V5II

+3V3

+1V8

VIDEO CONVERTER

7351

206

208

195

207

5

4

1

2

VDD

+3V3

PC-IN

C 7

C2

PC-HSYNC

PC-VSYNC

7206

+5

3

VCC

RESET GND

1

PORT

8 BIT YCrCb INPUT

PORT

24 BIT YCrCb INPUT

DAC_VDD

+3V3

2

INPUT PROC

AUTO SYNC

AUTO ADJ

1

VDDcore

+1V8

13

3

PC-IN

5

15

11

1

2

9

CLK & CONTROL

+3V3

7201

9

7203

1

34

5

98

11 10

13 12

13M5

191 192

CLK GEN

De-interlace

SDRAM

Interface

DATA 0...31

TIMING

SDRAM

REG

2M x 32

VDD/VDDQ

DDCSCL

12

RXD

15

1

DDCSDA TXD

2

BLUEP&N

2

GREENP&N REDP&N

2

PC-HSYNC-ASM

6

PC-VSYNC-ASM

1351

PLLs

NR

FRC

7352

23582356

RESET#

RESET

47

ADDR 0...10

C8

C4 C4 C4

C4

C4,C9

(NOT USED)

SOFT-RESET

IICSCL IICSDA

46

45

O/P Proc

Sync Gen

DACs

Horizontal

and

Vertical

Enhancers

Horizontal

and Vertical Scalers

7202 6

DDC

NVM

5

DDC5V

OUTPUT (LVDS)

C 5

7501

27

28

TTL PARALLEL-TO-LVDS

30 31

PLL

32

PWRDWN

3511

+3V3

1,9,26

+5

3432

3434

7403

PANEL-PWR-ON C1

5

6

7754

DATA

FLASH

ROM

ADDR 0...17

MCA12 MCA13

7756-A

1

3

OR

10

2

7756-C

9

7756-B 7757-A

4 5

8

OR

C4, C8 C8 C8 C4

TXOUT0-

TXOUT0+

TXOUT1-

TXOUT1+

TXOUT2-

TXOUT2+

TXOUT3-

TXOUT3+

TXCLKOUT-

TXCLKOUT+

VCC

LVDSVCC

PLLVCC

34 44

+3PLL

12-24DC-SUP

ON-OFF

Vbri

7755-A

1Y

MCWR#

2

1A

0

1

PSEN#

3

1A

1

JAGUAR#

1

2

1E

MCALE

+3V3

3758

31

WE

24

PSEN#

OE

22

PROMCS#

CE

7755-B

14

2A

13

2A12Y

15

2E

6

OR

Ver 1.1 Final 03-03-18

48 47

46 45

42 41

38 37

40 39

PAN-VCC

+3LVDS

0

1

12

1506

2 4

10 12

18 20

6,7,8

26 28

34 36 40

1402

3

TO LCD PANEL

5

4

3

TO INVERTER PANEL

(15" & 17" ONLY)

1,2,3

C8

11

3

WP-S

7402-JagASM

HDTV-HSYNC

C4

HDTV-VSYNC

7753

8 2 3

XIN

PARHS_PADE

FE 24-BIT PORT

B

VGA ADC

MCRESET#

MCALE

MCINT

MEMCLK

SDRAM

INTERFACE

P1.6 P1.0 P1.1

PLL1 PLL2

+5

VIDEO

CAPTURE

SMART SET

SURE SYNC

VIDEO

CAPTURE

PAHSYNC

VDD

MEM CLK

PANEL CLK

SCALER

SCALING ENGINE

CONTROLLER

INTERFACE

PAVSYNC

44

MUX

SYNC

BE

MUX

MEM

BE

MICRO-

MCA8...9

PWM

ADR

<8:17>

MCAD0...7

36...43

DATA

TFT OUTPUT

OSD

OVERLAY

PIP

OVERLAY

PENBKL

PWM1

PENVDD

MCRD#

MCWR#

9, 19, 24...31

PRB, PRB, PBB

3 x 8-BIT TTL

FHSYNC FVSYNC FDE FSHFCLK

+3V3 +2V5

JRD#

JWR#

MCAD0...7

7751

LATCH

MCA0...7

MCA8...17

C1 EN

C8

+3V3

1,4

1401

OSC GEN

SCALER

C 4

2

C4

HDTV-SOG

8

B-U-OUT 0...7

8

R-V-OUT 0...7

8

G-Y-OUT 0...7

C 6

HS-S23 VS-S23 CLK-S23

2

C7 C7

C7

C7 C7 C7 C8 C8 C8

REDP&N

2

GREENP&N

2

BLUEP&N

PC-HSYNC-ASM

PC-VSYNC-ASM

RESET#

MCALE

MCINT-ASM

MEMCLK

SDRAM

118

119

125

7471

+3V3

VDD/VDDQ

SDRAM 2M x 32

TIMING

REG

TSA0...10

CLK & CONTROL

TIMING

REG

SDO...31

SD31...63

7472

MICRO-P

C 8

+5

7752

8

7 6

NVM

5

8

IICSDA IICSCL

C2

C9

C7 C7 C2 C4

SDA-1

DCCCTL

SCL-1

SOFT-RESET

(NOT USED)

RXD

TXD

TV-IRQ

MCINT-ASM

4

P1.2

5

P1.3

7

P1.5

17

P3.5

11

UART

13 15

INT

14

10

RST

CPU

TIMING & CTRL

OSC CLK

ALE

PSEN

WR

35

EA

33 32 18 20

21

MCA15 MCA14

3757

MCALE PSEN# MCWR# MEMCLK

2753

MCA16

1753

MCA17

2754

CL 36532023_002.eps

190303

Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Wiring Diagram

I2C-IC’s and Error Codes Overview

IIC

A1

+3V5

A3

TUNER

A4

IF-VIDEO

54LC03U 6.

AUDIO

A8

PROCESSING

7064

SAA5667

U-CONT

ERR

12,29

82 81

1 78

84 83

3085 3017

SDA-NVM SCL-NVM

7066

M24C32

(NVM)

EEPROM

3018 3019

A2

3048

3047

+3V5

3064 3065

56

ERR

10,11

SRAM

7070

CY7C1019CV33

SRAM

ERR

15

SDA-0 SCL-0

SDA-1 SCL-1

A1

1010 14

12

3101

3100

54

1100

TUNER

UR1336

ERR

13

C2

1681

14 12

COMPAIR

CONNECTOR

FOR SERVICE

(REACHABLE VIA

HOLE IN REAR

COVER)

uP

C8

+5

3753

3768

3754

1111

3621

3331

3332

1

2

3

18

7301

TDA8887

BOCMA

VIDEO PROC.

ERR

8

17

MSP3410G

DECODER

+5

3769

4 7

7753

PC251

uC

SCALER

ERR

29

3771

3 2

11 13

3770

IIC SDA IIC SCL

RXD TXD

3620

21

7620

AUDIO

ERR

14

+5

3751

3752

56

7752

M24C16

NVM

ERR

25

C3

VIDEO DECODER

3327

P10 N9

7302

SAA7118E

VIDEO

DECODER

ERR

VIDEO

C9

CONVERTER

3328

3356

3354

46 45

7351

FAROUJAS2300

VIDEO

CONVERTER

23

ERR

22

HDTV

C10

DECODER

(only for AP, NAFTA and LATAM)

AD9883AKST

3267

57 56

7252

HDTV

DECODER

ERR

24

3266

C7

PC-IN

6

1

5

1752

RXD

TXD

1

2

3

4

1751

1

2

3

4

5

FOR DEBUGGING PURPOSE

IIC SDA

DDC5V

11

10

15

3216

12

3215

15

3212 3211

7201 74HC4052D

3

13

DDCCTL

1

DDCSDA

2

TXD

12

DDCSCL

15

RXD

7202

M24C02-WMN6

RXD

TXD

EEPROM

+3V3

IIC SCL

+5

RESET

Error codes

Error code Error description Possible defective 0 No error detected ----

1 - 3 Reserved 4 5V protection

5 Reserved 6 General I2C bus

7 Reser ved 8 BOCMA I2C error IC 7301 A4 9 BOCMA 8V supply

10 NVM I2C error IC 7066 A1 11 NVM identification

12 uProcessor internal 13 Tuner I2C error IC 1100 UR13xx A3

14 Sound processor 15 SRAM I2C error IC 7070 A2

16 Reserved 18 - 20 Reserved 21 Scaler protection

22 Scaler protection 23 Scaler protection 24* HDTV decoder I2C 25 Scaler protection 26 Reserved

27 Scaler protection 28 Scaler protection

29 Scaler uP I2C error IC 7753 or IC 7064 C8, A1 * = Not applicable to Europe execution # = Only for NAFTA 23” execution

active

error

failure

failure RAM test failure

I2C error

active active active error active

active active

components

IC7930 or +5V I2C devices

I2C bus s/c or o/c

IC 7910 or IC7301 A4, A10

IC 7066 A1 IC 7064 A1

IC 7620 (MSP34xx)

IC 7402 C4 IC 7351 C9 IC 7302 C3 IC 7252 C10 IC 7752 C8

IC 7471 C6 IC 7472 C6

Diagram

A3, A8, A10

A8

CL 36532037_007.eps

230403

Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Wiring Diagram

Powerlines Overview

55LC03U 6.

SUPPLY

UNIT

12V SS 24V LS

C1

1001-1 1

POW_CON_SCALER

12_24DC_SUP

C5

PAN_VCC

+3V3

POWER

2

5009

+5

5003

5004

+5

5012

+5

SS (12V) ONLY

5010

+5

LS (24V) ONLY

5011

SS (12V) ONLY

5013

LS (24V) ONLY

5015

OUTPUT (LVDS)

5521

5517

1002

7000mA

7001

21

CONTROL

7009

23

7006

23

7007

23

7008

23

7010 MC34063A

CONTROL

62

+

STABILIZER

5001

CONTROL

PANEL_PWR_CTR

5025

5002

5006

5005

7005

4

5014

5026

3517

3516

12_24DC_SUP

+5V

+3V3

+1V8

+2V5I

+2V5II

+2V5

PAN_VCC

+12V

+3V3

+3LVDS

+3PLL

1506

39

40

1003

+3V3

+1V8

+2V5I

+2V5II

+2V5

1

2

3

4

+5V

1x

5x

8x

1x

2x

1x

LCD MONITOR

MONITOR CONNECTION

+3V3

VIDEO DECODER

C3

7301

+5

+3V3

C4

12_24DC_SUP

+3V3

+2V5

+25VI

+2V5II

+5V

C6

+3V3

C7

+2V5I

+3V3

+5V

1201

10

5

1

C8

+5

+3V3

C9

+3V3

+1V8

C10

+5

(RESERVED)

+3V3

5304

23

SCALER

5401

SDRAM (SCALER)

PC-IN

6212

6211

15

3221

6

11

PC INPUT

uP

VIDEO CONNECTOR

5354

5351

5352

5353

5357

HDTV-DECODER

(only for AP, NAFTA and LATAM)

7251

5258

23

5257

6261

K4-7302

+3V3

ON/OFF

+3V3

+3V3_ASM

+2V5

+25VI

+2V5II

+5V

+3V3

+2V5I

+3V3

+5V

3226

5206

+5

+3V3

DAC_3V3

VDD_IO_3V3

+1V8

DAC_1V8

PLL_1V8

VDD_CORE_1V8

+5

(26-7252)

PVD +5A

+3V3

INVERTER (FOR 15" AND 17" ONLY)

IN

CN1

8

7

1402

6

7

8

5

DCC5V

1752

2

1751

+5

1

6

5

4

FOR DEBUGGING PURPOSE

ON/OFF

Vbri

F1

F4A

R1Q1R5

L1 L2

Q8

R8 C4,5

C3

R3

Q2

R4

R6

D1,Q3

Q4-Q6

CONTROL

Va

R7

5V

D3,8

BACK

LIGHT

OUTPUT

CN2

Vb

1

3

CN3

1

3

BACK LIGHT

CN4

1

3

CN5

1

3

U_CONT

A1

+3V5

+5V4

MEMORY

A2

+3V5

TUNER

A3

+5V4

7120

CONVERTER

IF VIDEO

A4

+3V5

+5V4

+8V3

4303

VIDEO

A5

+5V4

+8V3

A6

3174

AUDIO DELAY LINE

A7

+5V4

A10

1902

4

3

2

1

DC/DC

5301

5601

LOCAL SUPPLY

12_24DC_SUP

1903

11V9

3

2

1600mA

7900

1

CONTROL

STANDBY

+3V5

+5V4

+3V5

+5V4

9-1100 TUNING VOLTAGE

+3V5

+5V4

+8V3

+8V3A

+5V4

+8V3

+8V3A

5433

+8V3B

5V

+5VD

5930

33u

5900

5901

3925

3904

3915

3930

7920

6925

CONTROL

AND

STABILIZER

7903,7904

POWER

DOWN

CIRCUIT

7910

CONTROL

AND

STABILIZER

7930

CONTROL

AND

STABILIZER

A8

+5V4

+8V3

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

A9

12_24DC_SUP_1

+3V5

CINCH

A11

12_24DC_SUP

+3V5

+8V3

FRONT LED

J

1170

2

7

+3V5

+8V3

5620

5921

26

5911

27

5931

27

+3V5

+8V3

12_24DC_SUP

12_24DC_SUP-1

250mA

POWER_DOWN

300mA/400mA

320mA

+5V4

+5V4A

+8V3

+12_24DC_SUP_1

+3V5

12_24DC_SUP

(FOR ITV ONLY) +3V5

+8V3

4203

(NOT FOR ITV

CL 36532037_006.eps

+3V5+3V5

+8V3+8V3

+5V4+5V4

1231

220403

1x

5x

4x

7x

2

7

Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Wiring Diagram

Testpoint Overview TV Board (15”/17”)

F002 C4 F003 D7 F004 D6 F006 D5 F007 D5 F008 D6 F010 E5 F011 D5

F012 E5 F013 E5 F014 E6 F015 E6 F022 E5 F025 E6 F032 E6 F044 E5

F045 D5 F046 D5 F054 E5 F066 D6 F068 D5 F070 B6 F071 B6 F072 B6

F073 B6 F074 B6 F075 B6 F076 B5 F077 B7 F080 C5 F085 C5 F101 D9

F102 D8 F103 C8 F104 C8 F105 A10 F106 D9 F107 D9 F108 D9 F109 C9

F164 D8 F201 F8 F202 D10 F203 F7 F204 E10 F205 E10 F207 F10 F208 D10

F212 F8 F214 F8 F215 F9 F217 F9 F218 E9 F220 F6 F221 E7 F222 E7

F223 E6 F224 E8 F225 F5 F226 E5 F227 E6 F228 F6 F229 F7 F230 E7

56LC03U 6.

F231 F9 F234 F8 F235 E8 F236 E9 F237 F9 F238 E9 F301 C6 F302 C7

F321 B6 F337 C6 F338 C6 F339 C6 F340 C6 F341 C6 F342 C6 F345 B6

F346 C6 F349 C6 F350 C7 F351 B6 F352 B6 F355 A6 F358 B6 F385 A7

F413 D7 F426 E7 F427 E8 F428 E8 F429 E7 F430 E7 F431 E7 F432 D7

F470 C5 F471 C6 F472 C6 F473 C5 F474 C5 F476 C5 F477 B6 F478 B6

F479 C6 F480 C6 F601 C1 F602 C2 F603 D1 F610 D1 F612 D1 F613 F1

F620 D3 F621 C4 F622 C4 F626 C4 F640 C4 F645 B4 F646 C4 F650 C3

F655 D3 F656 D3 F676 C4 F731 D2 F732 D2 F735 D3 F736 E3 F737 E3

F738 E3 F739 E2 F740 D2 F743 E5 F745 E2 F755 E4 F759 E3 F900 A1

F901 A2 F902 A2 F903 E3 F906 B1 F907 B3 F908 B4

3139 123 5667.4

CL 36532037_021.eps

061003

Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Wiring Diagram

57LC03U 6.

Waveforms TV Board (15”/17”)

F044

1V / div DC

5ms / div

F054

1V / div DC

20µs / div

F080 = 2V3 DC F107

1V / div AC

20µs / div

F108

1V / div DC

20µs / div

F340

1V / div DC

20µs / div

F341

1V / div DC

20µs / div

F342

1V / div DC

20µs / div

F346

1V / div DC

20µs / div

F350

1V / div DC

20µs / div

F352

200mV / div DC

20µs / div

F358

200mV / div DC

20µs / div

F385

200mV / div DC

20µs / div

F413

1V / div DC

20µs / div

F426

200mV / div DC

20µs / div

F428

2V / div DC

20µs / div

F470

500mV / div DC

20µs / div

F471

500mV / div DC

20µs / div

F472

500mV / div DC

20µs / div

F480

1V / div DC

20µs / div

F602

2V / div AC

2ms / div

F603

2V / div AC

2ms / div

F622

100mV / div AC

5µs / div

F735

20mV / div AC

1ms / div

F736

20mV / div AC

1ms / div

F740

20mV / div AC

1ms / div

F906 = 8V3 DC F907 = 5V4 DC F908 = 3V5 DC

CL 36532037_027.eps

250403

Mapping Testpoint Overview and Waveforms Scaler Board

F001 A7 F002 A7 F003 D1 F005 B1 F006 D1 F007 D1 F008 A7 F026 C1 F201 B7 F202 A7 F203 A7 F204 A7 F205 A7 F206 B7 F207 B7 F210 A7 F218 A7 F222 A7 F250 B7 F251 C7 F252 D7 F253 C7 F254 B7 F256 C7 F351 C5 F352 C5 F353 C5 F354 C6 F355 C6 F356 C6 F401 A3 F402 A3 F403 A3 F404 A3 F405 B6 F528 A3 F529 B3 F530 B3 F531 B3 F532 B3 F533 B3 F534 B3 F535 A3 F536 A3 F537 B6 F538 A4 F539 B4 F540 A3 F541 B3 F542 A3 F681 D1 F682 D1 F683 D1 F684 D2 F685 D1 F686 D2 F687 D2 F688 D2 F689 D2 F690 D2 F691 D2 F692 D2 F693 D2 F694 D2 F751 C2 F752 C2 F753 C2 F754 B2 F755 C2 F756 C2 I001 A1 I002 A1 I003 A1 I004 B1 I005 A2 I006 A2 I007 A2 I008 A2 I009 C1 I010 A6

I011 A6 I012 A6 I013 D6 I014 A3 I015 A6 I016 A6 I017 B1 I018 A1 I019 A6 I200 A7 I201 B6 I202 C7 I203 C6 I204 A6 I205 A7 I206 C6 I207 B7 I208 B6 I209 C7 I210 C7 I231 C6 I232 D7 I233 C6 I234 D7 I235 C7 I236 D5 I237 C6 I238 D7 I239 C6 I240 C6 I241 D6 I242 D6 I244 D6 I246 D6 I247 D6 I248 D7 I249 C7 I250 D6 I251 C6 I252 D7 I254 C6 I255 D6 I256 D6 I258 D6 I259 D6 I260 C6 I261 D6 I262 D6 I263 C7 I264 D6 I265 D6 I266 C7 I267 D6 I268 D6 I269 D6 I270 D6 I271 D6 I272 D4 I273 D6 I274 D6 I275 D6 I276 D6 I278 D6 I279 C7 I280 D6 I281 D6 I282 D4 I283 D6 I284 D4 I285 D6 I286 D6 I288 D6 I289 C6 I290 D4 I291 D6 I292 D4 I293 C6 I294 D6 I295 C6 I296 D5

I297 C6 I298 D5 I301 C2 I302 C2 I303 D2 I304 D3 I305 C2 I306 D1 I316 C2 I321 C2 I322 C2 I323 C2 I324 C2 I325 C2 I326 C2 I327 C2 I345 D2 I346 D2 I347 C2 I348 C2 I349 D2 I351 D3 I353 D3 I354 C3 I356 D3 I358 D3 I360 D3 I362 D3 I363 D3 I364 D3 I365 D4 I366 D4 I367 D3 I368 D3 I370 D3 I371 D2 I372 D4 I373 D3 I374 D3 I375 D3 I376 C5 I377 C3 I378 C4 I379 C4 I381 C4 I382 B4 I384 C4 I385 C4 I386 C5 I387 C4 I388 C5 I390 C5 I391 C5 I392 C5 I393 C5 I394 C5 I401 B6 I402 C6 I403 B4 I404 C6 I405 A6 I406 A5 I407 A4 I408 A4 I409 A5 I410 A5 I411 A4 I412 A5 I413 A5 I414 A5 I415 A4 I416 A5 I417 A5 I418 A4 I419 A5 I420 A6 I421 A6 I422 B6 I423 A4 I424 A3

I425 A4 I426 B5 I427 B6 I428 B6 I429 A6 I430 B6 I431 A5 I432 A5 I433 A6 I434 A6 I435 A6 I436 B5 I437 A4 I438 A4 I439 A4 I440 A5 I441 A4 I442 A4 I443 A4 I444 A5 I445 A5 I446 A5 I447 A5 I448 B5 I450 B6 I451 B6 I452 B5 I455 B6 I456 A5 I457 A6 I458 A6 I460 B4 I461 A5 I462 B5 I463 B4 I464 B4 I469 B4 I470 A5 I471 A4 I472 A6 I473 A4 I474 A4 I475 A6 I506 B4 I507 B4 I508 B4 I509 B4 I510 B4 I511 B4 I512 B4 I513 B4 I514 B4 I515 B4 I516 B4 I517 B4 I518 A4 I519 B4 I520 B4 I521 B4 I522 B4 I523 B4 I524 A4 I525 A4 I526 A4 I527 B4 I601 A4 I602 A5 I603 A5 I604 B6 I605 A4 I606 A4 I607 B5 I608 A5 I609 A5 I610 A6 I611 A6 I612 A6 I613 A4 I614 B5 I615 A5

I616 B4 I617 A5 I618 A5 I619 A4 I620 A4 I621 A5 I751 B2 I752 B2 I753 B2 I754 B2 I755 B2 I756 B2 I757 B2 I758 C2 I762 A1 I763 B3 I766 B2 I767 A2 I768 A2 I769 A2 I770 A2 I771 C2 I772 B2 I773 A2 I774 A2 I775 B2 I776 B2 I777 A2 I778 A2 I779 A2 I781 B3 I782 A2 I783 B1 I784 B2 I785 A1 I786 B2 I787 A2 I788 A1 I789 A1 I790 B2 I792 A2 I793 A2 I794 A1 I795 B1 I796 A1 I797 A1 I798 A1 I799 B3

F008 = 5V DC

F026 = 12V DC

F351

1V / div DC

10µs / div

F352C

1V / div DC

5ms / div

F353

500mV / div DC

5µs / div

F354

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F355

200mV / div DC

20µs / div

F355C

500mV / div DC

5µs / div

F402 = 3V2 DC

F403 = 4V6 DC

F405

1V / div DC

20ns / div

F529

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F530

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F531

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F532

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F533

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F534

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F535

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F536

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F537 = 3V3 DC

F538 = 3V2 DC

F539 = 3V DC

F541

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F542

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F689

1V / div DC

5ms / div

F690

1V / div DC

20µs / div

F691

200mV / div DC

20µs / div

F692

200mV / div DC

10µs / div

F693

200mV / div DC

10µs / div

F694

200mV / div DC

10µs / div

F755

1V / div DC

50µs / div

F756

1V / div DC

50µs / div

I009 = 3V3 DC I012 = 2V5 DC I013 = 1V8 DC I016 = 2V5 DC I304 = 3V3 DC

I327

1V / div DC

2µs / div

I472 = 3V3 DC I473 = 3V3 DC I474 = 3V3 DC I475 = 3V3 DC

CL 36532037_028.eps

250403

Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Wiring Diagram

Testpoint Overview Scaler Board

58LC03U 6.

3139 123 5680.3

CL 36532023_036.eps

061003

Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Wiring Diagram

Testpoint Overview TV Board (23”)

59LC03U 6.

F002 B4 F003 C5 F004 C5 F006 C4 F007 C4 F008 B5

F010 C4 F011 B4 F012 C4 F013 C5 F014 C5 F015 C5

F022 C4 F025 C5 F032 C5 F044 C4 F045 B4 F046 B4

F054 C4 F066 B5 F068 C4 F070 A5 F071 A5 F072 A5

F073 A5 F074 A5 F075 A5 F076 A4 F077 A5 F080 B4

F085 A4 F101 B8 F102 B7 F103 B6 F104 B6 F105 A8

F106 C7 F107 C7 F108 C7 F109 B8 F164 B7 F201 D6

F202 C8 F203 D6 F204 C8 F205 D8 F207 D8 F208 C8

F212 D7 F214 D6 F215 D8 F217 D7 F218 D8 F220 D5

F221 D6 F222 D5 F223 D5 F224 D6 F225 D4 F226 D4

F227 D5 F228 D5 F229 D5 F230 D6 F231 D7 F234 D7

F235 D7 F236 D7 F237 D7 F238 D7 F301 B5 F302 A6

F321 A5 F337 A5 F338 A5 F339 B5 F340 B5 F341 B5

F342 B5 F345 A5 F346 B5 F349 B5 F350 B5 F351 A5

F352 A5 F355 A5 F358 A5 F385 A6 F413 B5 F426 C6

F427 C6 F428 C6 F429 C6 F430 C6 F431 C6 F432 B6

F470 B4 F471 B5 F472 B5 F473 B4 F474 B4 F476 A4

F477 A5 F478 A5 F479 B5 F480 B5 F601 B1 F602 B1

F603 B1 F610 B1 F612 C1 F613 D1 F620 B3 F621 B3

F622 B4 F626 B3 F640 B3 F645 A3 F646 A3 F650 B2

F655 C3 F656 B3 F676 B3 F731 B1 F732 C2 F735 C2

F736 D2 F737 D2 F738 D3 F739 C2 F740 C2 F743 C4

F745 C1 F755 C3 F759 D3 F900 A1 F901 A2 F902 A1

F903 C3 F906 A1 F907 A3 F908 A4

3139 123 5686.2

CL 36532054_010.eps

061003

Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram 15" & 17"WS

Top Control Panel

E

60LC03U 6.

1500_4P

Right

Speaker

TO

D

BACK

LIGHTS

Side I/O Panel

LCD PANEL

IN

Inverter Panel

CN3_2P CN2_2P

CN1_8P

C

1402_8P

TO LCD PANEL

Scaler Board

1003_4P

1681_22P

A

TV Board

Left

Speaker

1902_4P

1732_4P

J

Front LED Panel

1170_7P

TO

BACK

LIGHTS

0240_11P

CN4_2P CN5_2P

1506_40P

1010_22P

1111_3P

ComPair

1234_4P

1231_7P

3225_11P

CL 36532023_060.eps

080403

Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Wiring Diagram

Wiring Diagram 23 Inch Wide Screen

61LC03U 6.

Wiring Diagram 23"WS

Top Control Panel

E

LCD PANEL

Scaler Board

C

1500_4P

TO LCD PANEL

TV Board

A

D

Side I/O Panel

0240_11P

Right Speaker

Front LED

J

Panel

1170_7P

TO BACK

LIGHTS

1402_8P

1506_40P

1003_4P

1681_22P

1902_4P

1010_22P

1732_4P

1111_3P

ComPair

1734_3P

Left Speaker

1234_4P

1231_7P

3225_11P

CL 36532054_024.eps

010903

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

(

7. Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

TV Board: U_Cont

U_CONT

(COMMON)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

A

B

POWER-DOWN-INT

PC-HDAUDIO-L

22

21

PC-HDAUDIO-R

20

19

STAND-BY

18

PC-HSYNC

17

PC-VSYNC

16 15 14 13 12 11 10

9 8 7 6 5 4

3 2 1

A1

A10

0V

2V9

0V

4V8 5V

SCL-1

4V8

VS-OSD 0V

HS-OSD

0V5

C-SYNC

0V6

G-DRIVE

0V6

C

1010

D

E

TO 1681 OF SCALER S23 CL BOARD

F

PC-HSYNC

A1

KEYBOARD

A11

LIGHT-SENSOR_SDM

A11

OENOT

A2

WENOT

A2

TV-IRQ

A1

STATUS2_SVHS-RR-DET

A11

HIS-OFF

A5

SOUND-ENABLE

A9

STAND-BY

A9,A10

HP-SIDE-DET

A9

POWER-DOWN

COMM-LINE

A11

(SCART)

A8

F070

F071

A1

F077

SDA-1

F073

A1

F074

TV-IRQ

A1

F072

A1

A5

B-DRIVE

A4

R-DRIVE

A4

3034

A4

A5

F080

+3V5

3022

2K2

10K

100R3021

3068

3072 100K

V-SYNC

H-SYNC

3037

10K

3038

0V6

10K

47K

BC847BW

4008 RES

7008

BFS20 3006 10K

2V9

0V6

7068 BC847BW

4036 RES

0V

BC847BW

7067

3053

10K

3052

10K

7036

0V

3008

10K

+3V5

3036

10K

+3V5

3063 2K2

2057 4u7

+3V5

7062 BC847BW

+5V4

0V

3V5

BC847BW

0V

F075

SDA-NVM

5

3V5

0V

3014 8K2

+3V5

3070

27K

3071 100K

7069

3V3

F076

SDA

+3V5

3069

15K

VSS 4

3V5

8 VCC

+5V4

3015 10K

7066

M24C32

NVM

+3V5

3062 47K

3046 4K7

+3V5

6031

BZX284-C2V4

F068

3082

10K

3083 470R

0V

7022 BC847BW

E0

E1

E2

SCL

WC_

3023

1SS355

STBY

8K2

3029

10K

6020

1

2

3

6

3V5

7

WC-NVM

3V5

+3V5

7063

BC847BW

0V7

2043

4u7

+3V5

2049 220n

SCL-NVM

F066

3099

FOR

SERVICE

F085

3094 10K

3081 4K7

P50-COMM

NOT FOR

NTSC &

LATAM

+3V5

62LC03U 7.

1010 C1 1057 E7 2010 B4

A

B

C

D

E

F

2012 E3 2013 D9 2014 D8 2015 C8 2016 C8 2017 C8 2018 F4 2019 A4 2020 A7 2021 C9 2041 F8 2042 F7 2043 E3 2044 A6 2045 B4 2046 A4 2047 B9 2048 B9 2049 A3 2050 A6 2051 F6 2052 F5 2053 A3 2054 C9 2055 F5 2056 F6 2057 E2 3002 E8 3003 F5 3004 F6 3006 A2 3007 E9 3008 A2 3009 A5 3010 F7 3012 A5 3013 A5 3014 C2 3015 C2 3016 C8 3017 B7 3018 B7 3019 B7 3021 A1 3022 A1 3023 D3 3024 A5 3028 F4 3029 F3 3030 F5 3031 D9 3032 F4 3033 C9 3034 A1 3035 D9 3036 D2 3037 D2 3038 E2 3042 A5 3043 C9 3044 E5 3045 B3 3046 D3 3047 B9 3048 B9 3049 D8 3050 A7 3051 C8 3052 F2 3053 F2 3054 F5 3055 F4 3056 F4 3057 F4 3058 F6 3059 A7 3060 F4 3061 F6 3062 C3 3063 B2 3064 A4 3065 A4 3066 A6 3068 D1 3069 D2 3070 E2

G-TXT-OSD

SEL-MAIN-FRNT-RR

(SCART)

PC-TV-LED

R-TXT-OSD

3047 2K22K2

RESRES

20472048

B-TXT-OSD

3043 150R

3033

10K

2054

RES

3092 100R

470R

3031

RES

2013

1%

3093 RES

+5V4

CLOCK12MHZ

F080 = 2V3 DC

STBY-LED

SEL-IF-LL_M-TRAP

FBL-TXT-OSD

SEL-MAIN-R1R2

CL 36532054_028.eps

STATUS1

RC5

IO(0:7)

SDA-0 SCL-0

RES

2021

SVHS-SIDE-DET

A(0:16)

G-SC1-IN_Y-IN

CVBS-TXT-CC

CENOT SYS2

SYS1

+3V5

3065 4K7

2053 10u

F045

3045

12K

+3V5

2012 RES

0V

+3V5

3032 10K

3028 47K

3084 100R

2045

18p

2010 820p

F003

F002

IO(0)

3055

10K

+3V5

3056

47K

4K7

3064

3V5 3V5

NC

A(14)

3V5

3V5 5V1

NC

0V5 0V 2V7 3V5

5V3

0V2

F046

7064

0V

2018 2n2

18p

3086 100R

2046

3V5

(1)

5

P3.2/ADC2 P3.3/ADC3

A15_LN

7

8

A14 _RD

_WR

10 11

VSSC VSSP

12 13

P0.5 _EA

14

18

P0.2/INT2

17

P0.1/TX 19 2 95 96 97

99

VSSC 93

P2.1/PWM0 85

AD0 98

P2.6/PWM5

7053-B

BC847BS

3060

10K

3057

RES

_PSEN P3.0/ADC0

P2.3/PWM2 P2.4/PWM3 P2.5/PWM4

2019 RES

F004

NC

1

3

A17_LN

P0.0/RX

P2.7/PWM6

MOVX_WR

F006

+3V5

3V5

2052 RES

+5V4

3024

3013 8K2

1K

3042 150R

F008

IO(2)

NC

3V5

0V

A(12)

37 38

47 48

G

A12

AD2

P1.1/T0

P3

0 - 7

general I/O

P0

0 - 7

P2

0 - 7

ROMBK.0

MOVX_RD

RESET

_RESET

0V

NC

F007

+3V5

3044 10K

2055 RES

3V5

0V2

7053-A

+5V4

RES

3012

0V

5V3

4

94

P3.1/ADC1

P2.2/PWM1

I2C-bus,

ROM

(128 K/

192 K

BYTES)

ROMBK.1

ROMBK.2

F044

F054

3054 10K

3003 10K

BC847BS

F022

A(7)

A(8)

1516 A7

A8

DISPLAY

VSYNC

3V5

+5V4

+3V5

8K2

3009

IO(1)

IO(7)

0V

A(3)

3V5

100

6768

80 81828384

8687 88899909192

R

A3

AD1

AD7

P1.3/TI

P2.0/TPWM

TV CONTROL

AND

INTERFACE

MICRO-

PROCESSOR

MEMORY

INTERFACE

DATA

CAPTURE

P3.5/INT5

HSYNC

VDS

RAMBK.0

5152535455565758 59660616263646566

4V8

3V5

A(16)

0V1

3030

1K

3061 470R

3058 470R

2056 RES

75767778 79

VDDP

A9

A10

A(10)

A(9)

+3V5

5041

4u7

+3V5

5042

3V5

P1.0/INT1

A11

A(11)

4u7

100n2044

NC

3V5

P1.1/T0

A16_LN

VDDC

VSSC

3V5

F010

3004

8K2

2051 100n

+3V5

3066 8K2

100p

2050

2V6

IO

A0 - A16

DRAM

(14 KBYTES)

VSSP

_INTD

NC

+5V4

IO(6)

AD6

P3.6

0V

IO(5)

AD5

F025

IO(4)

AD4

3059 150R

IO(3)

AD3

P0.6

28

3V5

2020 RES

3V

4V8

2V8

4V8

P1.6/SCL0

P1.4/SCL1

P1.7/SDA0

P1.5/SDA1

P3.4/PWM7/T2EX

P1

0 - 7

SYNC_FILTER

XTALIN

XTALOUT

OSCGND

69

70717273 74

+3V5

3010

2K2

3088

F011

3050 3018 100R

*

3019

*

3017 100R

(1)

EU & AP-PAL

NTSC-AP

NTSC & LATAM

B

VDDC

_COR

VPE

FRAME

A1

A2

RAMBK.1

A0

A13

IREF

A15_BK

CVBS1 CVBS0

VSSA

P0.7/T2

A4 A5

P3.7

P0.4/INT4

A6

P0.3/INT3

VPE

ALE

1057 RES

2042 RES

100R

+3V5

100R

POWER-DOWN-INT

SDA-1

100R

SCL-1

100R3085

SAA5667 SAA5645 SAA5647

46

0V 3V5

45 44

3V5

43

NC

F012

42 41

NC

A(1)

40

A(2)

39 50

NC

A(0)

49

A(13)

36 35

1V3

34

0V7

A(15)

33 32

0V 31 30 29

A(4)

27

A(5)

26 25 24

A(6)

23 22 21 20

NC

F015

1V

F014

F013

5V

0V

P50-INT

F032

2041 RES

A1 A1

A1

5040 4u7

2017 3016 1K0

3051 24K

+3V5

F044

1V / div DC

5ms / div

+3V5

100n

100n2016

1u02015

1u02014

3035 470R

3049

10K

3007 8K2

4057

3048

F054

+3V5

8K23002

1V / div DC

20µs / div

A4

A5

A11

A4

A11

A2

A3,A4,A6,A8

A4

A11

A2

A11

A6

A2

A6

A4

A11

A5

A4

A5,A8

061003

3071 E2 3072 E1 3081 E3 3082 E3 3083 E3 3084 A4 3085 B7 3086 A4 3088 A7 3092 C9 3093 D9 3094 D3 3099 C3 4008 A2 4036 E2 4057 E9 5040 C8 5041 F6 5042 A6 6020 F3 6031 E3 7008 A2 7022 F3 7036 E2 7053-A F5 7053-B E4 7062 C2 7063 E3 7064 B4 7066 A3 7067 F2 7068 D2 7069 E2 F002 D4 F003 D4 F004 B5 F006 E5 F007 E5 F008 B5 F010 E6 F011 A7 F012 C8 F013 D8 F014 D8 F015 D8 F022 F5 F025 E7 F032 E8 F044 E5 F045 A3 F046 A4 F054 E5 F066 B3 F068 E3 F070 D1 F071 D1 F072 E1 F073 E1 F074 E1 F075 F2 F076 F2 F077 E1 F080 C1 F085 D3

DIVERSITY TABLE

NAFTA

AP -/69

Europe -/58

Europe -/12

Item#

VV V

2060 -- -- -- CER2 0603 X7R 16V 100N COL

VV V

2061 -- -- -- CER2 0603 X7R 16V 100N COL

VV V

3028 -- -- -- RST SM 0603 47K PM5 COL

VV V

3029 -- -- -- RST SM 0603 10K PM5 COL

VV V

3032 -- -- -- RST SM 0603 10K PM5 COL

VV V

3049 -- -- -- RST SM 0603 10K PM5 COL

VV V

3094 -- -- -- RST SM 0603 10K PM5 COL

VV V

5050 -- -- -- FXDIND SM 0805 4U7 PM10 COL R

VV V

6020 -- -- -- DIO SIG SM BAS316

VV V

7022 -- -- -- TRA SIG SM BC847BW

VV V

7064 -- -- -- IC SM SAA5667HL/M1/ 7064 -- -- -- -- -- IC SM SAA5645HL/M1 7064 -- -- -- -- IC SM SAA5647HL/M1

VV

7070 -- -- -- IC SM CY7C1019CV33-15ZC(CYPR)R

Latam

AP-NTSC -/61

V

Component type

COL) R

PHSE) Y

V

PHSE) Y PHSE) Y

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

TV Board: Tuner Function

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

A

B

COMPAIR

1111

1

2

C

3

A1

SCL-0

SDA-0

D

A8

SIF-FM

E

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

TUNER FUNCTION

(15"/17"/23" NAFTA)

F104

Item# 1100 -- -- TUNER UR1316/A I H-3 1100 -- -- TUNER UR1336/A F S H-3

500mV / div DC

20µs / div

F107

1V / div AC

20µs / div

F108

1V / div DC

20µs / div

7130

BFS20

2V7

1V8

3130

1K2

3131

270R

2V5

F105

F107

F108

PAL / SECAM NTSC / LATAM

1100

*

12

13

MT

14

15

AS SCL SDA +5V ADC

3100

0R

3101

0R

100K

2130

1n0

7131

BFS20

2131

(PENDING FOR 12NC) # LOCALLIB

TUNER

345678

2V6

5V3

22p

31333132 820R

1V3

0V9

3135

560R1n0

2108 -- -- -- ELCAP 6V3 S 470U PM20 COL A 2108 -- ELCAP 25V S 100U PM20 COL A 2109 -- -- FIL CER 39MHZ75 MKTGA* BS A 3102 -- -- RST SM 0603 10K PM5 COL 3102 -- -- RST SM 0603 JUMP. 0R05 COL 3103 -- -- RST SM 0603 1K5 PM5 COL

1100

3103 -- -- RST SM 0603 2K2 PM5 COL

*

3136 -- -- RST SM 0603 100R PM5 COL

UR1316

6102 -- -- DIO SIG SM BAS316 (COL) R

UR1336

2V6

5V3

21022101

22p

+5V4

3134

1V7

Europe -/12 & -/58

NAFTA

VV

V

VV VV

VV

VV VV

VV

1

1V7

2

NC

5V3

NC

9

7V1

F103

10

0V

F104

11

0V

F109

2132

100n100K

2133

1n0

AP -/61 & Latam

AP -/69

V

F101

F102

3136

100R

5111

4101 RES

Component type

2109

2110

680n

2111

33p330n

2112

10p

63LC03U 7.

(NA used 2142)

2142

47n

2108

470u 10V

(NA used 6148)

6148

BZX384-C33

470u

2103

50V10u

2106

10V

6102

BAS316

6103

RES

3102

10K

+5V4

5122

12u

2107 100n

3103

1K0

2144

4n7

5149

1m

2143

4n7

7149

BC847BW

DC/DC CONVERTER

2147

33n

2146

33n

7V4

A4

A5

12V6

2144 2143 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 3144 3146 3145 5149 5148 6149 7149

4V4

3144

47R

0V4

2145

100p

5148

1m

3145 100K

2148

220p

2149 4n7

For Nafta, different item nos. are used for this circuit:

EU/AP/LT used NA used

2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 3120 3121 3122 5120 5121 6120 7120

F106

AGC

IF-TER

3146

27K

6149

BAV99

A

B

C

D

E

1100 B3 1111 C1 2101 D3 2102 D3 2103 C5 2106 C6 2107 C6 2108 D5 2109 C4 2110 C5 2111 D5 2112 E4 2130 E2 2131 E3 2132 E3 2133 E4 2142 C5 2143 A7 2144 A7 2145 A8 2146 A9 2147 A8 2148 B8 2149 B8 3100 C2 3101 D2 3102 D6 3103 B7 3130 D2 3131 E2 3132 E2 3133 E3 3134 E3 3135 E3 3136 C4 3144 A8 3145 B8 3146 A9 4101 E4 5111 D4 5122 B6 5148 A8 5149 A7 6102 C6 6103 C6 6148 B5 6149 B9 7130 E2 7131 E3 7149 B7 F101 B4 F102 C4 F103 C4 F104 C4 F105 B2 F106 C8 F107 C2 F108 D2 F109 C4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

CL 36532037_014.eps

280403

TV Board: IF Video Sync Chroma

(

IF-VIDEO-SYNC-CHROMA

(15"/17"/23" NAFTA)

+8V3

RES

A

2301

VIF1

A5

VIF2

A5

AGC

A3

B

NSTC & LATAM ONLY

C

A8

D

A11

A6

A5 A6

E

A6

CLOCK12MHZ

A1

A6

A5

A11

F

A11 A11

A5

4303

3301

4302

3325 4n7

3302

3303

100n

390R

3304

220R

RES

3305

330p

2305

2306

CVBS-SC2_MON-OUT

MAIN-CVBS-EXT-IN

4n7

PIP-AUDIO

SIF-TV

CVBSOUTA

Y-IN

C-IN

COMB-ON

Y-HISTOGRAM

F346

Y-MAIN

R-SC1_V-IN

G-SC1-IN_Y-IN

B-SC1-IN_U-IN

(SCART)

FBL-SC1-IN U-MAIN V-MAIN

3306

1

RES

1V9

F302

1V7

2302 22n

3K9

I346

3346

1K0

2349 2348 1u0

2347 10n

3349 100R

2V4

2 IFIN2

2351

1u0

5301

+8V3A

6u8

7301-A

*

PLLIF15

IFIN11

PLL VIDEO DEMOD

AGCOUT7

PAL/MULTI ONLY

+8V3

3348

10R

8V5

BC847BW

2V

1u0

2346

10n

IF AMPLIFIER

CALIBRATION

AGC

AGC + NARROW

BAND AUDIO FM

PLL DEMODULATOR

DE-EMPHASIS

SIFAGC

10

2V4

4u7

7330

2V6

2344

33p

2

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

7301

PAL / SECAM

NAFTA

AP-NTSC / LATAM

AFC

*

TDA8885 TDA8887 TDA8889

SWITCHABLE

SOUND TRAPS

4.5 / 5.5 / 6 / 6.5 MHZ

VP1

7V8 23

OUTPUT VOLUME

CONTROL

11

2V6

2311 220n

3307 100R

DECDIG50GND

DECBG

55

5V

4V

RES 2312

LUM-

DELAY

PEAKING

CORING

CHROMA

BAND-

PASS CATHODE

+TRAP

2308

35V

3347 100R

F351

F350

F349

1330

HC-49/U

12MHZ

F345

SIF18SIF2

1V9

2307

4n7

2V5

3V8

3V4 3V6

1V4

SECPLL

28

9 1V9

2V3

2376

2310

220n

16V10u

7301-B

2V6

CVBS2OUT26

CVBS1OUT54

CVBSINT24

CVBS|Y229

21 CVBS|Y3

C320

2345 33p

QSSO|AMOUT

3308

100R

PAL/MULTI

(EU/AP/LM used 2309)

ONLY

CVBS

SWITCH

VIDEO IDENT

3

57

VIDEO

AMPLIFIER

MUTE

+

6

2313 100n

VIDEO|SIF 12

IFVO|AUDOUT

PAL / NTSC /

SECAM

DEMODULATOR

OSCIN51OSCOUT

1V6

52

1V6

IFVO

FSCOUT

49 4V1

U V

16

2V9

27

3311

1K0

3V

2303 100n

NC

BASE BAND

DELAY

LINE

F340

1V / div DC

20µs / div

+8V3A

3310

100R

(EU/AP/LM used 3326)

3379 75R

(EU/AP/LM used 5326) (EU/AP/LM used 2326)

NTSC &

LATAM

ONLY 3312

1K0

BC847BW

2V6

YIN39YOUT

2304

BC847BW

2V9

7303

3314

1K0

Y

U V

2V1

16V10u

7302

40

3V4

R|2

470n

2341

F341

2u75379

+8V3A

7V8

2V

RGB-2 INPUT

RGB / YUV

MATRIX

2V6

G|2

41

470n

2342

45

1V / div DC

20µs / div

+8V3A

3309

10R

7V8

2314

1u0

2V2

2379 220p

3313 10R

2315

1u0

2316

1u0

2V6

B|2

43

42

470n

2343

64LC03U 7.

6

3315 470R

3316 680R

SWO122SWO2

SW OUT

2V6

BL|2

44

10p

100R

3345

6

4V9

0V

2340

Y

U

V

+3V5

10K

3344

F342

1V / div DC

20µs / div

3V9

2V2

+8V3A

60

3317

2318

7301-C

59 PH1LF

3 EHTO

3318 27K

3319

2319

10K

100n

CD

MATRIX

SATURATION

CONTROL

UI|BI

UO|BL3

VO|YI|GI

2V3

2V4

NSTC & LATAM ONLY

F346

1V / div DC

20µs / div

15K

SYNC

SEPARATOR

VERTICAL

SYNC

SEPARATOR

NC

VI|RI

4745

4846

2V4

8K23343

F350

1V / div DC

2320

2317

2n2

1u0

50V

GND1

GND2

25 61

F301

13

HALFT

RGB

MATRIX

WHITE /

BLACK

STRETCH

+ RGB1 INPUT

+

TINT

WHSTR

R|1

B|1

G|1

35

19

36

3V5

3V4

F341

F342

F340

2377 100n

(EU/AP/LM used 2339)

3340 3341 100R 3342

7

20µs / div

2V1

58

PH2LF

VCO

CONTROL

BL|1

38

37

3V4

0V3 F339

0V8

+

R G B

8

F352

200mV / div DC

20µs / div

2321 100n

57

FBISO

IREF

5

3V9

3324

39K

2V8

2V5

17

SCL

SDA

IIC BUS

CONTROL

RGB

OUTPUT

CALIBRATION

BLKIN

30

(EU/AP/LM used 2335)

3V2

2378 820p

2336 2337 22n

100R

8

8V2

18

VCS

F321

VP2

4 3V8

2323 100n

2325

16V

10u

53

3V5

HORIZONTAL

OUTPUT

VERTICAL

OUTPUT

E / W

OUTPUT

22n 22n2338

F355

200mV / div DC

20µs / div

5302 6u8

14

LPST-UP

3V3

R

3V3

G32

3V3

B31

BCLIN 34

3339 100R

3320

3323

33

3V3

F338 F337

+8V3

2350

1u0

150R3333

9

4320

4323

+5V4

10K

3336

9

F358

200mV / div DC

20µs / div

RES

56H-DRIVE

63DR+

64DR-

62EW-DRIVE

3350

10R

7350

BC847BW

3V3

2330

15p

BC847BW

3V3

150R3334

2331

15p

3V3

3335 150R

3360

RES

3338

15K

+8V3

+3V5

2V2

NC

+8V3

0V1

3330 1K0

3332

8V

2V7

7353

2V7

7356

BC847BW

2332

15p

7360

BC847BW

16V100u

2361

101234

SC

5303 6u8

+8V3

2322

3321

100n

3K3

LINEDRIVE1

2324

1n

V-SYNC

RES

3322

(SCART)

CVBS_TER_OUT

OUTSEL

100R3331

SCL-0

SDA-0

100R

R-DRIVE

470R3351

3352

150R

G-DRIVE

470R

3355

150R

3354

B-DRIVE

470R

3358

150R

2V7

3357

22K3362

1u0

68K3361

2360

FBL-TXT-OSD

V-HISTOGRAM

U-HISTOGRAM

B-TXT-OSD G-TXT-OSD R-TXT-OSD

6362 BAS316

CL 36532037_015.eps

10

F352

F355

F358

250403

BAS316

6361

RES

A5

A1

A11

A6

A1

BAS316

6360

A1 A1 A1 A1 A5 A5

A

B

C

D

E

F

1330 E2 2301 A1 2302 B2 2303 A5 2304 A5 2305 C1 2306 C1 2307 C3 2308 C2 2310 C3 2311 C3 2312 C4 2313 C4 2314 A6 2315 B6 2316 C6 2317 A7 2318 A6 2319 C6 2320 A7 2321 A8 2322 A10 2323 C8 2324 A10 2325 A8 2330 D9 2331 D9 2332 E9 2336 F8 2337 F8 2338 F8 2340 F6 2341 F6 2342 F6 2343 F6 2344 E2 2345 E3 2346 E2 2347 E1 2348 E1 2349 E1 2350 C9 2351 D2 2360 E10 2361 F9 2376 C3 2377 F7 2378 F8 2379 A6 3301 A1 3302 A1 3303 A1 3304 A1 3305 A1 3306 C1 3307 C3 3308 C3 3309 A6 3310 A5 3311 A5 3312 B5 3313 B6 3314 C5 3315 B6 3316 C6 3317 A7 3318 C6 3319 C7 3320 A9 3321 A10 3322 B10 3323 A9 3324 C8 3325 A1 3330 B9 3331 C9 3332 C9 3333 D9 3334 D9 3335 E9 3336 F9 3338 F9 3339 F9 3340 F7 3341 F7 3342 F7 3343 F7 3344 F6 3345 F6 3346 D2 3347 D2 3348 D2 3349 E1 3350 C9 3351 C10 3352 C10 3354 D10 3355 D10 3357 E10

3358 D10 3360 E9 3361 F10 3362 F10 3379 A5 4302 A1 4303 A1 4320 A9 4323 A9 5301 A2 5302 A9 5303 A10 5379 A6 6360 F10 6361 F10 6362 F10 7301-A A2 7301-B D3 7301-C A6 7302 A5 7303 B5 7330 D2 7350 C9 7353 D9 7356 D9 7360 E10 F301 C7 F302 A1 F321 A8 F337 F9 F338 F9 F339 F8 F340 F7 F341 F7 F342 F7 F345 F2 F346 F1 F349 D2 F350 D2 F351 D2 F352 C10 F355 D10 F358 D10 I346 D2

AP-NTSC & Latam

NAFTA

Europe & AP-PAL

Item#

VV

2305 -2306 -- CER2 0603 X7R 50V 4N7 COL 2307 -- CER2 0603 X7R 50V 4N7 COL 2308 -- -- ELCAP SM 35V 4U7 PM20 COL 2310 -- ELCAP SM 16V 10U PM20 COL 2327 -- -- CER1 0603 NP0 50V 120P COL 3304 -- -- RST SM 0603 100R PM5 COL 3304 -- RST SM 0603 220R PM5 COL 3306 -- RST SM 0603 3K9 PM5 COL 3307 -- -- RST SM 0603 100R PM5 COL 3308 -- -- RST SM 0603 100R PM5 COL 3312 -- RST SM 0603 1K PM5 COL 3327 -- -- RST SM 0603 1K PM5 COL 3328 -- -- RST SM 0603 1K5 PM5 COL 3343 -- RST SM 0603 8K2 PM5 COL 3344 -- RST SM 0603 10K PM5 COL 4301 -- -- RST SM 0603 JUMP. 0R05 COL 6327 -- -- DIO SIG SM BAS316 7301 -- -- IC SM TDA8885H/N1 7301 -- -- IC SM TDA8887H/N1 7301 -- -- IC SM TDA8889H/N1 (PHSE) Y

Component type

CER1 0603 NP0 50V 330P COL

COL) R PHSE) Y PHSE) Y

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

L

R

(

TV Board: SAW Filter, Ext. Video Select, Histogram, & C-Sync Generator

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

SAW FILTER, EXT. VIDEO SELECT, HISTORGRAM & C-SYNC GEN

(15"/17"/23" NAFTA / LATAM / AP-NSTC)

EXT. VIDEO SELECT

A

B

C-SC2_SVHS-IN

A11

C-FRONT-IN

A11

Y-CVBS-FRONT-IN

A11

CVBS-SC1_AV1-IN

A11

Y-CVBS-SC2_AV2-IN A11

A1

C

IF-TER

A3

5452 820n

D

E

F

VIDEO & QSS IF

+8V3

3411

6

5V3

11

5V3

10

4

9

1K5

2412

3412

1K5

+8V3

3414

1K5

3415

2415

1K5

220n

BC847BS

2407

100n

7 8

11 12 16 17

3404

0R

3405

3403

0R

3401

0R

3402

0R

SEL-MAIN-FRNT-RR

SEL-MAIN-R1R2

F385

200mV / div DC

20µs / div

F413

1V / div DC

20µs / div

0R

RES 3410

RES 3409

2404 22n 2405 22n

1u02403

1u02401

2402 1u0

F470

500mV / div DC

20µs / div

F471

500mV / div DC

20µs / div

3V8

2408

100n

2 3

1 4 5 6 9 10 13 14 15 18

16

8V2

VCC

MUXDX

12

1y0

13

1y1

2

2y0

1

2y1

5

3y0

3

3y1

VEE

7

I ISWI

GND

1452

OFWK9656L

40M4

F472

500mV / div DC

20µs / div

F480

1V / div DC

20µs / div

+8V3

7401

74HC4053

SWITCH

G3

15

5V3

GND

8

NC

14

O1 O2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

2417

16V10u

3V6

7412-A

BC847BS

BAS316

3V6

7412-B

BAS316220n

6412

3413

6415

1K0

8V5

2V9

+8V3

8V2

3417 10R

F413

3416

1K0

3418

10R

2419

1u0

2418

1u0

C-SYNC GENERATOR

HISTOGRAM PROCESSING

2470

2471

100n

1V6

1V8

F474

65LC03U 7.

3380

22K

+8V3

0V5

SATURATION

COMPENSATION

NON-LINEAR

AMPLIFIER

HISTOGRAM PROCESSOR

7V7

6380

BAS316

2390

2n2

3472 22K3471 220K

3476

15K F476

3390 4K7

3389 560R

3474 22K 3475

18K3473

0V5

20

1

BLM

BLUE

STRETCH

AMPSEL

OUTPUT

AMP

SUPPLY

AND

BIASING

NLC

VCC15VEE

16

4

0V

17

10u2479

3393

7390 BC847CW

AMPSEL

INPUT

AMP

TIMING

AND

CTRL

5470 6u8

4K7

0V5

5V

6

9

10n

2474

+8V3

3392 220K

6390 BAS316

3470

F473

TAUHM

AMPSEL

HISTOGRAM

MEASUREMENT

HM110HM211HM312HM413HM5

10n

2475

2391

330p

10K

8

10n2476

3V3

1V7

2477 10n

3391

10K

7391

BC847CW

10n

2478

220n2473

+8V3

3394

1V2

27K

2472

10n

F472F470 F471

1V6

2UIN 19UOUT

3 VIN 18

7 YIN

5SC

0V6

7403 TDA9171

+8V3A

+5V4+5V4 +5V4 +5V4

0V

+8V3A

7V8

0V6

RES

3383 4K7

2V3

7381 BC847CW

3388

2K7

7384 BC847CW

7471

BC847BW

3478 10K

3479

3480

47K

RES

7472

BC847BW

3482

10K

0V6

2380 470p

BLG

VREF

5V

0V2

2480 10u

VOUT

3381

5K6

3382

0V2 0V

10K 7380 BC847CW

+5V4 +5V4

3387 10K

0V5

7383 BC847CW

22K

2V4

14YOUT

2481 100n

2V1

F477

3477 18K

6472

BAS316

6470

F478

BAS316

F479

6471 BAS316

0V8

3384 4K7

2382 220n

7382 BC847CW

7385 BC847CW

7473

BC847BW

0V

MAIN-CVBS-EXT-IN

4470

4471

4472

F480

3481 4K7

0V6

3483

10K

MAIN-C-EXT-IN

H-SYNC

5V3

3385

470R

1V7

3386

560R

LINEDRIVE1

Y-MAIN

V-MAIN

U-MAIN

U-HISTOGRAM

V-HISTOGRAM

Y-HISTOGRAM

SANDCASTLE1

3484

10K

2482 100p

2381 1u0

C-SYNC

F385

SC

+5V4

3485

10K

HIS-OFF

VIF2

VIF1

CL 36532037_016.eps

A4,A6

3395

270R

1452 D2 2380 B7 2381 A9 2382 C8 2390 C6 2391 B5 2401 B1

A6

A1

A4

A6

A1

A4

250403

2402 B1 2403 A1 2404 A1 2405 A1 2407 C3 2408 C2 2412 A3 2415 B3 2417 A3 2418 A4

A

2419 B4 2470 D4 2471 D4 2472 D5 2473 D6 2474 F5 2475 F5 2476 F5 2477 F5 2478 F6 2479 F6 2480 F7 2481 F7 2482 F9

B

3380 A6 3381 A7 3382 A7 3383 A8 3384 A8 3385 A9 3386 A9 3387 B7 3388 B8 3389 C7 3390 B6 3391 B6 3392 B5

C

3393 B5 3394 B5 3395 A9 3401 B1 3402 B1 3403 A1 3404 A1 3405 A1 3409 B1 3410 B1 3411 A3 3412 A3 3413 B3

D

3414 B3 3415 B3 3416 C4 3417 A4 3418 B4 3470 D5 3471 D5 3472 D6 3473 D6 3474 D7 3475 D7 3476 F6 3477 F7 3478 E8

E

3479 E8 3480 E8 3481 E9 3482 F8 3483 F9 3484 E9 3485 E9 4470 D9 4471 D9 4472 E9 5452 D1 5470 F5 6380 B6

F

6390 C5 6412 A3 6415 B3 6470 E7

6471 F7 6472 F7 7380 A7 7381 A8 7382 A8 7383 C7 7384 C8 7385 C8 7390 C5 7391 C6 7401 A2 7403 F5 7412-A B3 7412-B C3 7471 D8 7472 F8 7473 E8 F385 A9 F413 B4 F470 D4 F471 D4 F472 D5 F473 D5 F474 E4 F476 F6 F477 E7 F478 E7 F479 E8 F480 E9

NAFTA

Europe

AP-PAL

V

AP-NTSC/Latam

V

V V

V

VV V V V V V VV V

V V

V V V

Component type

RHM0) R

Item#

V

1452 -- -- -- FIL SAW SM 38MHZ9 OFWK3953L 1452 -- -- FIL SAW SM 45MHZ75 OFWM1967 1452 -- -- -- FIL SAW SM 38MHZ9 OFWK7265L 1454 -- -- -- FIL SAW SM 38MHZ9 OFWK9656L

V

1454 -- -- -- FIL SAW SM 38MHZ9 OFWK9361L

VV

2452 -- CER2 0603 X7R 50V 10N COL 2453 -- CER2 0603 X7R 50V 10N COL

V

3455 -- -- RST SM 0603 6K8 PM5 COL

V

3456 -- -- RST SM 0603 2K2 PM5 COL

V

3457 -- -- RST SM 0603 27K PM5 COL

V

3458 -- -- RST SM 0603 18K PM5 COL

V

3461 -- -- RST SM 0603 2K2 PM5 COL

V

4451 -- RST SM 0603 JUMP. 0R05 COL 4453 -- -- -- RST SM 0603 JUMP. 0R05 COL

V

4455 -- -- RST SM 0603 JUMP. 0R05 COL

V

4457 -- -- RST SM 0603 JUMP. 0R05 COL

V

4458 -- -- -- RST SM 0603 JUMP. 0R05 COL 4460 -- -- -- RST SM 0603 JUMP. 0R05 COL

V

5451 -- -- FXDIND SM 1008 6U8 PM5 COL

V

5452 -- -- FXDIND SM 0805 0U39 PM10 COL 5452 -- -- FXDIND SM 0805 0U82 PM10 COL

V

6451 -- -- DIO SIG SM 1SS356

V

7452 -- -- TRA SIG SM BC847BW (COL) R

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

¥

TV Board: 3 Line Comb Filter

66LC03U 7.

A

B

C

D

E

F

1

3 LINE COMB FILTER

(15"/17"/23" NAFTA ONLY)

3440 15K

2443

10u

3158

10K

3157 10K

3501

33K

3V9

3503

33K

+8V3A

5435

33u

2445

56p

2435

10u

16V

3435

7155

BC847BW

0V7

3156

10K

3155

10K

+8V3A

5434

3V3

2444

15p

7432-B

BC847BS

3502

2K7

33u

3441

1K0

3LINE / 3D COMMON

A4

A5

OUTSEL

MAIN-C-EXT-IN

234

16V

2446

15p

+5V4

+8V3B

8V

3439

560R

7V4

2V4

3442

1K0

3504

12K

5431

27u

2437 12p

0V

BC847BPN

1V9

3443

6K8

7432-A

BC847BS 3505

560R

NO LIB. FOR 510R

2436 12p

7199 BC847BW

3199

1K0

3198

560R

7434-A

3444

560R

3445

1K2

8V

2V9

3197 470R

3196 1K0

3446 1K2

+8V3B

7434-B

BC847BPN

3V

7433

BC847BW

3438 820R

4V8

3447 1K0

3V5

2442

0u47

2V4

2163

4n7

7156-1

74HC4066PW

0V8

1

13

7156-2

74HC4066PW

4

3V3 0V

5

7156-3

74HC4066PW

3V4

8

6

7156-4

74HC4066PW

3V2

11

12

2161

10n

3174

4R7

5433

+8V3A

6u8

NO LIB. FOR 510K

50

3161

470K

1V4 1V5 3V6

2168

2165

10n

1V7

3172 820R

2178

2179

180p

10n

4151

8V

1

Y ext

1

X1

714

1

Y 3D/3L

X1

714

1

C 3D/3L X1

714

1

C ext

X1

714

2439 100n

F164

2V4

10

3V2

1V8

5

7

6 1 4

11 CKIN

2

3

9

+5V

2438

10u

16V

2169

16V10u

7160 TC90A53F

ADIN

CLAMPC

CLAMP

BIAS1 VREFL VREFH

VFIL10

0V8

4152

+8V3A

3V2

+8V3B

ADC

PLL

2154

10n

C-BPF C-BPF C-BPF

56789

3163

2173

3167

10K

10n

1H LINE MEM 1H LINE MEM

4f

sc

+5V

5172

15u

10K

2V6

9

0.5VDD

VENH0 VENH1

VERTICAL EDGE

ENHANCE CIRCUIT

DYNAMIC

COMB FILTER

IMPROVE CIRCUIT

VSS

2132128

0V

2171

10u

16V

1801

3D COMB

FILTER

+5V

5166

15u

5V1

16V

2166 100n

NC

2176 100n

19

312202716

10u

5V1

17

2167

CORING

CORING CIRCUIT

PEDESTAL

COLOR KILLER

CIRCUIT

1 LINE DOT

CLIP

C-BPF

1LINE

18

NC

5171

100n

15u

2172

FOR 3D ONLY

1426

12-24DC-SUP

1

2

TO

OF

3

F426

4

5

6 7

F427

8

F428

9

10

+8V3A

3427

1K0

+5V

5156

5173

15u

5V1 5V1

2177

16V

10u

VDD

TEST BIAS2 BIAS3

Y DAC

YOUT

KILLER

VREF1

COUT 23

C DAC

CBPF

15

3448 1K0

3159

8K2

3507

1K0

2158

2159

16V

100n

8 24

1V7

22

3V6

2162

3V5

25

10n

14

NC

26

3V3 4V2

+8V3A

3506 560R

RES

2431

F426

200mV / div DC

20µs / div

10u

2164 10n

2180

10n

3508

10R

2501

1u0

7V8

2V

F428

2160

10n

3510

1K0

2V / div DC

20µs / div

+8V3B

7170-A

BC847BS

3V5

NO LIB FOR 510R

3162

560R

3164

820R

2175 100n

3160

15K

3173

100R

3509

100R

2V7

7501

BC847BW

3168 12K

5174

27u

3166

2170

10K

12p

+8V3B

8V

3169

33K

3V9

3170

33K

COMB-ON

CVBSOUTA

CVBS-TXT-CC

SDA-0

SCL-0

Y-IN C-IN

CL 36532037_017.eps

2174

12p

7170-B

BC847BS

3V4

3171

2K7

A4

A1

A4

280403

A

B

C

D

E

F

1426 D6 2154 E5 2158 A8 2159 A8 2160 C8 2161 C4 2162 B8 2163 B4 2164 B8 2165 C4 2166 A6 2167 A6 2168 B4 2169 A4 2170 B9 2171 C6 2172 C6 2173 A5 2174 B9 2175 B9 2176 A7 2177 A7 2178 C4 2179 C4 2180 D8 2431 E8 2435 C2 2436 D2 2437 D2 2438 A4 2439 A4 2442 B4 2443 B2 2444 B1 2445 B2 2446 B2 2501 E8 3155 E2 3156 F2 3157 E1 3158 E1 3159 A7 3160 C8 3161 B4 3162 B9 3163 A5 3164 B8 3166 B9 3167 A5 3168 A9 3169 B9 3170 C9 3171 C9 3172 C4 3173 D8 3174 A4 3196 E3 3197 E3 3198 E2 3199 D2 3427 F7 3435 D2 3438 D3 3439 A2 3440 A2 3441 B1 3442 B2 3443 B2 3444 B3 3445 B3 3446 B3 3447 B3 3448 F7 3501 C1 3502 D1 3503 D1

3504 C2 3505 C3 3506 D8 3507 E7 3508 D8 3509 D9 3510 E8 4151 D4 4152 F4 5156 A7 5166 A6 5171 C6 5172 A5 5173 A7 5174 B9 5431 C2 5433 A4 5434 B1 5435 B2 7155 F2 7156-1 D4 7156-2 E4 7156-3 E4 7156-4 F4 7160 B4 7170-A A8 7170-B C9 7199 D3 7432-A C3 7432-B C1 7433 B3 7434-A B3 7434-B A3 7501 E8 F164 B4 F426 E7 F427 E7 F428 E7 F429 F1 F430 F1 F431 F1 F432 F1

Item#

3D Combfilter 23" NAFTA

1426 2158 -2159 -2160 -2161 -2162 -2163 -2164 -2165 -2166 -2167 -2168 -2169 -2170 -2171 -2172 -2173 -2174 -2175 -2176 -2177 -2178 -2179 -2180 -2435 -2436 -2437 -2438 -2439 -2442 -2443 -2444 -2445 -2446 -3159 -3160 -3161 -3162 -3163 -3164 -3166 -3167 -3168 -3169 -3170 -3171 -3172 -3173 -3174 -3426 3427 3428 3428 -3432 -3433 -3434 -3435 -3436 -3437 -3438 -3439 -3440 --¥RST SM 0603 15K PM5 COL 3441 -3442 -3443 -3444 -3445 -3446 -3447 -3448 5156 -5166 -5171 -5172 -5173 -5174 -5431 -5433 -5434 -5435 -7160 -7170 -7432 -7433 -7434 --

Component type

3L Combfilter 15"/17" NAFTA

-- CON BM V 10P M 2.50 EH B ELCAP SM 16V 10U PM20 COL R CER2 0603 X7R 16V 100N COL CER2 0603 Y5V 50V 10N COL CER2 0603 Y5V 50V 10N COL CER2 0603 Y5V 50V 10N COL CER2 0603 X7R 50V 4N7 COL CER2 0603 Y5V 50V 10N COL CER2 0603 Y5V 50V 10N COL CER2 0603 X7R 16V 100N COL ELCAP SM 16V 10U PM20 COL R CER2 0603 Y5V 50V 10N COL ELCAP SM 16V 10U PM20 COL R CER1 0603 NP0 50V 12P COL ELCAP SM 16V 10U PM20 COL R CER2 0603 X7R 16V 100N COL CER2 0603 Y5V 50V 10N COL CER1 0603 NP0 50V 12P COL CER2 0603 X7R 16V 100N COL CER2 0603 X7R 16V 100N COL ELCAP SM 16V 10U PM20 COL R CER1 0603 NP0 50V 180P COL CER2 0603 Y5V 50V 10N COL CER2 0603 Y5V 50V 10N COL ELCAP SM 16V 10U PM20 COL R CER1 0603 NP0 50V 12P COL CER1 0603 NP0 50V 12P COL ELCAP SM 16V 10U PM20 COL R CER2 0603 X7R 16V 100N COL ELCAP SM 50V 1U PM20 COL R ELCAP SM 16V 10U PM20 COL R CER1 0603 NP0 50V 15P COL CER1 0603 NP0 50V 56P COL CER1 0603 NP0 50V 15P COL RST SM 0603 8K2 PM5 COL RST SM 0603 15K PM5 COL RST SM 0603 470K PM5 COL RST SM 0603 470R PM5 COL RST SM 0603 10K PM5 COL RST SM 0603 820R PM5 COL RST SM 0603 10K PM5 COL RST SM 0603 10K PM5 COL RST SM 0603 12K PM5 COL RST SM 0603 33K PM5 COL RST SM 0603 33K PM5 COL RST SM 0603 3K3 PM5 COL RST SM 0603 820R PM5 COL RST SM 0603 100R PM5 COL RST FUSE NFR25 S 4R7 PM5 A

-- RST SM 0603 1K PM5 COL

-- RST SM 0603 560R PM5 COL RST SM 0603 JUMP. 0R05 COL RST SM 0603 33K PM5 COL RST SM 0603 3K3 PM5 COL RST SM 0603 33K PM5 COL RST SM 0603 10K PM5 COL RST SM 0603 12K PM5 COL RST SM 0603 470R PM5 COL RST SM 0603 820R PM5 COL RST SM 0603 560R PM5 COL

RST SM 0603 1K PM5 COL RST SM 0603 560R PM5 COL RST SM 0603 6K8 PM5 COL RST SM 0603 820R PM5 COL RST SM 0603 1K PM5 COL RST SM 0603 1K5 PM5 COL RST SM 0603 1K PM5 COL

-- RST SM 0603 1K PM5 COL FXDIND SM 0805 15U PM20 COL R FXDIND SM 0805 15U PM20 COL R FXDIND 0805 100MHZ 120R COL R FXDIND SM 0805 15U PM20 COL R FXDIND SM 0805 15U PM20 COL R FXDIND SM 0805 27U PM20 COL R FXDIND SM 0805 27U PM20 COL R FXDIND SM 0805 15U PM20 COL R FXDIND SM 0805 15U PM20 COL R FXDIND SM 0805 33U PM20 COL R IC SM TC90A53F (TOSJ) R TRA SIG SM BC847BS (PHSE) R TRA SIG SM BC847BS (PHSE) R TRA SIG SM BC847BW (COL) R TRA SIG SM BC847BPN (PHSE) R

123456

7

8

9

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

TV Board: Audio Delay Line

AUDIO DELAY LINE (COMMON)

67LC03U 7.

B

C

D

E

F

+5V4

GNDDIGITAL

+5VD

GNDDIGITAL

+5VD

7601 TC74HC590AF

14

13 2V3 12

11 2V3

10 5V3

7602

14

13

12 5V3

11 2V3

10 5V3

TC74HC590AF

123

5601

F601

16

5V3

8

GNDDIGITAL

9

4

5V3

15

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

16

5V3

8

GNDDIGITAL

9

4

15

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

+5VD

2601 100n

GNDDIGITAL

2V6

+5VD

GNDDIGITAL

4601

4602

4603

7603 CY62256

+5VD

GNDDIGITAL

2602 100n

2V6

(1)

2V6

GNDDIGITAL

28

5V3

2603 100n

4604

GNDDIGITAL

2V5

11

I|O112I|O213I|O315I|O416I|O517I|O618I|O7

I|O0

VCC

A224A325A426A51A62A73A84A9

A021A1

23

(1) NOT USED

(1)

4605

4606

GNDDIGITAL

2V5

GNDDIGITAL

2V5

19

1u0

COUNTER

EN3

C2

G1

CTR8

(CT=255)Z4

1+

CT=0

EN3

C2

G1

CTR8

(CT=255)Z4

1+

CT=0

COUNTER

VCC

GND

2D 3

VCC

GND

2D 3

GNDDIGITAL

20

CE_

A10

6

5

GNDHOT

4

2V3

22

27

OE_

WE_

A117A128A139A14

GND

10

14

GNDDIGITAL

56789

DFF

1 11

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

+5VD

20

5V3

EN C1

1D

10

GNDDIGITAL

F603

2605

100n

GNDDIGITAL

19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12

(1) NOT USED

2V / div AC

2ms / div

4610 4611 4612 4613 4614 4615 4616 4617

(1) (1) (1) (1)

(1) (1)

F602

(1)

2V6

GNDDIGITAL

F603

GNDDIGITAL

F610

I2S_DATA_IN

2612 330p

I2S_DATA_OUT

2613 470p

I2S_CLOCK

A8

F612

2V3

+5VD

3610 470R

7610

BC847BW

0V2

F613

2611

82p

3611 47K

2V3

2610 82p

DFF

7604 74HCT573D

1 11

2V6

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

GNDDIGITAL

EN C1

1D

5V3

+5VD

2604

100n

GNDDIGITAL

20

2V3

19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12

10

7605

74HCT573D

GNDDIGITAL

F602

2V / div AC

2ms / div

AA

B

C

D

E

F

2601 B2 2602 D2 2603 B2 2604 B7 2605 B8 2610 F6 2611 F6 2612 D9 2613 D9 3610 F5 3611 F6 4601 E2 4602 E2 4603 F2 4604 F2 4605 F2 4606 F2 4610 C9 4611 C9 4612 C9 4613 C9 4614 C9 4615 C9 4616 C9 4617 C9 5601 A1 7601 A1 7602 D1 7603 A2 7604 B7 7605 B8 7610 F6 F601 A1 F602 C9 F603 D9 F610 F9 F612 F5 F613 F6

GNDDIGITAL

1

2

3

456789

GNDDIGITAL

CL 36532023_010.eps

100403

TV Board: Audio Processing

(

AUDIO PROCESSING (COMMON)

3691 330R

2624

15p

56p2623

12p

2647

2635

2636 1u0

4647

4646

4648

4649

2637 2638

1K03645

F622

100mV / div AC

5µs / div

2633 B2 2634 B2 2635 C2 2636 C2 2637 C2

3623

RES

2640

1u0

2633

1u0 2634

1u0

RES

2689 2690 1u0

A

B

C

D

E

1620 E7 1691 A1 2620 A10 2621 A2 2622 A1

2691

22n

A3

A1

A4

A11

A1

2623 B1 2624 A1 2625 B1 2626 B2 2627 B2

1691

TPS

SIF-FM

SCL-0

SDA-0

2622

27p

F622

SIF-TV

2625 180p

PIP-AUDIO R-SC1_AV1-IN

L-SC1_AV1-IN

R-SC2_AV2-IN

L-SC2_AV2-IN

R-FRONT-IN

L-FRONT-IN

PC-HDAUDIO-R

PC-HDAUDIO-L

AUD_SW

2628 C2 2629 C2 2630 C2 2631 D2 2632 D2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1O3

I

G

2

4691

5621

15u

3622 2K2

3640 1K0

3633

1K0

3634 1K0

1K03635

3636 1K0

1K03637

3638 1K0

F645

3646 1K0

F646

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

2684 1n0

F621

2678

1V5

2652 C8 2653 C8 2654 A7 2655 A8 2656 E5

RES

3626

7620

MSP3410G

*

1

I2C-CL

2V8

2

I2C-DA

2V5

ANA-IN2+52

0V

50

ANA-IN1+

51

ANA-IN-

1V5

MONO

MONO-IN47

SC1-IN-R45

SC1-IN-L44

SCART 1

SC2-IN-R42

SC2-IN-L41

SCART 2

SC3-IN-R39

SC3-IN-L38

SCART 3

SC4-IN-R36

SC4-IN-L35

SCART 4

5859642213

DIVERSITY FOR SOUND IC 7620

*

DEMODULATOR

2638 D2 2639 B2 2640 B2 2645 B7 2646 B7

100R3620

3621 100R

+5V4A

7622

RES RES

4620

3624 RES

2639 220p

1u0

F640

2627 4n7

2629 2630 4n7

2631 2632 4n7

2621

3625 RES

2628 4n7

4n7

7621

2647 B1 2648 A8 2649 B8 2650 C7 2651 E6

F626

RES

2626 47p

3V8

3V8 3V8

3V8

2677 4n7 4n7

MSP-3410G NICAM VERSION W/O VIRTUAL DOLBY MSP-3420G NTSC VERSION W/O VIRTUAL DOLBY MSP-3411G NICAM VERSION WITH VIRTUAL DOLBY MSP-3421G NTSC VERSION WITH VIRTUAL DOLBY

2657 B7 2658 B7 2661 C8 2662 C7 2663 D8

NC

7

ADR-DA

ADR

NC

9

ADR-CL

interface

2664 D8 2665 D8 2666 E8 2667 E8 2668 E7

NC

8

ADR-WS

IDENT

A/D

141524

NC

57

AUD-CL-OUT

2669 E7 2670 C8 2671 C8 2672 D9 2673 D9

0V

60

D-CTR-IO1

FM1 FM2 NICAM A NICAM B

IDENT

SCART-L

SCART-R

2688

2u2

NC

61

D-CTR-IO0

SCART

S1...4

DACM-SUB

23

0V4

F656

2674 E9 2675 E9 2676 B8 2677 D2 2678 D3

ADR-SEL

62

2656 1n0

2679 B7 2680 E6 2681 E6 2682 E6 2683 E7

NC

12

I2S-DA-IN2

I2SL/R

LOUDSPEAKER R

LOUDSPEAKER L

DSP

HEADPHONE R

HEADPHONE L

Switching Facilities

ASG043ASG140ASG2

AVSS

TESTEN

48

53

5

2V6

I2S-DA-O1

I2S

SCART-R

SCART-L

37

2684 A3 2688 E4 2689 D2 2690 D2 2691 A1

6

2V6

I2S-DA-IN1

interface

AHVSS

33

+5V4A

3

I2S-CL

2680

2681

3620 A2 3621 A2 3622 B1 3623 A2 3624 B2

4

2V5

I2S-WS

D/A

TP56VREF127VREF2

19

NC

470p

100n

68LC03U 7.

31

NC

LOUDSPEAKER

HEADPHONE

DVSS11DVSUP

10

0V

5V3

2651 100n

3625 B2 3626 A3 3633 B1 3634 B1 3635 C1

8V5

AHVSUP

STANDBYQ

63

+5V4A

2682 3p3

RESETQ

DACM-R

DACM-L 21

VREFTOP

AGNDC

CAPL-M

CAPL-A

DACA-R 17

DACA-L 18

SC1-OUT-R 28

SC1-OUT-L 29

SCART 1

SCART 2

SC2-OUT-R 25

SC2-OUT-L 26

XTAL-IN54XTAL-OUT

AVSUP

49

2V5

1620

DSX840 18M432

3636 C1 3637 C1 3638 D1 3640 B1 3645 D1

55 2V5

0V4

3V8

2683

16

20 0V4

46 2V6

34

32 7V 30

5V2

3p3

F676

2668

1n0

2657

100n

NC

3646 D1 3650 A7 3651 C9 3652 C9 3653 D10

+5V4A

6650 BAS316

F655

2654 220n

1n02645

2646

1n0

2658

10u 16V

2650

10u

3650 22K

2655

10u 16V

2679

100n

16V

2662

1n0

4650

RES

4651

RES

2669 1n0

3654 D10 3655 E9 3656 E9 3691 A1 4620 A2

2648

1u0

2649

1u0

2676

10u 16V

2652

100n

F650

4646 C1 4647 C1 4648 C1 4649 C1 4650 D7

2653

16V

22u

2661 1n0

2663

100n

2664

1u0

2665

1u0

2666

1u0

2667

1u0

4651 D7 4691 A1 5620 A9 5621 A1 5650 A8

5650

2670 1u0

2671

1u0

FOR SCART ONLY

12

3V8

13

3V8

2

3V8

1

3V8

5

NC

3

8V5

16

VCC

MUXDX

1y0

1y1

2y0

2y1

3y0

3y1

VEE

7

5680 C9 6650 A7 7620 A3 7621 A2 7622 A2

1u0

7674 7675 PDTC124ET PDTC124ET

100R

3651

0V4

100R3652

+8V3

5680 4u7

SWITCH

7680

74HC4053

6

G3

14

3V8

11

15

3V8

5V3

10

4

NC

9

GND

8

2674

1u0

2675

1u0

+5V4

7674 B9 7675 B10 7676 C10 7677 D10 7678 E9

+8V3

5620

1u0

2672

1u0

2673

1u0

7678

PDTC124ET

3655 100R

3656 100R

0V

0V4

7676

PDTC124ET

0V3

3653

100R

3654

100R

0V3

7679 E10 7680 D9 F620 A10 F621 A3 F622 A1

I2S_DATA_OUT

I2S_DATA_IN

F620

2620

16V

10u

PDTC124ET

0V3

SEL-MAIN-R1R2

PDTC124ET

0V3

L-CL_VL-OUT

R-CL_VL-OUT

I2S_CLOCK

+5V4A

AUDIO-R

AUDIO-L

R-SC1_AV-OUT

L-SC1_AV-OUT

7677

7679

F626 A2 F640 B2 F645 D1 F646 D1 F650 A8

OUT_MUTE

L-SC2-OUT

R-SC2-OUT

A7

A9

A11

A1

A11

F655 A7 F656 E5 F676 B7

A

B

C

D

AP-PAL VD 17"/23"

AP-PAL Non-VD 15"

NAFTA/AP-NTSC/Latam 15"

NAFTA/AP-NTSC/Latam VD 17"/23"

Europe VD 17"/23"

Europe Non-VD 15"

Item# 2663 V-- -- -- -- -- CER2 0603 X7R 16V 100N COL

V

2664 -- -- -- -- -- CER2 0603 Y5V 10V 1U COL

V

2665 -- -- -- -- -- CER2 0603 Y5V 10V 1U COL

V

2666 -- -- -- -- -- CER2 0603 Y5V 10V 1U COL

V

2667 -- -- -- -- -- CER2 0603 Y5V 10V 1U COL

V

2672 -- -- -- -- -- CER2 0603 Y5V 10V 1U COL

V

2673 -- -- -- -- -- CER2 0603 Y5V 10V 1U COL

V

2674 -- -- -- -- CER2 0603 Y5V 10V 1U COL

V

2675 -- -- -- -- CER2 0603 Y5V 10V 1U COL 3653 -- -- -- -- -- RST SM 0603 100R PM5 COL

V V

3654 -- -- -- -- -- RST SM 0603 100R PM5 COL

VV

3655 -- -- -- -- RST SM 0603 100R PM5 COL

E

V

3656 -- -- -- -- RST SM 0603 100R PM5 COL

V

5680 -- -- -- -- -- FXDIND SM 1008 4U7 PM5 COL R 7620 -- -- -- -- -- IC SM MSP3421G-FH-B8V3 7620 -- -- -- -- -- IC SM MSP3420G-QI-B8-V3 7620 -- -- -- -- IC SM MSP3411G-QI-C12 7620 -- -- -- -- IC SM MSP3410G-QI-C12 7676 -- -- -- -- -- TRA SIG SM PDTC124ET 7677 -- -- -- -- -- TRA SIG SM PDTC124ET 7678 -- -- -- -- TRA SIG SM PDTC124ET 7679 -- -- -- -- TRA SIG SM PDTC124ET 7680 -- -- -- -- -- IC SM 74HC4053PW (PHSE) R

V

VV

V

V V VV VV V

Component type

MIAS)Y

MIAS)Y MIAS) Y MIAS) Y

COL) R

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

CL 36532023_011.eps

061003

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

TV Board: Audio Amplifier 2x3 Watts (15”/17”)

123456789

AUDIO AMPLIFIER 2x3 Watts

A

B

C

D

E

F

A9a

LED_IN

A11

IR_IN

A11

STBY-LED

A11

STATUS

A11

IR_OUT

A11

A8

A1

A10

A1

*

MTV ITV

AUD_SW

AUDIO-L

AUDIO-R

SOUND-ENABLE

POWER-DOWN

STAND-BY

1750

1752

X

YES

X

(15"/17")

FOR ITV

1232 1 2 3 4 5 6

HMLINK

1702

SPPH4

4740

YES

X

4

1

25

36

4739

47384737

X

YES

F735

F740

5V3

2V3

3V3

2V9

3V3

2V9

2735

1n0

3735

27K

2740

1n0

3740

27K

+3V5

3V5

7732-A

74LCV08AD

F755

3V5

74LCV08AD

QUAD 2-INPUT AND GATE

1

2

7732-B

4

5

7732-C

9

10

7732-D

12

13

14

7 14

7

14

7 14

7

69LC03U 7.

1232 A1 1702 A1 1730 A4 1731 A9 1732 B9 1733 A4 1750 A7

A

B

C

D

E

F

1752 B7 2731 D5 2732 B4 2733 B6 2734 B6 2735 B3 2736 B3 2737 C4 2740 C3 2741 C3 2742 C4 2745 D4 2746 F4 2750 A7 2751 B8 2752 A7 2753 B8 2754 C6 2755 E6 2756 C7 2757 C7 2758 C7 3732 B3 3733 B4 3735 B3 3736 C3 3740 C3 3741 C3 3743 F4 3744 F5 3745 D4 3746 D3 3750 A7 3752 A7 3755 E6 3756 E6 3757 E6 3758 E7 3759 E7 3760 E8 3761 F8 4737 C7 4738 B7 4739 C7 4740 C7 5733 A5 6731 A4 6732 A4 6755 E7 7731 B5 7732-A D3 7732-B E3 7732-C E3 7732-D F3 7744 F4 7756 F7 F731 B5 F732 B4 F735 C2 F736 C9 F737 C9 F738 C9 F739 C9 F740 C2 F743 F4 F745 C4 F755 E3 F759 E8

1733 YKC21-3416

3

2

10u2750

1

1730

3732

220K

2736

3736

6K8

2741

3741

6K8

3746

3

3V5

6

8

3V5

11

3V5

1u0

1K0

3743

1K0

3733 RES

2737 4n7

2742 4n7

3745

F743

3K3

6731

BZX284-C6V8

6732

BZX284-C6V8

2732

50V10u

2745

50V100u

0V7

2746

50V1u0

F732

7731

AN7522N

6 CH1-IN

1V4

8

1V4

F745

9 VOL

2V7

2731

GNDEARTH

+3V5

3744

4K7

0V

7744 BC847BW

CH2-IN

33n

12-24DC-SUP_1

5

2V9

STB

GNDCH111GNDCH2

GNDINP

3

7

GNDHOT

1

5733 22u

F731

11V8

VCC

2733 220n

3755

100R

2734

10CH2-

12CH2+

16V1m0

2CH1+

4CH1-

3756 RES

6V2

6V1

2755 1u0

2754 1n5

3757

10K

1n5

+3V5

3758

4K7

3V5

BC847B

27562758

7756

2752 10u

4740

*

2757 1n51n5

6755

0V

BAS316

*

120R3750

50

1750

*

470R3752

50

1752

*

4738

*

4737

*

4739

3759

1K0

3760

4K7

F759

3761

2K2

HP-SIDE-DET

OUT_MUTE

2751 470p

2753 470p

F735

20mV / div AC

1ms / div

F738

50mV / div AC

1ms / div

A1

A8

F738

F737

F736

F739

F736

F740

17316 5 4 2

3 7 8 9 1

HEADPHONE

1732

4

3

2

1

20mV / div AC

1ms / div

20mV / div AC

1ms / div

CL 36532023_012.eps

16 OHMS / 3 W

110903

123

4567

8

9

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

TV Board: Audio Amplifier 2x5 Watts (23”)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

AUDIO AMPLIFIER 2x5 Watts

A

B

C

D

E

F

A9b

LED_IN

A11

IR_IN

A11

STBY-LED

A11

STATUS

A11

IR_OUT

A11

A8

A1

A10

A1

AUD_SW

AUDIO-L

AUDIO-R

SOUND-ENABLE

POWER-DOWN

STAND-BY

(23")

FOR ITV

1232 1 2 3 4 5 6

HMLINK

1702

14

25

36

SPPH4

7732-A

74LCV08AD

1

5V3

2

2V3

7732-B

74LCV08AD

4

F755

5

3V5

7732-C

74LCV08AD

9

2V3

10

2V9

7732-D

74LCV08AD

12

2V3

13

2V9

QUAD 2-INPUT AND GATE

F735

F740

+3V5

70LC03U 7.

1232 A1 1702 A2 1730 B3 1731 A9 1732 C9 1733 A4 1734 B9

A

1750 A7 1752 B7 2732 E5 2734 E7 2735 B3 2736 B4 2737 C4 2738 D6 2739 D6 2740 C3 2741 C4 2742 C4 2743 D6 2744 D6

1730

6731

BZX284-C6V8

1733 YKC21-3416

3

2

17316 5 4

470R3750

1750

*

470R3752

2759 1n0

2760 1n0

2

3 7 8 9 1

HEADPHONE

1

1752

*

2751 470p

2753 470p

2745 D5 2746 F3

B

C

D

E

F

2747 D5 2751 B8 2753 B8 2755 E6 2759 A8 2760 A9 2796 D6 2797 E6 2798 E7 2799 D5 3733 E5 3735 B3 3736 C3 3739 D3 3740 C3 3741 C3 3743 F3 3744 F4 3745 E5 3746 F4 3747 D4 3748 D4 3750 A7 3752 A7 3755 E6 3756 E6 3757 E6 3758 E7 3759 E7 3760 E8 3761 F8 3799 E4 4738 B7 4739 C7 4740 C7 5733 D7 6731 B3 6732 B3 6755 E7 7731 B4 7732-A D2 7732-B E2 7732-C E2 7732-D F2 7739 D4 7744 F3 7745 F5 7756 F7 F731 D7 F732 E5 F735 C2

6732

BZX284-C6V8

3752

X

4737

X

YES

A1

A8

1734

3

2

1

1732

4

3

2

1

4739

4738 4740

X

YES

GNDHOT

CL 36532054_004.eps

YES

8 OHMS / 5 W

X

110903

2735

RES

3735

18K

2740

RES

3740

18K

3V5

14

3

3V5

7 14

6

7

14

8

3V5

7 14

11

7

3V5

3743

1K0

3739

1K0

7744 BC847BW

F743

0V7

3736 3K3

3741 3K3

2746

2736

1u0

2741

1u0

50V1u0

+3V5

0V

+3V5

3744

4K7

2737 3n3

2742 3n3

3747

7739 BC847B

4K7

3748

8K2

3799

220K

3746

1K0

7731

AN5277

1 NC1

RIPPLE

FILTER

2 CH1I

NC

6V2

2799

50V100u

3733 RES

12-24DC-SUP_1

ATT.

3RF

7745 BC847BW

2745

2732

3745

4K7

4 GNDI

50V10u

2V9

F745

25V100u

F732

5 CH2I

6 NC2

2747

NC

33n

7 CH2O

5V2

ATT.

CON

8 MUTE

0V3

2796

1n0

2797

1n0

3755 100R

9 GNDO

10 VCC

6V

11 STBY

3V7

3756 RES

12 CH1O

6V1

2743

1n5

2755 1u0

2744

1n5

3757

10K

2738

2739

4738

*

F738 F737

*

4740

*

4739

GNDEARTH

*

50V330u

+3V5

3V5

3758

4K7

7756

BC847B

12-24DC-SUP_1

F731

2798 220n

6755

0V

BAS316

5733 22u

2734

35V1m0

3759

1K0

3760

4K7

F759

3761 1K0

MTV ITV

HP-SIDE-DET

OUT_MUTE

F736

F739

3750

1750

YESXYES

X

YES

GNDEARTH

F736 C8 F737 C8 F738 C8 F739 C8 F740 C2 F743 F3 F745 D5 F755 E2 F759 E8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

TV Board: Local Supply

B

(

R

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

71LC03U 7.

A

B

C

D

E

F

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

24V DC-in 23"

Item#

V

2900 -- CER2 0603 Y5V 50V 100N P8020 2900 -- CER2 0603 Y5V 25V 100N COL 2910 -- ELCAP 25V S 470U PM20 COL 2910 -- ELCAP 35V S 470U PM20 COL 2920 -- ELCAP 25V S 470U PM20 COL 2920 -- ELCAP 35V S 470U PM20 COL 3930 -- RST SM 0603 1R PM5 COL 3930 -- RST SM 0603 2R2 PM5 COL 7900 -- FET SIG SM SI2301DS 7900 -- FET POW SM SI2307DS (VISH)

FROM/TO 1003 OF SCALER PNL

V V

V

F906 = 8V3 DC F907 = 5V4 DC F908 = 3V5 DC

Component type

12V DC-in 15"/17"

12-24DC-SUP

1902

4

3

2

1

A9

11V9

VISH) R

12-24DC-SUP_1

F900

5900

12u

F902

STAND-BY

LOCAL SUPPLY (COMMON)

F901

5901

100MHz 220R

2900 100n

F903

2V9

3904

220K

3903 15K

3900

1K

2

1

6V

3901

1K

0V

7901 PDTC114ET

2903

10n

0V5

11V9

3

0V

1903

3925

10R

F1600mA

3905 220K

7903 BC847B

5930

33u

6925

SS14

+3V5

3906 22K

2V3

7904 BC847B

3915 1R0

3920 RES

3910 RES

2920

3930

1R0

3921

1R0

25V470u

3911

3912

1R0 1R0

2910 470u 25V

1K

3931

1R0

1K

3922 RES

1K

3913

2912

RES

3932

2932

RES

3923

2922

RES

11V7

11V8

1%

11V7

11V8

1%

11V

11V1

1V2

1V3

7910 MC34063A

8 DCOL

7IS

6

VCC

5 CIN-

7930 MC34063A

8 DCOL

7IS

6

VCC

5 CIN-

2934

7920 MC34063A

8 DCOL

7IS

6

VCC

5 CIN-

1K8

5K6

3K3

3914

3933

3924

IPK

OSC

1%

4n72914

IPK

OSC

1%

IPK

OSC

1%

4n72924

4n7

QRS

REFERENCE REGULATOR

QRS

REFERENCE REGULATOR

QRS

REFERENCE REGULATOR

GND 4

1SWC

2SWE

3TIMC

1SWC

2SWE

3TIMC

4GND

1SWC

2SWE

3TIMC

4GND

11V7

11V

8V4

0V7

5V5

0V7

3V6

0V7

2911 470p

2931 470p

2921 470p

5911 220u

2913

470u

16V

5931 220u

2933 470u

10V

5921 220u

2923

1m0

6.3V

POWER-DOWN

6910 SS14

F906

6930 SS14

F907

6920 SS14

F908

A1,A9

+8V3

,300mA / 430mA

+5V4

,320mA

+3V5

,250mA

CL 36532023_013.eps

150403

A

B

C

D

E

F

1902 C1 1903 C3 2900 C2 2903 F3 2910 B4 2911 A7 2912 B5 2913 B7 2914 B5 2920 E4 2921 E7 2922 E5 2923 E7 2924 E5 2931 C7 2932 D5 2933 D7 2934 D5 3900 C2 3901 D3 3903 F2 3904 E2 3905 E3 3906 E4 3910 A4 3911 A4 3912 A5 3913 B5 3914 B5 3915 A4 3920 E4 3921 E4 3922 E5 3923 E5 3924 E5 3925 E3 3930 C4 3931 C5 3932 C5 3933 D5 5900 C2 5901 C2 5911 A7 5921 E7 5930 C4 5931 C7 6910 A7 6920 E7 6925 E4 6930 C7 7900 C2 7901 D3 7903 F3 7904 F4 7910 A5 7920 D5 7930 B5 F900 C1 F901 C2 F902 C1 F903 D2 F906 B7 F907 D7 F908 E7

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

TV Board: CINCH I/O (15”/17”/23”)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

CINCH IO

A

B

C

D

E

TO 1170 OF

F

TO 1500 OF

G-SC1-IN_Y-IN

A1,A4

R-SC1_V-IN

1231

F221

1

2 F222

3

4

5

LIGHT-SENSOR_SDM

6

F224

7

1234

1

2

KEYBOARD

F223

3

NC

4

CVBS-SC1_AV1-IN

B-SC1-IN_U-IN

L-SC1_AV1-IN

R-SC1_AV1-IN

PC-TV-LED

4203

*

VOLVOL+ CHCH+

A5

A4

A8

A4

FRONT CONTROL

TOP CONTROL

2V4 2V 1V4 1V

+3V5

+8V3

(EU used 6211)

6297

BZX384-C12

3209

47K

3204

47K

6219

BZX384-C12

A1

2217 RES

RES

2227

RC5

STBY-LED

3299

(EU used 3217)

3227

10R

2211

RES

2208 330p

2203 330p

RES

2219

100R

(EU used 3216)

(EU used 3212)

(EU used 3211)

3208

1K0

3203

1K0

(EU used 3219)

(EU used 3218)

12-24DC-SUP

3261 4K7

7260

BC847BW

4201

(15"/17"/23" CINCH)

F207

3298 75R

3226

75R

100R3297

3296

75R

100R3295

3294

75R

3255 270R

6250

BZX384-C5V1

4202

2250 4u7

3262

5K6

3260

270R

1205

1203

1208

74HCT1G86

7261

4

1209

1212

1206

2254 100n

3

2253

1n0

2255

1n0

6209

RES

6210

RES

RES 6205

6206

F218

RES

F205

F204 6202 RES

6204

RES

F202

F208

RES

6201

RES 6203

3263

5K6

RES

6257

5

3257

2

1

F229

3256 100R

+8V3

BZX384-C3V9

3258

3K9

3259

5K6

AV1

1266-2

LPR6520-KG

9

8

7

6

5

4

1

2

3

LPR6520-KG

Y V(AV1)

U L(AV1)

1266-1

R(AV1) V

FOR ITV ONLY

LED_IN

F225

IR_IN

F226

STBY-LED

F227

6227

6228

F228

IR_OUT

F230

72LC03U 7.

A9

STATUS

A9

BZX284-C6V8 BZX284-C6V8

A9

AV2 / AVOUT

1265-2

LPR6520-KG

V(AVOUT)

V(AV2)

L(AVOUT)

L(AV2)

1265-1

LPR6520-KG

R(AV2)

R(AVOUT)

SVHS IN

1264-A

YKF51-5347

LOCALLIB (242202604926 PI=2)

TO

0240

OF

SIDE

I/O

TO 1232 (RJ 12) OF SHT A9

1233

EH-B

1202 C8 1203 C3 1204 B8 1205 C3 1206 B3 1208 D3 1209 A3 1211 A7 1212 A3 1214 C7 1216 B7

A

1217 D7 1218 E7

B

C

D

E

F

1219 A7 1231 E1 1233 E6 1234 F1 1264-A E6 1264-B D7 1265-1 B6 1265-2 A6 1266-1 C4 1266-2 A4 2203 C2 2206 B8 2208 C2 2211 B2 2217 A2 2219 D2 2225 A8 2227 A2 2238 B8 2242 E8 2244 D8 2249 E8 2250 E3 2251 C7 2252 B7 2253 C3 2254 E3 2255 C3 2257 C7 2258 B7 2291 C8 2292 C8 3203 C2 3204 C2 3206 B8 3207 B8 3208 B2 3209 C2 3226 A3 3227 A2 3238 B8 3239 B8 3241 E8 3242 E8 3243 D8 3244 C8 3248 E7 3249 E8 3255 E3 3256 E4 3257 E4 3258 F4 3259 F4 3260 E3 3261 E2 3262 F3 3263 E3 3289 C8 3290 C8 3291 C8 3292 C8 3293 A7 3294 D3 3295 C2 3296 B3 3297 B2 3298 A3 3299 A2 4201 F2 4202 F3

F220

2225

22p

3206

150R

1204

3238

1K0

(EU used 3233)

3292 1K0

(EU used 2233) (EU used 3234)

(EU used 3201)

(EU used 2201) (EU used 3202)

3244

10R

3243

75R

150R3291

2291 330p

2292 330p

2206 330p

2238 330p

2244 RES

3207

220K

3239

47K

3290 47K

3289 220K

CVBS-SC2_MON-OUT

L-SC1_AV-OUT

L-SC2_AV2-IN

R-SC2_AV2-IN

R-SC1_AV-OUT

C-SC2_SVHS-IN

A4

A8

A5

1211

1217

3293

68R

1216

1214

1202

9

8

7

6

5

4

1

2

3

1219

F203

F212

F201

F217

F214

2258

2257

1n0

2251

1n0

RES 6207

2252

1n0

8 3

5104

9

6

YKF51-5347

1264-B

NC

7 2 1

1

F234

2

3

F235

4

5

F237

6

F236

7

F238

8

9

10

NC

11

RES

6208

3249

11

F231

F215

1218

3248 75R

100R

3241

1K0

RES

2249

2242 330p

+5V4

Y-CVBS-SC2_AV2-IN

3242 10K

STATUS2_SVHS-RR-DET

Y-CVBS-FRONT-IN

C-FRONT-IN

L-FRONT-IN

SVHS-SIDE-DET

R-FRONT-IN

CL 36532037_018.eps

A5

A1

A5

A8

A1

A8

061003

4203 E1 6201 D4 6202 B4 6203 D4 6204 C4 6205 A4 6206 B4 6207 D7 6208 D7 6209 A4 6210 A4 6219 D2 6227 E5 6228 F5 6250 E3 6257 E4 6297 B2 7260 F3 7261 F3 F201 C7 F202 C4 F203 B7 F204 B4 F205 B4 F207 A4 F208 D4 F212 C7 F214 B7 F215 E7 F217 D7 F218 B4 F220 A8 F221 E1 F222 E1 F223 F1 F224 E1 F225 E4 F226 E4 F227 E4 F228 F5 F229 F4 F230 F4 F231 E7 F234 E6 F235 E6 F236 F6 F237 F6 F238 F6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (15”/17”) (Overview Top Side)

1010 A4 1057 E6 1100 C2 1111 E2 1202 F3 1214 F3 1231 F4 1232 F7 1233 E2 1234 F4 1264 F2 1265 F4 1266 E1 1269 F4

1330 B5 1426 E4 1620 D7 1691 C7 1702 E7 1730 F7 1731 F6 1732 E8 1733 F6 1750 F8 1752 F8 1902 A10 1903 A8 2010 D5

2016 E5 2017 E5 2018 E6 2019 E6 2020 E6 2021 E6 2041 D6 2042 E6 2043 D6 2044 D6 2045 D6 2046 D6 2049 C6 2052 E6

2053 D6 2055 E6 2057 D6 2103 D2 2106 D2 2108 D2 2109 C4 2110 C4 2154 D4 2158 D3 2159 D3 2160 E3 2162 D3 2164 D3

2166 D3 2167 D3 2169 D4 2170 E3 2171 D3 2172 D4 2174 E3 2175 E3 2176 D3 2177 D3 2250 F6 2251 F3 2257 F3 2291 F2

2292 F2 2303 D4 2304 D4 2308 B4 2310 B4 2312 B4 2315 D4 2317 B4 2319 B4 2321 B5 2325 B5 2330 D5 2331 D5 2332 D5

2351 D4 2360 C5 2361 C5 2376 D4 2377 D4 2378 D5 2412 E2 2415 E3 2417 E2 2418 E2 2419 E2 2431 E4 2435 E3 2438 D3

Part 1

CL 36532037_19a.eps

Part 3

3139 123 5667.4

CL 36532037_19c.eps

2439 D3 2442 D4 2443 D4 2444 D4 2445 D4 2446 D4 2473 C6 2474 C6 2475 C6 2476 B6 2477 B6 2478 B6 2479 B6 2480 B5

2481 B5 2501 E4 2620 D7 2621 C7 2622 C7 2623 C7 2624 C7 2625 C7 2627 C7 2628 C7 2629 C8 2630 C8 2631 C8 2632 C8

2633 C7 2634 C7 2635 C8 2636 C7 2637 C8 2638 C8 2639 C7 2640 C7 2645 D8 2646 D8 2647 C7 2648 D8 2649 D8 2650 C8

2652 D8 2653 C8 2654 D8 2655 D8 2656 D8 2657 C8 2658 C8 2661 D8 2662 D8 2664 E6 2665 E7 2666 E7 2667 E7 2668 D8

73LC03U 7.

2669 D8 2670 D8 2671 D8 2672 E6 2673 F6 2674 D8 2675 D8 2676 C7 2677 C8 2678 C8 2679 C7 2680 D7 2681 D7 2682 D7

2683 D7 2684 C7 2689 C8 2690 C8 2691 C6 2732 C8 2733 D9 2734 C9 2735 D9 2740 D9 2741 D9 2742 E9 2745 E9 2746 E7

2750 F9 2752 F9 2753 F8 2756 E9 2757 E9 2900 B8 2903 B8 2910 B9 2912 B10 2913 B10 2914 B10 2920 B7 2923 B7 2932 C8

2933 C8 2934 C8 2998 B8 2999 B10 3002 E5 3006 D6 3007 E5 3008 D6 3010 E4 3014 E5 3015 E5 3016 E5 3018 D6 3019 D6

3021 D5 3022 D5 3023 D6 3029 D5 3031 E4 3033 E5 3034 D6 3042 E6 3043 E6 3044 E6 3045 D5 3046 D5 3049 E4 3051 E5

3052 B5 3053 B5 3055 B5 3056 B5 3057 E6 3059 E6 3060 E6 3062 E5 3063 D5 3064 D5 3065 D6 3070 D6 3071 D6 3084 D6

3086 D5 3099 E4 3102 D1 3143 C4 3155 D4 3156 D4 3157 D4 3158 D4 3159 D3 3162 E4 3164 E3 3166 E3 3168 E3 3169 E3

3170 E3 3171 E3 3173 D4 3174 D3 3196 D4 3197 E4 3198 E4 3199 E4 3289 F2 3290 F2 3291 F3 3292 F3 3301 B6 3307 D4

Part 2

CL 36532037_19b.eps

Part 4

CL 36532037_19d.eps

3312 D4 3313 D5 3314 D4 3318 B4 3319 B4 3325 B6 3329 A4 3333 C5 3334 D5 3335 D5 3336 C5 3337 B4 3338 C5 3346 D4

3347 D4 3348 D4 3360 C5 3361 C5 3362 C5 3411 E2 3412 E2 3413 E2 3414 E3 3415 E3 3416 E2 3417 E3 3418 E2 3427 E3

CL 36532037_019.eps

3439 D3 3440 D4 3441 D4 3442 D4 3443 D4 3444 D4 3445 D4 3446 D4 3447 D4 3448 E3 3506 E4 3507 E4 3508 E4 3509 E4

110903

3510 E4 3620 D7 3621 D7 3622 C7 3623 C7 3624 C7 3625 C7 3626 D7 3633 C7 3634 C7 3635 C8 3636 C7 3637 C7 3638 C8 3640 C7 3645 C7 3646 C7 3650 D7 3651 D8 3652 D8 3653 E6 3654 F6 3655 D9 3656 D9 3691 C7 3732 D9 3733 D9 3735 D9 3736 D9 3740 D9 3741 D9 3752 F8 3900 A8 3901 A8 3903 B8 3904 B8 3905 A8 3906 A7 3910 B9 3911 B9 3912 B9 3913 B10 3914 B10 3915 B9 3920 A7 3921 A7 3922 A7 3925 A8 3930 B9 3931 B9 3932 C9 3933 C8 4008 D6 4057 E6 4151 D4 4152 D4 4302 B6 4303 B6 4620 C7 4646 C7 4647 C7 4648 C7 4649 C7 4691 C7 4738 F8 5042 D6 5122 D2 5156 D3 5166 D3 5171 E3 5173 D3 5174 E3 5301 B6 5302 B5 5303 B4 5433 D3 5434 D4 5435 D4 5470 B6 5620 D7 5621 C7 5650 C8 5733 B9 5900 A9 5901 B8 5911 B10 5921 B7 5930 B8

5931 B8 6102 D1 6103 D1 6360 C5 6361 C5 6362 D5 6412 E2 6415 E3 6650 D8 6731 F7 6732 F7 6910 B10 6920 B7 6925 A7 6930 B8 7008 D6 7022 D5 7053 E6 7062 E5 7064 D5 7066 D6 7155 D4 7156 D4 7170 E3 7199 E4 7261 F6 7301 C4 7303 D4 7330 D4 7360 C5 7401 E2 7403 C6 7412 E2 7432 E3 7433 D4 7434 D4 7501 E4 7620 D7 7621 C7 7622 C7 7674 D8 7675 D9 7676 F6 7678 D9 7679 D9 7680 E7 7731 D9 7900 A8 7901 A8 7903 B8 7904 A8 7910 B9 7920 B7 7930 B8

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (15”/17”) (Part 1 Top Side)

74LC03U 7.

Part 1

CL 36532037_19a.eps

110903

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (15”/17”) (Part 2 Top Side)

75LC03U 7.

Part 2

CL 36532037_19a.eps

110903

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (15”/17”) (Part 3 Top Side)

76LC03U 7.

Part 3

CL 36532037_19c.eps

110903

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (15”/17”) (Part 4 Top Side)

77LC03U 7.

Part 4

CL 36532037_19d.eps

110903

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (15”/17”) (Overview Bottom Side)

1203 D10 1204 F7 1205 E10 1206 E10 1208 D10 1209 F10 1211 F6 1212 E10 1216 F7 1217 F9 1218 F9 1219 F7 1452 C8 2012 D5

2013 E8 2014 E7 2015 E7 2047 C5 2048 C5 2050 D5 2051 E5 2054 E7 2056 E5 2060 D6 2061 E6 2101 D9 2102 D9 2107 D9

2111 B8 2112 B8 2130 C9 2131 C9 2132 C8 2133 C8 2142 C9 2143 C9 2144 B9 2145 B9 2146 C9 2147 C9 2148 C9 2149 C9

2161 D7 2163 D7 2165 D8 2168 D8 2173 D7 2178 D7 2179 D7 2180 D7 2203 D10 2206 F7 2208 E10 2211 E10 2217 F10 2219 E10

2225 F7 2227 E9 2238 F8 2242 F10 2244 F10 2249 F9 2252 F7 2253 E10 2254 E6 2255 D10 2258 F8 2301 C7 2302 B7 2305 B7

2306 C7 2307 C7 2311 B7 2313 B7 2314 C7 2316 C7 2318 B7 2320 B7 2322 B7 2324 B7 2336 C7 2337 C6 2338 C6 2340 B6

2341 C6 2342 C6 2343 C7 2344 B6 2345 B6 2346 B6 2347 C7 2348 C7 2349 D7 2350 D5 2379 C7 2380 B8 2381 B9 2382 B9

Part 1

CL 36532037_20a.eps

Part 3

3139 123 5667.4

CL 36532037_20c.eps

2390 B8 2391 B8 2401 E9 2402 E9 2403 E9 2404 E9 2405 E8 2407 E9 2408 E9 2436 E8 2437 D8 2470 C6 2471 C6 2472 C6

2482 B5 2601 F1 2602 F1 2603 D1 2604 D1 2605 C1 2610 F1 2611 F1 2612 D1 2613 D1 2626 D4 2651 C4 2663 F4 2688 D3

2731 E2 2736 D2 2737 D2 2751 F3 2754 D2 2755 E4 2758 D2 2911 B1 2921 B4 2922 B4 2924 B3 2931 C3 3003 E6 3004 E6

3009 D6 3012 D6 3013 D6 3017 D5 3024 D6 3028 E8 3030 E5 3032 E8 3035 E8 3036 B6 3037 B7 3038 B7 3047 D5 3048 D6

78LC03U 7.

3050 D5 3054 E5 3058 E5 3061 E5 3066 D5 3068 D5 3069 D5 3072 D5 3081 D5 3082 D5 3083 D5 3085 D5 3088 D5 3092 E7

3093 E7 3094 D6 3100 D9 3101 D9 3103 D9 3130 C9 3131 B8 3132 C9 3133 C8 3134 C8 3135 C9 3136 C8 3144 B9 3145 B9

3146 C9 3160 D8 3161 D7 3163 D7 3167 D7 3172 D7 3203 D10 3204 D10 3206 F7 3207 F7 3208 E10 3209 E10 3226 E10 3227 E10

3238 F8 3239 F8 3241 F10 3242 F10 3243 F9 3244 F10 3248 F9 3249 F9 3255 F7 3256 E5 3257 E6 3258 F6 3259 E5 3260 F7

3261 F6 3262 E5 3263 F5 3293 F6 3294 E10 3295 E10 3296 E10 3297 E10 3298 F10 3299 F10 3302 C7 3303 C7 3304 C7 3305 B7

3306 C7 3308 C7 3309 C7 3310 C7 3311 C7 3315 C7 3316 C7 3317 B7 3320 B7 3321 B7 3322 B7 3323 B7 3324 B7 3330 D7

3331 C7 3332 C8 3339 C7 3340 C7 3341 C7 3342 C6 3343 B7 3344 B7 3345 B6 3349 B6 3350 D5 3351 C6 3352 D6 3354 C6

Part 2

CL 36532037_20b.eps

Part 4

CL 36532037_20d.eps

3355 C6 3357 C6 3358 B6 3379 C7 3380 B9 3381 B10 3382 B9 3383 B9 3384 A9 3385 A9 3386 A9 3387 B9 3388 B9 3389 B8

3390 B8 3391 B10 3392 B10 3393 B10 3394 B8 3395 A8 3401 E9 3402 E9 3403 E9 3404 E9 3405 E8 3409 E9 3410 E9 3435 D8

CL 36532037_020.eps

3438 E8 3470 C6 3471 C5 3472 B6 3473 B6 3474 C6 3475 C6 3476 C5 3477 C5 3478 C5 3479 C6 3480 C5 3481 C5 3482 C5

3483 B5 3484 B6 3485 B5 3501 E8 3502 E8 3503 E8 3504 E8 3505 E8 3610 F1 3611 F1 3743 E4 3744 E4 3745 E2 3746 E2

110903

3750 F3 3755 E3 3756 E4 3757 E4 3758 E4 3759 E4 3760 F4 3761 F4 3923 B4 3924 B4 4036 B6 4101 C8 4201 E6 4202 E5 4203 F7 4320 B7 4323 B7 4324 C7 4325 C7 4470 C6 4471 C6 4472 C6 4601 E2 4602 E1 4603 E1 4604 E1 4605 E1 4606 E2 4610 D1 4611 D1 4612 C1 4613 C1 4614 C1 4615 C2 4616 C1 4617 C1 4650 D3 4651 D3 4737 E2 4739 E2 4740 E2 5040 E5 5041 E5 5050 D6 5111 B8 5148 C9 5149 B9 5172 D7 5379 C7 5431 E8 5452 C8 5601 C1 5680 E4 6020 E8 6031 D5 6148 C9 6149 C9 6201 E10 6202 E10 6203 E10 6204 E10 6205 E9 6206 F9 6207 F9 6208 F9 6209 F10 6210 F10 6219 E10 6227 E5 6228 F5 6250 F6 6257 E6 6297 E10 6380 B9 6390 B8 6470 B6 6471 C6 6472 C6 6755 E4 7036 B6 7063 D5 7067 D5 7068 D5 7069 D5 7070 D6 7130 B9 7131 C8

7149 C9 7160 D7 7260 E6 7302 C7 7350 D6 7353 D6 7356 D6 7380 B10 7381 B9 7382 B9 7383 B8 7384 B9 7385 B9 7390 B8 7391 B8 7471 C5 7472 D5 7473 B6 7601 F1 7602 F2 7603 E1 7604 D1 7605 C1 7610 F1 7677 F5 7732 E4 7744 E4 7756 E4

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (15”/17”) (Part 1 Bottom Side)

79LC03U 7.

Part 1

CL 36532037_20a.eps

110903

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (15”/17”) (Part 2 Bottom Side)

80LC03U 7.

Part 2

CL 36532037_20b.eps

110903

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (15”/17”) (Part 3 Bottom Side)

81LC03U 7.

Part 3

CL 36532037_20c.eps

110903

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (15”/17”) (Part 4 Bottom Side)

82LC03U 7.

Part 4

CL 36532037_20d.eps

110903

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (23”) (Overview Top Side)

1010 A4 1057 C5 1100 B2 1111 C1 1202 D3 1214 D2 1231 D3 1232 D6 1233 D2 1234 D4 1264 D1 1265 D3 1266 C1 1269 D3 1330 A4 1426 C3

1620 B6 1691 B6 1702 D6 1730 D5 1731 D5 1732 C6 1733 D5 1734 D6 1750 D7 1752 D7 1902 A8 1903 A7 2010 C4 2016 C4 2017 C4 2018 C5

2019 C5 2020 C5 2021 C5 2041 C5 2042 C5 2043 C5 2044 C5 2045 B5 2046 B5 2049 B5 2052 C5 2053 B5 2055 C5 2057 C5 2103 B2 2106 C2

2108 C1 2109 A3 2110 B3 2154 C3 2158 C2 2159 C2 2160 C2 2162 C3 2164 C3 2166 B3 2167 C3 2169 B3 2170 C3 2171 C3 2172 C3 2174 C3

2175 C3 2176 C3 2177 C3 2250 D5 2251 D2 2257 D2 2291 D2 2292 D2 2303 B3 2304 B3 2308 A3 2310 A3 2312 A4 2315 B4 2317 A3 2319 A3

2321 A4 2325 A4 2330 B4 2331 B4 2332 B4 2351 B3 2360 B4 2361 B4 2376 B4 2377 B3 2378 B4 2412 C2 2415 C2 2417 C2 2418 C2 2419 C2

2431 C3 2435 C2 2438 B3 2439 B3 2442 B3 2443 C3 2444 C4 2445 C4 2446 B3 2473 B5 2474 B5 2475 B5 2476 A5 2477 A5 2478 A5 2479 A5

2480 A4 2481 A4 2501 C3 2620 C6 2621 B6 2622 B5 2623 B6 2624 B6 2625 A6 2627 B6 2628 B6 2629 B6 2630 B6 2631 B6 2632 B6 2633 B6

2634 B6 2635 B6 2636 B6 2637 B6 2638 B6 2639 B6 2640 B6 2645 C7 2646 B7 2647 B6 2648 C6 2649 B7 2650 B7 2652 B6 2653 B7 2654 C6

2655 C6 2656 B7 2657 B7 2658 B7 2661 B7 2662 B7 2664 D5 2665 D5 2666 C6 2667 C6 2668 B7 2669 B7 2670 B7 2671 B7 2672 D5 2673 D5

2674 C7 2675 C7 2676 B6 2677 B6 2678 B6 2679 B6 2680 C6 2681 C6 2682 B5 2683 B5 2684 B6 2689 B6 2690 B6 2691 B5 2732 B7 2734 B7

2735 C7 2738 D7 2739 D7 2740 C7 2741 C7 2742 C7 2743 D7 2744 C7 2745 C7 2746 C5 2799 C7 2900 A7 2903 A6 2910 A7 2912 A8 2913 A8

2914 A8 2920 A6 2923 A6 2932 B7 2933 B6 2934 B7 2998 A6 2999 A8 3002 C4 3006 B5 3007 C4 3008 B5 3010 C4 3014 C4 3015 C4 3016 C4

3018 B5 3019 B5 3021 C4 3022 C4 3023 B5 3029 B4 3031 C3 3033 C4 3034 B5 3042 C5 3043 C5 3044 C5 3045 C4 3046 C4 3049 C4 3051 C4

83LC03U 7.

3052 A4 3053 A4 3055 A4 3056 A4 3057 C5 3059 C5 3060 C5 3062 C4 3063 C4 3064 C4 3065 B5 3070 B5 3071 B5 3084 B5 3086 C4 3099 C4

3102 B1 3143 B3 3155 C3 3156 C3 3157 C3 3158 C3 3159 C2 3162 C3 3164 C3 3166 C3 3168 C3 3169 C3 3170 C3 3171 C3 3173 B4 3174 B2

3196 C3 3197 C3 3198 C3 3199 C3 3289 D2 3290 D2 3291 D2 3292 D2 3301 A5 3307 B4 3312 B4 3313 B4 3314 B3 3318 A3 3319 A3 3325 A5

3329 A3 3333 B4 3334 B4 3335 B4 3336 B4 3337 A3 3338 B4 3346 B3 3347 B3 3348 B3 3360 B4 3361 B4 3362 B4 3411 C2 3412 C2 3413 C2

3414 C2 3415 C2 3416 C2 3417 C2 3418 C2 3427 C2 3439 C3 3440 C3 3441 C3 3442 B3 3443 C3 3444 C3 3445 C3 3446 B3 3447 B3 3448 C3

3506 C3 3507 C3 3508 C3 3509 C3 3510 C3 3620 C6 3621 C6 3622 B6 3623 B6 3624 B6 3625 B6 3626 B5 3633 B6 3634 A6 3635 B6 3636 A5

3637 A6 3638 B6 3640 B6 3645 A6 3646 A5 3650 C6 3651 B7 3652 B7 3653 D5 3654 D5 3655 C7 3656 C7 3691 B5 3733 B7 3735 C7 3736 C7

3739 C7 3740 C7 3741 C7 3747 C7 3748 C7 3900 A7 3901 A7 3903 A6 3904 A6 3905 A6 3906 A6 3910 A8 3911 A8 3912 A7 3913 A8 3914 A8

3915 A8 3920 A6 3921 A6 3922 A6 3925 A6 3930 A7 3931 A7 3932 B7 3933 B7 4008 B5 4057 C5 4151 C3 4152 C4 4302 A5 4303 A5 4620 B6

4646 A6 4647 B6 4648 A6 4649 A5 4691 B5 4738 D6 5042 B5 5122 B2 5156 C2 5166 B3 5171 C3 5173 C3 5174 C3 5301 A5 5302 A4 5303 A3

5433 B3 5434 C3 5435 C3 5470 A5 5620 C5 5621 B6 5650 B7 5733 A7 5900 A7 5901 A7 5911 A8 5921 A6 5930 A7 5931 A6 6102 B1 6103 B1

6360 B4 6361 B4 6362 B4 6412 C2 6415 C2 6650 C6 6731 D5 6732 D5 6910 A8 6920 A6 6925 A6 6930 A7 7008 B5 7022 B4 7053 C5 7062 C4

7064 C4 7066 B5 7155 C3 7156 C3 7170 C3 7199 C3 7261 D5 7301 B4 7303 B4 7330 B3 7360 B4 7401 C2 7403 B5 7412 C2 7432 C2 7433 B3

7434 C3 7501 C3 7620 B6 7621 B6 7622 B6 7674 B7 7675 B7 7676 D5 7678 B7 7679 B7 7680 D5 7731 C7 7739 C7 7900 A7 7901 A7 7903 A6

7904 A6 7910 A8 7920 A6 7930 A7

Part 1

CL 36532054_08a.eps

Part 2

CL 36532054_08b.eps

3139 123 56862

Part 3

CL 36532054_08c.eps

Part 4

CL 36532054_08d.eps

CL 36532054_008.eps

290703

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (23”) (Part 1 Top Side)

84LC03U 7.

Part 1Part 1

CL 36532054_08a.eps

290703

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (23”) (Part 2 Top Side)

85LC03U 7.

Part 2

CL 36532054_08b.eps

290703

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (23”) (Part 3 Top Side)

86LC03U 7.

Part 3

CL 36532054_08c.eps

290703

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (23”) (Part 4 Top Side)

87LC03U 7.

Part 4

CL 36532054_08d.eps

290703

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (23”) (Overview Bottom Side)

1203 C8 1204 D6 1205 C8 1206 D8 1208 C8 1209 D8 1211 D5 1212 D8 1216 D6 1217 D8 1218 D7 1219 D5 1452 A6 2012 B4 2013 C6

2014 C6 2015 C6 2047 B4 2048 B4 2050 B4 2051 C4 2054 C6 2056 C4 2060 B5 2061 C5 2101 B7 2102 B7 2107 B7 2111 A7 2112 A6

2130 B7 2131 B7 2132 A7 2133 B7 2142 B7 2143 A8 2144 A7 2145 A7 2146 B8 2147 B7 2148 B7 2149 B7 2161 B6 2163 B6 2165 B6

2168 B6 2173 C6 2178 B6 2179 B6 2180 B6 2203 C8 2206 D6 2208 C8 2211 C8 2217 D8 2219 C8 2225 D5 2227 D8 2238 D6 2242 D8

2244 D8 2249 D7 2252 D6 2253 C8 2254 D5 2255 C8 2258 D6 2301 A6 2302 A6 2305 A6 2306 B6 2307 A6 2311 A5 2313 A6 2314 B5

2316 B6 2318 A6 2320 A6 2322 A6 2324 A6 2336 A5 2337 A5 2338 B5 2340 A5 2341 A5 2342 A5 2343 A5 2344 A5 2345 A5 2346 A5

2347 B6 2348 B6 2349 B5 2350 B4 2379 B6 2380 A7 2381 A7 2382 A7 2390 A6 2391 A7 2401 C7 2402 C7 2403 C7 2404 C7 2405 C7

2407 C7 2408 C7 2436 C7 2437 C7 2470 B5 2471 A5 2472 B5 2482 A4 2601 D1 2602 D1 2603 C1 2604 B1 2605 B1 2610 D1 2611 D1

2612 B1 2613 B1 2626 B3 2651 B3 2663 D4 2688 C3 2736 C2 2737 C1 2747 C1 2751 D3 2753 D2 2755 C3 2759 D4 2760 D4 2796 C1

2797 C1 2798 C2 2911 A1 2921 A3 2922 A3 2924 A3 2931 A2 3003 C5 3004 C5 3009 B5 3012 B5 3013 B5 3017 B4 3024 B5 3028 C6

3030 C4 3032 C6 3035 C6 3036 A5 3037 A5 3038 A5 3047 B4 3048 B5 3050 B4 3054 C4 3058 C4 3061 C4 3066 B4 3068 C4 3069 C4

3072 C4 3081 B4 3082 C4 3083 C4 3085 B4 3088 B4 3092 C6 3093 C6 3094 B5 3100 B7 3101 B7 3103 B7 3130 A7 3131 A7 3132 A7

3133 B7 3134 B7 3135 B7 3136 B6 3144 A7 3145 A7 3146 B7 3160 C7 3161 B6 3163 B6 3167 B6 3172 B6 3203 C8 3204 C8 3206 D6

3207 D6 3208 C8 3209 C8 3226 D8 3227 D8 3238 D6 3239 D6 3241 D8 3242 D8 3243 D8 3244 D8 3248 D7 3249 D7 3255 D6 3256 D4

88LC03U 7.

3257 D5 3258 D5 3259 D4 3260 D6 3261 D5 3262 D4 3263 D4 3293 D5 3294 C8 3295 C8 3296 C8 3297 C8 3298 D8 3299 D8 3302 A6

3303 A6 3304 A6 3305 A6 3306 A6 3308 A6 3309 B5 3310 B6 3311 B6 3315 B6 3316 B6 3317 A6 3320 A5 3321 A6 3322 A6 3323 A5

3324 A6 3330 B5 3331 B6 3332 B6 3339 A5 3340 B5 3341 B5 3342 B5 3343 A5 3344 A5 3345 A5 3349 A5 3350 B4 3351 B5 3352 B5

3354 B5 3355 B5 3357 B5 3358 A5 3379 B6 3380 A8 3381 A8 3382 A7 3383 A7 3384 A8 3385 A7 3386 A7 3387 A7 3388 A7 3389 A6

3390 A6 3391 A8 3392 A8 3393 A8 3394 A6 3395 A7 3401 C7 3402 C7 3403 C7 3404 C7 3405 C7 3409 C7 3410 C7 3435 C7 3438 C7

3470 B5 3471 B4 3472 A5 3473 A5 3474 B5 3475 B5 3476 B4 3477 B4 3478 B4 3479 B5 3480 B4 3481 B4 3482 B4 3483 A4 3484 A5

3485 A4 3501 C7 3502 C6 3503 C7 3504 C7 3505 C7 3610 D1 3611 D1 3743 C4 3744 D4 3745 B2 3746 B2 3750 D2 3752 D2 3755 C3

3756 C3 3757 C3 3758 C3 3759 D3 3760 D3 3761 D3 3799 C2 3923 A3 3924 A3 4036 A5 4101 B7 4201 D5 4202 D4 4203 D6 4320 A5

4323 A5 4324 B6 4325 B6 4470 B5 4471 A5 4472 B5 4601 D1 4602 D1 4603 D1 4604 C1 4605 C1 4606 C1 4610 B1 4611 B1 4612 B1

4613 B1 4614 B1 4615 B1 4616 B1 4617 B1 4650 B3 4651 B3 4739 D3 4740 D3 5040 C4 5041 C4 5050 B5 5111 A7 5148 A7 5149 A8

5172 B6 5379 B6 5431 C7 5452 B6 5601 B1 5680 D3 6020 C6 6031 C4 6148 B7 6149 B7 6201 C8 6202 D8 6203 C8 6204 C8 6205 D7

6206 D7 6207 D7 6208 D7 6209 D8 6210 D8 6219 C8 6227 D4 6228 D4 6250 D5 6257 D5 6297 C8 6380 A8 6390 A7 6470 A5 6471 A5

6472 A5 6755 D3 7036 A5 7063 C4 7067 C4 7068 C4 7069 B4 7070 C5 7130 A7 7131 B7 7149 A7 7160 C6 7260 D5 7302 B6 7350 B5

7353 B5 7356 B5 7380 A8 7381 A7 7382 A7 7383 A7 7384 A7 7385 A7 7390 A7 7391 A7 7471 B4 7472 B4 7473 A5 7601 D1 7602 D2

7603 C1 7604 B1 7605 B1 7610 D1 7677 D4 7732 C3 7744 D4 7745 B2 7756 C3

Part 1

CL 36532054_09a.eps

Part 2

CL 36532054_09b.eps

3139 123 5686.2

Part 3

CL 36532054_09c.eps

Part 4

CL 36532054_09d.eps

CL 36532054_009.eps

061003

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (23”) (Part 1 Bottom Side)

89LC03U 7.

Part 1

CL 36532054_09a.eps

290703

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (23”) (Part 2 Bottom Side)

90LC03U 7.

Part 2

CL 36532054_09b.eps

290703

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (23”) (Part 3 Bottom Side)

91LC03U 7.

Part 3

CL 36532054_09c.eps

290703

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout TV Board (23”) (Part 4 Bottom Side)

92LC03U 7.

Part 4

CL 36532054_09d.eps

290703

3D Comb Filter

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

93LC03U 7.

+8V3d

A

2802

47u

B

C

D

+8V3

E

1801

10

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

F

TV BD

TO

1426

OF

CVBS-COMB

3139 123 5665.2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

7851

LF25C

3V1

IN OUT

GND

10

5870

10u

2V5 2V4

2872

10u16V 16V10u

5855

10u

2855 100n

+3V3

3875

3

3V2

1K0

1V3

2888 100n

NC

2V1

1V2

3890

1K5

3892

1V2 2V4

2V4

10u16V

3878 100K

1V4

2K7

DSX151GA

2885 100n

3V3

2887 100n

2889

2875

22p

XI

2892

10n

2897 150p

50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31

3896 100R

3D COMB FILTER

5801

100 MHz / 120R

2803

100n

3816

47R

YOUT-COMB

COUT-COMB

SCL0 SDA0

2848

16V47u

3837

1K0

12-18DC-SUP

7V3

2V

7V

2V1

3804

47R

3802

560R

3803

1K0

3818

560R

3817

1K0

3801

33R

BC857BW

7800

BC847BW

2800

22p

3819

47R

BC857BW

7816

BC847BW

2816

3832

12K

3V2

3847

3807

120R

6V6

7801

2V6

3805

330R 3806 120R

3821 180R 330R

6V3

7817

2V7

3820 330R

3822 120R

3833

10R

7V2

7808 BC847BW 2V5

3835 470R

7802

BF570

3808

120R

3824

7818

BF570

3823

120R

7V2

3809

330R

6V

1V1

5V7

1V2

3836

10R

7809

BC847BW

3834 470R12K

2801

22p

2817

22p22p

2V5

1V8

1V9

3810

5K6

3815

1K8

3825

5K6

3830

5K6

5806

4FUS

3841 820R

3851

3864 220R

5853

3

33u

2857

470u 35V

2862

1u0

2863

1n0

5840

100 MHz / 120R

5841

100 MHz / 120R

2836 10u 16V

+2V5D

2853

3852

1R0

3854

1K2

2858

RES

3862

3863

27K

1K0 100n

2V3

3865

2K2

2840

2843 100n

2837

2845 100n

100n

2846 100n

5849

100 MHz / 120R

12-18DC-SUP

+8V3

3811

560R

NC

2

34

1

78

MTMT

6

3826

560R

NC

1

2

34

78

6

NC

1

78

MT

6

2V1

2

34

3813

2K7

2V

7803

BC857BW

5802 4FUS

0V

3812

10R

3828

2K7

2V

0V

5804

4FUS

3827

10R

100 MHz / 120R

3843

1K5

2V8

100 MHz / 120R

BF550 0V

3842 3844

3K3

7V5

BC857BW

2833 100n 47u

7812

10R

2

24V

7852

SI2301DS

1

3850

1K

2K2

7853

PDTC114ET

0V

SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1V3

3814

10R

2839

22p

7807

1V4

3829

10R

2829

22p

+8V3d

5832

2834

5835

2835

1u

3853

1R0

1%

3V2

1V3

2849 100n

6

3856 1K8

BC857BW

7862

BC847BW

2V1

3866 220K

+2V5A

100n 100n2841

100n2842

100n2844

100n2847

7854 MC34063A

DCOL8

QRS

IS7

IPK

OSC

4n7

100 MHz / 120R

3861

4K7

3V3

3860

470R

81

AVDD3

82

CBPC

83

ACO

84

AYO

85

CBPY

86

AGND3

87

AGND4

88

AYI

89

VCLY

90

VRBY

91

VRTY

92

AVDD4

93

AVDD5

94

VRTC

95

VRBC

96

ACI

97

AGND5

98

TEST25

99

TEST26 DVDD3

REFERENCE REGULATOR

1%

5860

79

80

DGND4

DGND1

1

VCC

CIN-5

2859

7861

2V4

2854

100n100n

2V5 1V1 1V4 1V3 1V1

1V 0V7

2V5 2V5 0V8 1V3

0V1

NC

100

1

SWC

SWE 2

3V3

TIMC 3

0V7

2860

2865

470p

10V470u

GND 4

+3V3

SCL0

SDA0

2861

2V9

7860

BC847BW

2877

+2V5D

3867

470R

78

KIL

LINE

TESTIC12TESTIC2

3

2864

2881

100n

22p

2V9

77

RPLL

TEST014TEST025TEST036TEST047TEST058TEST069TEST0710TEST0811TEST0912TEST1013TEST1114TEST1215TEST1316TEST14

72

73

74

76

75

CSI

ALTF

DYCO7

DYCO8

DYCO9

71

DYCO6

70

DYCO5

69

DYCO4

68

DYCO3

67

DYCO2

5854

100u

UPD64083GF

5856 100u

2866

470u 10V

65

66

DYCO0

DYCO1

7823

NC

2V4

64

DVDD2

17

6850 SS14

2878

22p22p

63

NSTD

EXTALTF

18

NCNC

+3V3

,400mA

3V3

47R3881

3882 47R

1V4

62

59

60

ST061ST1

SCL

SDA

EXTDYCO019EXTDYCO120EXTDYCO221EXTDYCO3

22

1

3879

100K

3883 1K0

+2V5P

22p2879

3V2

57

58

56

SLA0

CLK8

RSTB

EXTDYCO423EXTDYCO524EXTDYCO625EXTDYCO726EXTDYCO827EXTDYCO9

5851

+3V3

10u

2u2

+2V5D

+8V3

3855

7875

LM809M3X-3.08

GND

RESET_

2

3V2

100n2882

2V4

2895 10n

1V2

54

51

55

53

52

FSCI

CKMD

AVDD2

AGND2

DGND3

FSCO

AGND1

AVDD1

DVDD1 TEST24 TEST23 TEST22 TEST21

DGND2 TEST20

DVDIO TEST19 TEST18 TEST17 TEST16 TEST15

DVDRAM2 DVDRAM1

DGNDRAM1

DGNDRAM2

28

29

30

2851

1R

VCC

XO

2V5

100u

2871

2856

47u

150R

3V2 7890

BC847BW

3894 470R

3884 220R

1883

20M

2852

10V

2870 100n

2V4

3876

6875

1PS76SB10

3891

10R

2890 100n

3893

470R

2886 100n

5888

10u

+2V5A

5852

+2V5D

10u

+2V5P

+8V3d

+2V5D

6876

BAS17

5890

10u

2896

10u 16V

16V10u

5891

15u

2894

3895

1K0

150p

2893 150p

2883

2891

22p

2884

22p

+2V5P

+2V5D

+3V3

+2V5D

5889

100 MHz / 120R

CL 36532054_011.eps

+3V3

061003

1801 E1 1883 D9 2800 C1 2801 C2 2802 A1 2803 A1 2816 E1 2817 D2 2829 D4 2833 E4 2834 E4

A

2835 F4 2836 E5 2837 E5 2839 C4 2840 E5 2841 E5 2842 E5 2843 E5 2844 E5 2845 E5 2846 E5 2847 F5 2848 F1 2849 F5

B

2851 A8 2852 A9 2853 F5 2854 F5 2855 B8 2856 B9 2857 B5 2858 B5 2859 B5 2860 A7 2861 C6 2862 C5 2863 D5

C

2864 D6 2865 B7 2866 B7 2870 A9 2871 A9 2872 A8 2875 C8 2877 C7 2878 C7 2879 D7 2881 D7 2882 D8 2883 D9 2884 E9

D

2885 E9 2886 E9 2887 E9 2888 F8 2889 F9 2890 C9 2891 C9 2892 D8 2893 D9 2894 D9 2895 D8 2896 C9 2897 D8

E

3801 A1 3802 B1 3803 C1 3804 A1 3805 B2 3806 B2 3807 A2 3808 C2 3809 A2 3810 B2 3811 B3 3812 C3 3813 A3

F

3814 C4 3815 C2 3816 C1 3817 E1 3818 D1 3819 C1 3820 D2 3821 C2 3822 D2

3823 D2 3824 C2 3825 D2 3826 D3 3827 D3 3828 C3 3829 D4 3830 D2 3832 E1 3833 E2 3834 F2 3835 F2 3836 E2 3837 F1 3841 F3 3842 F3 3843 E3 3844 F4 3847 F1 3850 A4 3851 A4 3852 A5 3853 A5 3854 B5 3855 B8 3856 B5 3860 D6 3861 C6 3862 C5 3863 C5 3864 D4 3865 D5 3866 D5 3867 D6 3875 B8 3876 B9 3878 C9 3879 C8 3881 D7 3882 D7 3883 C8 3884 D9 3890 C8 3891 C9 3892 D9 3893 D9 3894 D9 3895 D9 3896 D8 5801 A1 5802 B3 5804 D3 5806 F2 5832 E4 5835 F4 5840 E5 5841 E5 5849 F5 5851 A8 5852 A9 5853 A4 5854 A7 5855 B8 5856 B7 5860 B6 5870 A8 5888 F9 5889 F9 5890 C9 5891 D9 6850 A7 6875 C9 6876 C9 7800 B2 7801 B2 7802 B2 7803 B3 7807 C4 7808 F2 7809 E2 7812 F4 7816 D2 7817 D2 7818 D2 7823 E7 7851 A8 7852 A4

7853 A4 7854 A5 7860 C6 7861 C5 7862 C5 7875 B8 7890 C9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Layout 3D Comb Filter (Top Side)

0897 A3

1883 A3

2834 A5

2849 A4

2854 A4

2866 A2 0898 A3 0899 A4 1801 A5

2802 A4 2803 A5 2833 A4

2835 A4 2836 A5 2848 A5

2851 A2 2852 A2 2853 A4

2856 A5 2857 A1 2865 A1

2871 A2

2872 A3

2883 A3

2884 A3 2889 A3 2891 A3 2896 A3

3813 A5 3837 A5 3842 A4 3843 A4

3844 A4 3884 A3 5801 A5 5802 A5

5804 A5 5806 A4 5832 A5 5835 A4

5841 A5 5849 A4 5851 A2 5852 A2

5853 A2 5854 A1 5856 A1 5870 A2

5888 A2 5889 A2 5890 A3 7812 A4

7823 A4 7851 A2 7854 A1

94LC03U 7.

3139 123 5665.2

Layout 3D Comb Filter (Bottom Side)

2800 A1

2839 A1

2845 A2

2860 A5

2875 A3

2885 A3

2893 A3 2801 A1 2816 A2 2817 A2 2829 A2 2837 A2

2840 A2 2841 A2 2842 A2 2843 A2 2844 A2

2846 A2 2847 A2 2855 A1 2858 A5 2859 A5

2861 A2 2862 A3 2863 A3 2864 A2 2870 A3

2877 A3 2878 A3 2879 A3 2881 A3 2882 A3

2886 A3 2887 A3 2888 A3 2890 A3 2892 A3

2894 A4

2895 A3

2897 A3

3801 A1

3802 A1

3803 A1 3804 A1 3805 A1 3806 A1 3807 A1 3808 A1

3809 A1 3810 A1 3811 A1 3812 A1 3814 A1 3815 A1

3816 A2 3817 A2 3818 A2 3819 A2 3820 A2 3821 A2

3822 A2 3823 A2 3824 A2 3825 A2 3826 A2 3827 A2

3828 A1 3829 A2 3830 A2 3832 A2 3833 A2 3834 A2

3835 A2 3836 A1 3841 A2 3847 A2 3850 A4 3851 A4

3852 A5 3853 A5 3854 A5 3855 A1 3856 A5 3860 A3

3861 A2 3862 A2 3863 A2 3864 A3 3865 A2 3866 A3

3867 A2 3875 A3 3876 A4 3878 A4 3879 A3 3881 A3

3882 A3 3883 A3 3890 A3 3891 A3 3892 A3 3893 A3

3894 A3 3895 A4 3896 A3 5840 A2 5855 A1 5860 A3

5891 A3 6850 A5 6875 A4 6876 A4 7800 A1 7801 A1

7802 A1 7803 A1 7807 A1 7808 A2 7809 A2 7816 A2

7817 A2 7818 A2 7852 A4 7853 A4 7860 A2 7861 A2

7862 A3 7875 A3 7890 A3

CL 36532054_012.eps

061003

3139 123 5665.2

CL 36532054_013.eps

061003

Scaler Panel: Power

(

POWER

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

95LC03U 7.

1001-1

A

EARTH_1

3

EARTH_2

4

B

C

PANEL-PWR-CTL

C4

D

E

C2

12-24DC-SUP

F

3139 123 5680.3

1 2345

F001

1

F003

2

F002

( ... V ) STANDBY

DIVERSITY

@

REF 3001 3014 3015 3016 6001 BZX384-C15 7005 5010 5011

5014

POW-CON-SCALER

6001

@

BZX384-C15

1002

7000mA

SSQ

MAIN_GND

SS 10K 10K

--

1R

SI9433DY

YES

--

YES5013

--

I001

F

BZX384-C27

3003

47K

@

3001

10K

12-24DC-SUP

LS

47K

-10K 10K

DI4431DY

-YES

I002

12-24DC-SUP

(0V)

0V

3002 4K7

2001 100n

+5

7002 BC847B

SS = 12V LS = 24V

F006

F007

MAIN_GND

@

I003

(0V)

0V6

3014

10K

3015

RES

3017

47K

3004 22K

1003

4

3

2

1

7003 BC847B

TO 1902 OF LCD-TV BOARD

12-24DC-SUP

+5

@@

5010

F005

I017

@

(0V)

I018

0V6

3018 22K

12-24DC-SUP

5009 10u

3005 10K

I005

5 0V

(8V5)

3006 22K

7004 BC847B

5011

RES

123

3016 1R0

2024

470u

2002

100n

2009

7001

LM2596T-5.0

ON_|OFF

GND

3

0121

2

1

SS = 4V9

7005 SI9433DY

4

2021

I006

25V

470u25V

OUTVIN

FB

HEATSINK

FOR LS ONLY (23")

W =3.5 mm

12V

PAN-VCC

@

5014

I007

6002 SS34

@

5013

5015

33u

5001

68u

W > 4mm

5V

470u

2010

I008

35V

470u

2007

25V

5002

10u

3009 1R0

3010

3019

1K4

2019

RES

+5

1R0

1%

F008

2008

470u 25V

I004

8

567

50V10n

21

4

7010 MC34063A

8 DCOL

7IS

6

VCC

5 CIN-

3020

12K

2020

4n7

A

B

C

D

E

F

0121 F3 0122 F6 1001 A1 1002 A1 1003 A2 2001 A2 2002 E3 2003 E8 2004 E8 2005 C8 2006 C9 2007 E5 2008 E5 2009 E3 2010 B4 2011 E9 2012 E9 2013 E9 2014 E9 2015 E7 2016 E6 2017 A8 2018 A9 2019 C5 2020 C5 2021 C3 2022 E7 2024 D3 2025 B7 2026 C7 2027 C8 3001 F1 3002 F2 3003 F1 3004 F2 3005 E3 3006 F3 3009 B5 3010 B5 3011 A9 3012 B9 3014 B2 3015 C2 3016 C3 3017 C2 3018 C3 3019 B5 3020 C5 5001 E4 5002 E5 5003 C8 5004 E7 5005 E9 5006 D9 5009 E3 5010 B3 5011 B3 5012 A8 5013 B4 5014 B5 5015 B4 5025 B7 5026 C7 6001 F1 6002 E4 6025 B8 7001 E3 7002 F2 7003 E2 7004 C3 7005 B3 7006 C9 7007 E8 7008 A9 7009 E6 7010 A5

6

1SWC

QRS

IPK

OSC

REFERENCE REGULATOR

1%

+5

LD1086V33

32

2016

100n

16V

2SWE

3TIMC

4GND

7009

OUTIN

COM

1

3V3

2022 1n0

2025

470p

+3V3

7

89

+5

5012

I015

LM317D2

3

I2O

7008

2V5

+2V5

I016

A

I009

2015

5025 220u

25V470u

470u

2026

25V

5004

1

3011

2017

100n

6025 SS14

LD1117D25

16V

7007

COM

+3V3

I014

5003

2005

100n

OUTIN

1

12V

F026

10u5026

(0.4A)

2027

25V

470u

+5

I010

32

47u

2003

16V

100n

2004

I019

16V

1V3

560R

3012

560R

7006

LD1086D2T18

1

16V

1V8

2013

47u16V

5006

5005

32

OUTIN

COM

16V

I011

2V5

2012

100n

(1)

(2)

+1V8

+2V5I

+2V5II

2018

I013

2006

47u

16V

2011

10V10u

I012

2014

10u 10V

16V47u

0122

HEATSINK

12

F008 = 5V DC F026 = 12V DC I009 = 3V3 DC

I012 = 2V5 DC I013 = 1V8 DC I016 = 2V5 DC

CL 36532023_015.eps

061003

F001 A1 F002 A1 F003 A1 F005 B3 F006 A2 F007 A2 F008 E5 F026 C8 I001 F1 I002 F2 I003 F2 I004 B4 I005 E3 I006 D3 I007 E4 I008 E4 I009 E7 I010 E8 I011 E9 I012 E9 I013 C9 I014 C8 I015 A8 I016 A9 I017 B3 I018 C3 I019 A9

23" W screen

Item#

15"/17"W screen

2001 -- CER2 0603 Y5V 50V 100N P8020 R

V

2001 -- CER2 0603 X7R 16V 100N COL 2002 -- CER2 0603 Y5V 50V 100N P8020 R

V

2002 -- CER2 0603 X7R 16V 100N COL

V

2009 -- ELCAP 25V S 470U PM20 COL B 2009 -- ELCAP 35V S 470U PM20 COL B 2010 -- ELCAP 35V S 470U PM20 COL B 2020 -- CER2 0603 X7R 50V 4N7 COL

V

2024 -- ELCAP 25V S 470U PM20 COL B 2024 -- ELCAP 35V S 470U PM20 COL B 2025 -- CER1 0603 NP0 50V 470P COL 2026 -- ELCAP 25V S 470U PM20 COL B 2027 -- ELCAP 25V S 470U PM20 COL B 3009 -- RST SM 0603 1R PM5 COL 3010 -- RST SM 0603 1R PM5 COL

V

3014 -- RST SM 0603 10K PM5 COL 3015 -- RST SM 0603 10K PM5 COL 3016 -- RST SM 0603 10K PM5 COL 3016 -- RST SM 0603 1R PM5 COL

V

3019 -- RST SM 0603 RC22H 1K4 PM1 R 3020 -- RST SM 0603 RC22H 12K PM1 R 5010 -- IND FXD 1206 EMI 100MHZ 120R R

V

5011 -- IND FXD 1206 EMI 100MHZ 120R R

V

5013 -- IND FXD 1206 EMI 100MHZ 120R R 5014 -- IND FXD 1206 EMI 100MHZ 120R R 5015 -- FXDIND S 8MM 33U PM10 COL A 5025 -- IND FXD LHL08 S 220U PM10 A 5026 -- FXDIND S 8MM 10U PM10 COL A

V

6001 -- DIO REG SM BZX384-C15 COL R 6001 -- DIO REG SM BZX384-C27 COL R 6025 -- DIO REC SS14 COL R

V

7005 -- FET POW SM SI9433DY 7005 -- FET POW SM SI4431DY 7010 -- IC MC34063AP1 (MOTA) L

Component type

V V

V V V

V V V V V V

V V

V V V

V V

TEG0) R VISH) R

1 234567

89

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Scaler Panel: I/O & Interface

I/O & INTERFACE

96LC03U 7.

Personal Notes:

A

B

C

D

1 2 3

C10

PC_HDAUDIO-R

C10

POW-CON-SCALER

C1

PC-HSYNC

C7

PC-VSYNC

C7

SDA-1

C8

TV-IRQ

C8

SCL-1

VS-OSD

C3

HS-OSD

C3

G-Y

C3

R-Pr

C3

PC_HDAUDIO-L

AV-CVBS

B-Pb

F681

F682

F683

F684

F685

F686

F687

F688

F689

F690

F691

F692

F693

F694

0V

2V9

0V

4V8

5V

4V8

0V

0V5

0V6

MAIN_GND

22 21 20

19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10

1681

9 8 7 6 5

TO 1010 OF LCD-TV BOARD

4

3

2 1

F689

1V / div DC

5ms / div

F690

1V / div DC

20µs / div

F691

200mV / div DC

20µs / div

F692

200mV / div DC

10µs / div

F693

200mV / div DC

10µs / div

F694

200mV / div DC

10µs / div

A

B

C

D

1681 A3 F681 A2 F682 A2 F683 A2 F684 B2 F685 B2 F686 B2 F687 B2 F688 B2 F689 C2 F690 C2 F691 C2 F692 C2 F693 D2 F694 D2

3139 123 5680.3

1 2 3

CL 36532023_016.eps

061003

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Scaler Panel: Video Decoder

VIDEO DECODER

97LC03U 7.

A

C9

B

C2

C

C2

D

C2

E

I304 = 3V3 DC

F

3139 123 5680.3

123

SOFT-RESET

AV-CVBS

G-Y

B-Pb

R-Pr

MAIN_GND

VS-OSD

3304

150R

MAIN_GND

I327

1V / div DC

2µs / div

3305

150R

MAIN_GND

3320

2304

2308 47n

2305 47n

2315 47n

3306

150R

RES

47n

MAIN_GND

100R3307

3308

2318

47n

MAIN_GND

(R)

2319

47n

MAIN_GND

2317 47n

MAIN_GND

SAA7118E

0V7

1V

0V9

1V

0V8

1V

0V9

1V

2316 47n

7302

NC NC

NC

NC NC

NC

NC NC

I306

MAIN_GND

N6

CLKEXT

FSWM13 A|11J2 A|12K1 A|13K2 A|14L3 A|1DK3 A|21G4 A|22G3 A|23H2 A|24J3 A|2DH1 A|31E3 A|32F2 A|33F3 A|34G1 A|3DF1 A|41B1 A|42D2 A|43D1 A|44E1 A|4DD3

AOUTM1

AGNDC2AGNDA

L2

4567

5303

2331

I303

D13

C14

TEST1

TEST2

CB CR

RAW

CB CR

XTAL

XTALIB4XTOUT

A3

1V5

1V6

+5

7301

LM1117MPX-3.3

3

IN OUT

4V9

ADJ

1

MAIN_GND MAIN_GND

P3

A13

B12

A12

B2

B13

B14

RES1

RES2

TEST3

Y

S

A2

2335

TEST4

TEST5

XPD0A8XPD1B8XPD2A9XPD3B9XPD4

XRDY A6

RES3

EXMCLR

YCBCR

DECODER OUTPUT CONTROL

XPD5

A10

B10

2

I304

4

3V3

C13

C12

RES7

RES8N1RES9

RES4C3RES5C4RES6

IIC REGISTER MAP

S

RAW

YCBCRS

CBCR

XDQ

XPD6

XPD7

XRHC7XRV

XCLK

A7

B7

A11

C11

0V5

1V7

5304

2325

10u

10V

N2

N13

N14

P2

RES10N3RES11

RES12

RES13

PRESCALER

BCS-SCALER

FIR-PREFILTER

H-PORTX-PORT

XTRI

HPD0

HPD1

HPD2

D8

B11

E11

E13

D14

1V6

100n 2332

100n

I305

2326

MAIN_GND

3V3

B3

G2

E2

VXDD

VDDA3A

VDDA4A

CBCR

HPD3

HPD4

HPD5

F13

E12

E14

2329

100n 2327

10V

10u

100n

MAIN_GND

L1

J1

M3

K4

H4

F4

VDDA VDDE VDDI

VDDA1A

VDDA2A

LINE FIFO BUFFER

BOUNDARY

SCAN

TRSTN

TDIB5TDO

HPD7

HPD6

A5

G13

I345

I346

C6

I347

F14

+3V3

3314

3K3

3V3

N4

P6

P5

P13

R

G

B

C

Y S

VIDEO

SWITCH

CHROM

CLK

LLCP4LLC2

N5

1V7

CE

TEST0

RESON

CONTROL

FAST

DELAY

COMP PROC

PROC

COMB

FIL

LUM

PROC

S

SYNC

GPO

RST0

RST1

RTCO

L10

N10

M10

0V

1301

AT-51CD2

24M576

2334 15p 15p

ADP0N8ADP1P8ADP2M7ADP3L7ADP4P7ADP5N7ADP6L6ADP7M6ADP8

AD-PORT

+ ADC1

ANALOG1

+ ADC1

ANALOG1

+ ADC1

ANALOG1

ANALOG INPUT CONTROL

+ ADC1

ANALOG1

VSSA VSSE VSSI

VXSS

J4

A4

E4

C1

H3

M2

MAIN_GND

5302

I302

2324

100n 2333

100n

3V3

C9

D12

H12M4M8

D4

C5

M11C8C10

I301

F12

1ST TASK IIC REG MAP SCALER

2ST TASK IIC REG MAP SCALER

SCALER EVENT CONTROLLER

VIDEO FIFO

HORIZONTAL FINE-

(PHASE-) SCALING

VERTICAL SCALING

VBI DATA

SLICER

TMS

TCK

B6

D6

I348

I349

D5

D9

0V

VIDEO/TEXT

ARBITER

L4

L8

L11

D11

G11

D7

8910

+3V3

5301

3V3

J12M5M9

TEXT

FIFO

F11

D10

J11

2323

100n 2328

100n

2V1

P10

SDA

L5

2321

10u

2V5

N9

P9

SCL

INT_A

K13IGP1

IGP0 L14 IGPV K14 IGPH K12

IDP0 G14

IDP1 G12

IDP2 H11

IDP3 H14

IDP4 H13

IDP5 J14

IDP6 J13

IDP7 K11

ICLK M14

IDQ L13

ITRDY N12

OUTPUT FORMATTER I-PORT

ITRI L12

N11ASCLK

0V

3313

3311

3312

3316 47R

3322

3321 3323

3324-3 3 6

3325-4 47R45 3325-3 47R3 3325-2 3325-1 1 8

AUDIO

L9

ALRCLK P12

AMCLK P11

CLK

AMXCLK M12

3327

100R 3328

100R

3329

RES

4K7

RES

0R05

47R3326

47R3315

100R

47R

RES

45

18

6

47R3324-4 47R 47R3324-2 2 7 47R3324-1

47R27 47R

IICSDA

IICSCL

DA-VSYNC

I316

DA-FID

DA-HSYNC

HS-OSD

DA-CLK

DA-DATA7 DA-DATA6

I321

DA-DATA5

I322

DA-DATA4

I323

DA-DATA3

I324

DA-DATA2

I325

DA-DATA1

I326

DA-DATA0

I327

CL 36532023_017.eps

C8

C9

C2

C9

DA-DAT

061003

A

B

C

D

E

F

1301 E5 2304 C2 2305 C2 2308 C2 2315 D2 2316 D4 2317 D3 2318 D3 2319 D3 2321 A9 2323 A8 2324 A8 2325 B6 2326 B7 2327 B7 2328 A8 2329 A7 2331 A7 2332 A7 2333 A8 2334 E5 2335 E5 3304 D2 3305 D2 3306 D2 3307 E2 3308 E3 3311 D9 3312 E9 3313 D9 3314 A5 3315 E9 3316 E9 3320 B2 3321 E9 3322 E9 3323 F9 3324-1 F9 3324-2 F9 3324-3 F9 3324-4 F9 3325-1 F9 3325-2 F9 3325-3 F9 3325-4 F9 3326 E9 3327 A9 3328 B9 3329 C9 5301 A8 5302 A7 5303 A7 5304 A6 7301 A6 7302 B4 I301 A8 I302 A7 I303 A6 I304 A6 I305 A7 I306 D4 I316 E10 I321 F10 I322 F10 I323 F10 I324 F10 I325 F10 I326 F10 I327 F10 I345 E7 I346 E7 I347 E7 I348 E7 I349 E7

1

2345678910

Scaler Panel: Scaler

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

SCALER

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

3139 123 5680.3

+3V3_ASM

+3V3

(1)

5401

2405

100n

+2V5

+2V5II +2V5II

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

+2V5I

1n0

2401

2402

I461

3V3

100n

2409

2408

2407

100n

5402

5405

10R

3401

10R

3402

100n

10u

2423

100n

2422

2V5

I426

2432

2V5

2436

2V5

I427

I428

2443

I430

5408

+2V5I

100n

2404

2403

100n

2417

100n

2413

2412

100n

2414

2416

100n

2415

+3V3_ASM

10u

2421

2426

100n

2424

2427

100n

I448

+2V5

5403

2428

100n

2431

10u

2437

10u

2442

2V5

2445

I429

5404

100n

+2V5

(2)

10u

2435

+2V5I

2434

I420

+2V5

+2V5I

+3V3

5407

100n100n

2V5

I604

10R

3403

2447

(1) (2)

I450

+2V5I

I451

150R

3404

2448

100n

2441

10u

2444

100n

2411

100n

PRB, PGB, PBB

C5

PGB4

PGB5

PBB2

PGB7

PBB5

PBB3

PBB1

PBB0

PRB3

PRB4

PRB2

PGB0

PRB6

PRB7

PRB5

PGB2

PGB1

PGB3

100R

100R3442-4

18

27

18

45

36

3441-1

3441-2 100R

3444-1 100R

3441-3

3441-4 100R

I463

I469

FR7

FG0

FG1

FG2

FG3

AF15

AE15

AE16

AC16

AD16

PD07

PD08

PD09

PD10

PD11

R2N

G2P

G2N

B2P

B2N

A18

A19

A10

A14

A15

PGB6

100R3442-2

6

3

18

45

27

3442-3 100R

3442-1 100R

I464

FG4

FG6

FG5

FG7

AF17

AE17

AC18

AD17

PD12

PD13

PD14

PD15

I1I2RREFH

A8

A9

PRB0

PRB1

100R3444-3

100R3443-4

5

4

36

27

45

36

27

18

3444-4 100R

3444-2 100R

3443-3 100R

3443-2 100R

3443-1 100R

I462

FR2

FR3

FR4

FR5

FR6

FR0

7402

JagASM

3V3

AF26

100n

2425

100n

AF21 AF16 AF10

2V5

1n0

2429

100n

I457

AB23

AC20 AC14

I607

2V5

100n

2V5

5406

2V5

100n

2439

I422

3V3

1n0

10u

2446

(1)

2V3

10u

2449

FR1REDN

AF14

AE13

AE14

AC15

AD13

AD14

AD15

PD00

PD01

PD02

PD03

PD04

PD05

PD06

A5

VDD22

K1

VDD21

AA1

VDD20

A26

VDD19

J26

VDD18

N26

VDD17

U26

VDD16

Y26

VDD15 VDD14 VDD13 VDD12 VDD11

H4

VDD10

R4

VDD9

AB4

VDD8

D23

VDD7

K23

VDD6

T23

VDD5 VDD4

D21

VDD3 VDD2 VDD1

AC8

VDD0

C22

VDDP2

B22

VDDP1

D20

PVDD1

C21

GPVDD

D17

BVDD2

D15

GVDD2

D13

RVDD2

D11

IVDD2

D18

BVDD1

D16

GVDD1

D14

RVDD1

D12

IVDD1

D7

XVDD

C9

AVDD4

C8

AVDD3

D8

CVDD2

D9

CVDD1

D10

DVDD

C11

AVDD2

C10

AVDD1

D19

SVDD

R1P

R1N

G1P

G1N

B1P

B1N

R2P

A17

A20

A21

A11

A12

A13

A16

I452

1n0

(1)

REDP

C7C7C7

GREENP

(VGA I/P)

GREENN

BLUEP

C7C7C7C7

BLUEN

PBB4

100R3446-4

100R

45

36

27

18

3446-3 100R

3445-4 100R

3445-3 100R

3445-2

3445-1 100R

FB0

FB1

FB2

FB3

FB4

AF18

AE19

AE18

AC19

AD18

AD19

PD16

PD17

PD18

PD19

PD20

RREFL

GREFH

GREFL

BREFH

C14

C15

C16

C17

C19

(1)

PBB7

PBB6

100R3446-2

100R

6

3

27

18

3446-1

FB6

FB7

FB5

AC6

AE20

AD20

AF5

PD21

PD22

PD23

PD24

PD25

IREFH

IREFL

BREFL

A6

C12

C13

C18

+3V3

5411

I455

2452

I456

AD7

PA02

N3

1401

AE7

PD30

PD31

PA03

M1

4

FXO-31FT

AE9

AE8

AC9

AD8

AD9

AD10

AC10

AF9

AF7

PD32

PD33

PD34

PD35

PD36

PD37

PD38

PD39

PD40

PA04

PA05

PA06

PA07

PA08

PA09

PA10

PA11

PA12

L1

L3

L4

L2

K3

K2

M3

M4

M2

F405

1V6

3

OUT

2

VDD

GND

OSC

TS

1

AE6

AC7

AD6

AF6

PD26

PD27

PD28

PD29

XIN

PA00

PA01

P1

P2

N2

100R

3405

100n

2451

100n

3V3

10u

10V

2463 RES

2464 RES

I401

I402

AE10

AE11

AE12

A7

AC12

AD11

AD12

AF11

PD41

PD42

PD43

PD44

PD45

PD46

PD47

XOUT

PA13

PA14

PA15

PA16

PA17

PA18

PA19

PA20

PA21

J1

K4

PA22

J2

J3

J4

H1

H2

H3

G1

3418 10K

3417 10K

3427 22R

C2

HSOUT

PA23

G2

C5

FSHFCLK

5412

I460

3428

47R

1V5

I403

I404

AF12

A1

CMPOUT

PAHSYNC

F2

G3

HDTV-VSYNC

HDTV-HSYNC

C10

C5C5C5

FDE

3424-4

45

100R

I619

I616

2V5

AF20

AE21

AC13

PDE

PNLCLK

PHSYNC

PSHFCLK

PAVSYNC

PACLK

PARHS_PADE

F1

G4 0V

0V

HDTV-SOG

C9

98LC03U 7.

C1

I423

FVSYNC

FHSYNC

PANEL-PWR-CTL

+5

3424-2100R

3424-1100R 1 8

6

3

27

100R 3424-3

C6 (SDRAM)

+3V3

10K

3429

1V7

0V6

3V3

3V30V3V3

B1

E2

AF22

AD21

AC21

PENBKL

PVSYNC

PENVDD

PWM1_GPIO1

PWM0_GPO0_SCDT

SCALER

MCAD5

MCAD6

MCAD0

MCAD1

MCAD2

MCAD3

MCAD4

B3

B4

B5

B6

A3

A4

C5

D5

MCAD5

MCAD4

MCAD3

MCAD2

MCAD1

MCAD0

MCAD7

MCAD6

(ADDR/DATA BUS)

TO INVERTER PCB J1

1402

8

F401

12-24DC-SUP

RES

3423

I605

I613

I620

SD1

SD2

SD3

SD4

SD5

SD6

SD0

AE22

AE23

AC23

AC24

AD22

AD23

AD24

SDD0

SDD1

SDD2

SDD3

SDD4

SDD5

MCAD7

MCAD8

MCAD9

MCWR#

MCRD#

MCCS#

E3

E4

D3

C4

A2

C3

MCALE

JRD#

JWR#

MCA8

MCA9

C8

MCAC8MCAD

C8C8C8C8C7

I606

SD7

SD8

AF24

AE24

SDD6

SDD7

MCALE

MCINT

E1

D2

RESET#

MCINT-ASM

3421

I424

SD9

SD10

AC25

AD25

SDD8

SDD9

MCRESET#

TEST

D1 0V

F403

F402

Vbri

ON-OFF

7401

I438

SD11

AE25

SDD10

SDD11

AA2

B-U-OUT0

10K

3409

3426

I437

SD12

AF25

SDD12

PB00

PB01

AA3

B-U-OUT1

2461

3425

I439

SD13

SD14

AE26

AD26

SDD13

ADD14

PB02

PB03

Y1

Y2

B-U-OUT2

B-U-OUT3

1234567

F404

SD15

SD16

AB24

AB25

SDD15

SDD16

PB04

Y3

W1

B-U-OUT5

B-U-OUT4

2n22466

2n22467

2n2

SD17

AB26

SDD17

PB05

PB06

W2

B-U-OUT6

SD18

AA23

SDD18

W3

B-U-OUT7

3422 220R

+5

SD19

SD20

SD21

SD22

AA24

AA25

AA26

Y23

SDD19

SDD20

SDD21

SDD22

PB07

PB08

PB09

PB10

PB11

V1

V2

V3

W4

G-Y-OUT0

G-Y-OUT1

G-Y-OUT2

G-Y-OUT3

(O/P TO JAG ASM)

I621

SD23

SD24

Y24

Y25

SDD23

SDD24

PB12

PB13

V4

U1

G-Y-OUT4

G-Y-OUT5

3432 4K7

I614

I617

SD25

SD26

W24

W25

SDD25

SDD26

PB14

U2

U3

G-Y-OUT6

G-Y-OUT7

I601

SD27

W26

PB15

U4

R-V-OUT0

3431 4K7

3V3

I425

SD01 - SD63 (DATA BUS)

I615

SD28

SD29

SD30

SD31

K24

L23

L24

L25

SDD27

SDD28

SDD29

SDD30

SDD31

PB16

PB17

PB18

PB19

PB20

T3

T4

T2

T1

R-V-OUT3

R-V-OUT4

R-V-OUT1

R-V-OUT2

0V1

3434 47K

SD32

SD33

K25

K26

SDD32

SDD33

PB21

R1

R2

R-V-OUT5

R-V-OUT6

2462

10u

7403 BC847B

3433

47K

I618

SD34

J23

SDD34

PB22

PB23

R3

R-V-OUT7

I611

SD35

J24

SDD35

I610

J25

C9

SD36

SDD36

I421

H23

SD37

SDD37

P4

1V6

PBCLK

I409

I608

SD38

SD39

SD40

SD41

H24

H25

H26

G24

SDD38

SDD39

SDD40

SDD41

PBVSYNC

PBRHS_PBDE

PBHSYNC

P3

C6

D6

0V

I436

PC-HSYNC-ASM

PC-VSYNC-ASM

C7

SD42

G25

SDD42

AF1

PC00

1401 K6

F405 J7

1402 A9

I401 D8

2401 B2

I402 E8

2402 B2

I403 E8

2403 B2

I404 E8

2404 B3

I405 A13

2405 C1

I406 C15

2407 C2

TSA (TSA0 - 10 ADDR BUS)

I411

I412

I443

I442

I417

I405

I447

I416

I441

I410

I415

I440

TSCKE#

TSCLK

18

47R 3412-1

I458

SD55

SD56

SD57

SD58

B23

C24

C25

C26

SDD55

SDD56

SDD57

SDD58

PC13

PC14

PC15

AC2

AC3

AC4

BA1

3411-4

45

47R

47R 3411-3

5p6

2465

SD59

SD60

SD61

SD62

B24

B25

B26

A24

SDD59

SDD60

SDD61

PCCLK

PCHSYNC

AB3

AA4

AB2

0V

1V6

CLK-S23

HS-S23

C9C9C9

6

3

SD63

A25

SDD62

PCHREF

AB1

VS-S23

SDD63

TSWE#

TSCAS#

TSRAS#

3412-4

3412-2

3412-347R

45

36

27

47R

I603

I602

SD43

SD44

F23

G26

SDD43

SDD44

PC01

AF3

AF2

0R05

PC02

3437

I609

SD45

F24

SDD45

PC03

AF4

SD46

F25

AE1

SDD46

PC04

SD47

E23

SDD47

AE2

PC05

E24

SD48

SDD48

AE3

0R05

PC06

3436

SD49

E25

AE4

I612

E26

SDD49

PC07

SD50

SDD50

AD1

PC08

I434

SD51

D24

SDD51

PC09

AD2

I433

D25

SD52

AD3

I435

SD53

D26

SDD52

PC10

AD4

SDD53

PC11

SD54

C23

SDD54

AC1

PC12

TSBA#

TSDQM

3411-247R

3411-147R

27

T26

R25

SDCAS#

PCVSYNC

PCVREF_GPIO2

PCFIELD_CPIO3

PLLCLKOUT_GPIO4

B2

AE5

AD5

3V3

INT-SCALER

TSA0

3414-4

45

18

47R

22R3416

P23

P24

R23

T24

SDWE#

SDCKO

SDRAS#

SDCKON

SDATA

SCLK

SVSS

F3

F4

B7

B19

3V3

TSA1

TSA2

3414-2

3414-347R

36

47R

R24

T25

SDCKE

SDCKFB

MEMCLK

XSVSS

AVSS1

AVSS2

IVSS1

C7

B12

C20

10K

3406

10K

3407

10K

3408

TSA3

27

18

47R 3414-1

I431

I432

M26

M23

M24

DQM

BACK

SDCS0#

RVSS1

GVSS1

BVSS1

B14

B16

B18

+3V3

F405

3413-4

45

47R

I406

I470

I471

V23

V24

M25

DQS

SDA0

SDA1

DVSS

IVSS2

RVSS2

GVSS2

B10

B11

B13

B15

B17

F402 = 3V2 DC F403 = 4V6 DC

I418

TSA4

47R 3413-3

V25

BVSS2

SDA2

I444

TSA5

3413-247R

6

3

V26

U23

SDA3

SDA4

CVSS1

B8

B9

I419

TSA6

3413-147R

27

18

I407

I408

P25

P26

U25

N24

U24

SDA5

SDA6

SDA7

SDA8

CVSS2

PVSS1

VSSP1

GPVSS

A22

B20

B21

D22

I413

I445

TSA7

TSA8

3415-4

3415-347R

45

47R

N25

SDA9

SDA10

VSS56 VSS55 VSS54 VSS53 VSS52 VSS51 VSS50 VSS49 VSS48 VSS47 VSS46 VSS45 VSS44 VSS43 VSS42 VSS41 VSS40 VSS39 VSS38 VSS37 VSS36 VSS35 VSS34 VSS33 VSS32 VSS31 VSS30 VSS29 VSS28 VSS27 VSS26 VSS25 VSS24 VSS23 VSS22 VSS21 VSS20 VSS19 VSS18 VSS17 VSS16 VSS15 VSS14 VSS13 VSS12 VSS11 VSS10

VSS9 VSS8 VSS7 VSS6 VSS5 VSS4 VSS3 VSS2 VSS1 VSS0

VSSP2

36

MEMCLK

I446

I414

TSA9

TSA10

3415-2

27

18

47R

47R 3415-1

T16 T15 T14 T13 T12 T11 R16 R15 R14 R13 R12 R11 P16 P15 P14 P13 P12 P11 N16 N15 N14 N13 N12 N11 M16 M15 M14 M13 M12 M11 L16 L15 L14 L13 L12 L11 AC11 AC17 AC22 W23 N23 G23 Y4 N4 D4 AF8 AF13 AF19 AF23 AC26 R26 L26 F26 A23 AC5 N1 C1

C4 (SDRAM)

C8

A

B

C

D

E

F

I

G

H

I

J

K

L

1V / div DC

20ns / div

CL 36532023_018.eps

061003

2408 C1 2409 C2 2411 C4 2412 C3 2413 C3 2414 C3 2415 C2 2416 C3 2417 C4 2421 F3 2422 F2 2423 F2 2424 F3 2425 F3 2426 F3 2427 F2 2428 G3 2429 G3 2431 G2 2432 G2 2434 G3 2435 G3 2436 G2 2437 G2 2439 H3 2441 I3 2442 I2 2443 I2 2444 I3 2445 I2 2446 I3 2447 I3 2448 J3 2449 J4 2451 J6 2452 K6 2461 B10 2462 B11 2463 C8 2464 C8 2465 C13 2466 A10 2467 B10 3401 H2 3402 I2 3403 I3 3404 J3 3405 J6 3406 J14 3407 J14 3408 K14 3409 K10 3411-1 B13 3411-2 B13 3411-3 B13 3411-4 B13 3412-1 B13 3412-2 B13 3412-3 B12 3412-4 B12 3413-1 B15 3413-2 B15 3413-3 B15 3413-4 B15 3414-1 B14 3414-2 B14 3414-3 B14 3414-4 B14 3415-1 B16 3415-2 B16 3415-3 B16 3415-4 B15 3416 E14 3417 K8 3418 J8 3421 B10 3422 B10 3423 C9 3424-1 C9 3424-2 C8 3424-3 C8 3424-4 C8 3425 C10 3426 C10 3427 D8 3428 D8 3429 D8 3431 B11 3432 C11 3433 C11 3434 C11 3436 J12 3437 J12 3441-1 D5 3441-2 D5 3441-3 D5 3441-4 D5 3442-1 D5 3442-2 D5 3442-3 D5 3442-4 D5 3443-1 D4 3443-2 D4 3443-3 D4 3443-4 D4 3444-1 D5 3444-2 D5 3444-3 D4 3444-4 D4 3445-1 D6 3445-2 D5 3445-3 D5 3445-4 D5 3446-1 D6 3446-2 D6 3446-3 D6 3446-4 D6 5401 B1 5402 F1 5403 F3 5404 G3 5405 G2 5406 H3 5407 I3 5408 I2 5411 K6 5412 C8 7401 C10 7402 E4 7403 C11 F401 A9 F402 A10 F403 A10 F404 A10

I407 C15 I408 C15 I409 D12 I410 A13 I411 A14 I412 A14 I413 A16 I414 A16 I415 A12 I416 A13 I417 A14 I418 A15 I419 A15 I420 G3 I421 D11 I422 H3 I423 B9 I424 C9 I425 C11 I426 F2 I427 H2 I428 I2 I429 J2 I430 I2 I431 C14 I432 C14 I433 D13 I434 D12 I435 D13 I436 J12 I437 D10 I438 D10 I439 D10 I440 A12 I441 A13 I442 A14 I443 A14 I444 A15 I445 A15 I446 A16 I447 A13 I448 F3 I450 J3 I451 J3 I452 J4 I455 K6 I456 K6 I457 G3 I458 D13 I460 C8 I461 B1 I462 D5 I463 D5 I464 D5 I469 D5 I470 D15 I471 D15 I601 D11 I602 D12 I603 D12 I604 I3 I605 D9 I606 D9 I607 G4 I608 D12 I609 D12 I610 D11 I611 D11 I612 D12 I613 D9 I614 D11 I615 D11 I616 D8 I617 D11 I618 D11 I619 D8 I620 D9 I621 D11

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Scaler Panel: Output (LVDS)

OUTPUT (LVDS)

99LC03U 7.

A

+3LVDS

B

F529

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

C

D

E

F

F531

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F533

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F535

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F537 = 3V3 DC F538 = 3V2 DC F539 = 3V DC

F542

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

3139 123 5680.3

3V

2516

3517

10R

+3V3

5517

3516

10R

2517 10n10n

F530

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F532

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F534

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F536

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

F541

500mV / div DC

10µs / div

3V2

+3PLL

2518 10n

C4

345678912

PRB, PGB, PBB

PRB0

PRB1

PRB2

PRB3

PRB4

PRB7

PRB5

PGB0

PGB1

PGB2

PGB6

PGB7

PGB3

PGB4

PGB5

PBB0

PBB6

PBB7

PBB1

PBB2

PBB3

PBB4

PBB5

PRB6

+3V3

FHSYNC

FVSYNC

FDE

FSHFCLK

I506

I507

I508

I509

I510

I511

I512

I513

I514

I515

I516

I517

I518

I519

I520

I521

I522

I523

3507

10K I524

I525

I526

I527

3511

10K

51 TXIN0

52 TXIN1

54 TXIN2

55

56 TXIN4

2 TXIN5

3 TXIN6

4 TXIN7

6 TXIN8

7 TXIN9

8 TXIN10

10 TXIN11

11 TXIN12

12 TXIN13

14 TXIN14

15 TXIN15

16 TXIN16

18 TXIN17

19 TXIN18

20 TXIN19

22 TXIN20

23 TXIN21

24 TXIN22

0V

25 TXIN23

27 TXIN24

28 TXIN25

30 TXIN26

50 TXIN27

31 TXCLKIN

3V3

32 PWRDWN_

LVDS

7501

DS90C385MTDX

TXIN3

5

3V3

9

1

26

VCC

TTL PARALLEL-TO-LVDS TTL PARALLEL-TO-LVDS

PLL

GND

13

21

29

PLL

GND

35

53

PLLVCC

33 34

3V2

3V

44

LVDSVCC

TXOUT0-

LSVD

GND

43

36

R-FB

1506 B9 2501 A7 2512 A7 2513 A8 2516 B1 2517 B1 2518 B2 2521 E9 3507 E4 3511 F4 3516 A2 3517 A1

4506

RES

2501 220n

2512 220n

2513 220n

5501

5512

5513

F537

F538

F539

+3V3

+3PLL

+3LVDS

A

4506 A7 4509 B7 4512 F7

4509

17

4513 F7 5501 A8 5512 A8

48

47TXOUT0+

B

5513 A8 5517 A1 5521 E8 7501 A5 F528 B9 F529 B8

1506 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 42

1453230

C

D

TO LCD MONITOR CONNECTOR

E

41

CLK-

CLK+

F540

F528

0-

0+

1-

1+

2-

2+

3-

3+

2521 220n

F529

1V3

F530

1V1

46TXOUT1-

45TXOUT1+

42TXOUT2-

41TXOUT2+

38TXOUT3-

37TXOUT3+

4513

40TXCLKOUT-

4512

39TXCLKOUT+

PAN-VCC

F531

F532

F533

F534

F541

F542

F535

F536

5521

1V3

1V1

1V2

1V3

1V1

1V2

4V8

F530 C8 F531 C8 F532 C8 F533 D8 F534 D8 F535 E8 F536 E8 F537 A8 F538 A8 F539 A8 F540 E8 F541 D8 F542 D8 I506 B4 I507 B4 I508 B4 I509 C4 I510 C4 I511 C4 I512 C4 I513 C4 I514 C4 I515 C4 I516 D4 I517 D4 I518 D4 I519 D4 I520 D4 I521 D4 I522 E4 I523 E4 I524 E4 I525 E4 I526 E4 I527 E4

F

49

CL 36532023_019.eps

061003

1234 9

5678

Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Scaler Panel: SDRAM (Scaler)

SDRAM (SCALER)

100LC03U 7.

A

B

C

D

100n

2485

TSA0 TSA1 TSA2 TSA3 TSA4 TSA5 TSA6 TSA7

(ADDR BUS)

TSA8 TSA9 TSA10

TSBA#

BA1

TSDQM

TSCLK TSCKE#

TSWE# TSCAS# TSRAS#

2487

2486

100n

7471 K4S643232E-TC50

100n

25 26 27 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 24

22 23

16 71 28 59

68 67 20 17 18 19

14 21 30 57 69 70 73

2488

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

0 1

0 1 2 3

CKE CS WE CAS RAS

NC

+3V3

DQM

CLK

10u

BA

2

31

4567

89

2471 A3 2472 A4 2474 A4 2475 A3

+3V3

2476 A4 2477 A3 2478 A4 2480 A9 2481 A9

5474

I474

I473

5473

5472

I472

I475

5471

A

2482 A9 2483 A9 2484 A8 2485 A1 2486 A1 2487 A1

2475

100n

2471

100n

2477

100n

2474

100n

2478

100n

2472

100n

2476

10u

2491

100n

2489

100n

2495

100n

2493

10u

2494

100n

2490

100n

2492

100n

2484

100n

2481

100n

2480

100n

2483

100n

2482

10u

2488 A1 2489 A5 2490 A8

3V3

3V3 3V3 3V3

2491 A5 2492 A8 2493 A6

35

41

49

55

75

1

15

29

43

3

9

VDD

VDDQ

SDRAM

2M x 32

0

A

2k-1

81

TSA

C4

2

0

4

1

5

2

7

3

8

4

10

5

11

6

13

7

74

8

76

9

77

10

79

11

80

12

82

13

83

14

85

15

D

31

16

33

17

34

18

36

19

37

20

39

21

40

22

42

23

45

24

47

25

48

26

50

27

51

28

53

29

54

30

56

31

SD0 SD1 SD2 SD3 SD4 SD5 SD6 SD7 SD8

SD9 SD10 SD11 SD12 SD13 SD14 SD15 SD16 SD17 SD18 SD19 SD20 SD21 SD22 SD23 SD24 SD25 SD26 SD27 SD28 SD29 SD30 SD31

(DATA BUS)

SCALER

(ADDR BUS)

TSA0 TSA1 TSA2 TSA3 TSA4 TSA5 TSA6 TSA7 TSA8 TSA9 TSA10

TSBA# BA1

TSDQM

TSCLK TSCKE#

TSWE# TSCAS# TSRAS#

7472

K4S643232E-TC50

1

15

29

43

VDD

25

0

26

1

27

2

60

3

61

4 5 6 7 8 9 10

0 1

0 1 2 3

CKE CS WE CAS RAS

NC

DQM

CLK

0

A

2k-1

BA

62 63 64 65 66 24

22 23

16 71 28 59

68 67 20 17 18 19

14 21 30 57 69 70 73

3

9

SDRAM

2M x 32

35

41

49

55

75

VDDQ

81

SD0 - SD63

2

0

4

1

5

2

7

3

8

4

10

5

11

6

13

7

74

8

76

9

77

10

79

11

80

12

82

13

83

14

85

15

D

31

16

33

17

34

18

36

19

37

20

39

21

40

22

42

23

45

24

47

25

48

26

50

27

51

28

53

29

54

30

56

31

SD32 SD33 SD34 SD35 SD36 SD37 SD38 SD39 SD40 SD41 SD42 SD43 SD44 SD45 SD46 SD47 SD48 SD49 SD50 SD51 SD52 SD53 SD54 SD55 SD56 SD57 SD58 SD59 SD60 SD61 SD62 SD63

SCALER

(DATA BUS)

C4

B

C

D

2494 A7 2495 A5 5471 A7 5472 A6 5473 A3 5474 A2 7471 B1 7472 B5 I472 A6 I473 A2 I474 A2 I475 A7

E

3139 123 5680.3

VSS VSSQ

44

58

1

6

72

86

12

32

38

46

52

78

84

2

43

5

VSS VSSQ

44

58

6

72

86

12

32

38

46

52

78

84

678

I472 = 3V3 DC I473 = 3V3 DC I474 = 3V3 DC I475 = 3V3 DC

CL 36532023_020.eps

061003

9

E

Philips LC03U AA Schematic

Specifications and Main Features

Frequently Asked Questions

User Manual

1. Technical Specifications, Connections, and Chassis Overview

1.1 Technical Specifications

1.1.1 Reception

1.1.2 Miscellaneous

1.2 Connections

1.2.1 Front + Top Controls

Figure 1-1 Front + Top Controls.

1.2.2 Rear Connections Part 1

Figure 1-2 Rear Connections Part 1

Audio

Audio Video Out

Audio Video In

1.2.3 Rear Connections Part 2

Figure 1-3 Rear Connections Part 2

S-VID - In Hosiden

Video - In (Cinch)

Audio - PC/HD In

HD Video Input

Aerial - In (IEC)

FM Ant (IEC)

Comp. Video In

AV1- in

Audio - In (Cinch)

1.2.4 Rear Connections Part 3

Figure 1-4 Rear Connections Part 3

DC - In

VGA- in (Sub-D)

Figure 1-5 VGA Connector

1.3 Chassis Overview

1.3.1 15”/17” model

1.3.2 23” model

Figure 1-6 Chassis Overview 15”/17” model

Figure 1-7 Chassis Overview 23” model

2. Safety Instructions, Warnings, and Notes

2.1 Safety Instructions

2.2 Warnings

2.3 Notes

2.3.1 General

2.3.2 Schematic Notes

2.3.3 Rework on BGA ICs

General

Device Removal

Area Preparation

Device Replacement

2.3.4 Practical Service Precautions

3. Directions for Use

4. Mechanical Instructions

4.1 Service Position

Figure 4-1 ESD protective service buffers

4.2 Stand Removal

4.2.1 For 15/17 inch model

Figure 4-2 TV stand removal 15”/17” model

4.2.2 For 23 inch model

Figure 4-3 TV stand removal 23” model

4.3 Rear Cover Removal

4.3.1 For 15/17 inch model

Figure 4-4 TV rear cover removal 15”/17” model

4.3.2 For 23 inch model

Figure 4-7 Bottom side connector plate

Figure 4-5 TV rear cover removal 23” model

4.3.3 For all models

4.4 Shield Removal

Figure 4-8 Shield with mounting screws

Figure 4-9 Shielding

Figure 4-6 Connector plate mounting screw

4.5 I/O Removal

4.5.1 Side I/O assy removal for 15/17 inch model

Figure 4-10 Side I/O assy removal for 15”/17” model

4.7 TV Board Removal

4.7.1 For 15 /17inch model

4.7.2 For 23 inch model

4.7.3 For all models

4.5.2 Side I/O assy removal for 23 inch model

Figure 4-11 Side I/O assy removal for 23” model

4.6 Front LED Panel Removal

Figure 4-12 TV board